Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Module 1: Occupational Safety & Health in disability of the injured member or impaired body
Construction Industry function.

1. Introduction 3.9 Temporary Total Disability-any injury or illness

Prolonging working careers is a major for industries
where physical work demands are high such as
construction industry. More construction workers are
killed, injured or suffer ill-health than in any other
industry.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Outline the common Injury and Accident in
the workplace.
 Identify the common cause of injury and
accident in the workplace.
 Outline the common OSH issues in the
workplace.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 ISLE (Integrated Survey on Labor and
Employment)-formerly BLES Integrated Survey
(BITS) under Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA).
3.2 ILO (International Labour Organizations)- the
only tripartite U.N. agency, since 1919 the ILO brings
together governments, employers and workers
representatives of 187 member States, to set Labor
standards, develop policies and devise programs
promoting decent work for all women and men.
which does not result in death or permanent total or
permanent partial disability, but which results in
disability from work for a day or more.
3.10 Disabling Injury /Illnesses Frequency Rates
- The disabling injury/illness frequency rate is based
upon the total number of deaths, permanent total,
permanent partial, and temporary total disabilities
which occur during the period covered by the rate.
3.11 Disabling Injury / Illness Severity Rate - The
disabling injury / illness severity rate is based on the
total of all scheduled charges for all deaths,
permanent total and permanent partial disabilities,
plus the total actual days of the disabilities of all
temporary total disabilities which occur during the
period covered by the rate.
3.12 Average Days Charged per Disabling Injury
- The average days charged per disabling
injury/illness expresses the relationship between the
total days charged and the number of disabling
injuries/Illness.

3.3 WHO (World Health Organizations)-is a

specialized agency of the United Nations that is
concerned with international public health. It was
established on 7 April 1948, headquartered in
Geneva, Switzerland.

3.4 Medical Treatment Injury-an injury which does

not result in a disabling injury, but which requires first
aid and medical treatment of any kind.

3.5 Disabling Injury-a work injury which results in 4. Common Accident in Construction Site
death, permanent total disability, permanent partial 4.1 Fall from heights
disability or temporary total disability 4.2 Collapsed of structure
3.6 Death-any fatality resulting from a work injury 4.3 Excavation collapsed
regardless of the time intervening between injury and 4.4 Moving equipment
death. 4.5 Struck by falling materials, debris and
equipment
3.7 Permanent Total Disability-any injury or 4.6 Asphyxiation
sickness other than death which permanently and 4.7 Electrocution
totally incapacitates an employee. 4.8 Improper handling and overloading

3.8 Permanent Partial Disability-any injury other

than death or permanent total disability, which results
in the loss or loss of use of any member or part of a
member of the body regardless of any pre-existing

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 1
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5. Importance of OSH in Construction Industry
5.1 Identify the cause of unsafe acts and unsafe
conditions.
5.2 Preventive and Corrective measure are
provided by safety.
5.3 OSH is loss avoidance through systematic
approach in safety and health management.
5.4 It is required under the law.
5.5 It creates communication and motivation.
6. Occupational Safety & Health Data
6.1 Employment Situation in January 2019
 In January 2019, the total population 15
years old and over was estimated at 72.5
million wherein the number of persons who
were in the labor force was reported at 43.7
million. This placed the labor force
participation rate (LFPR) at 60.2 percent,
which means that six in ten of the population
aged 15 years and over were either
employed or unemployed.
 The total number of employed persons was
estimated at 41.4 million. The employment
rate reported or the proportion of employed
persons to total labor force was 94.8 percent.
 Three in every five (61.3%) of the estimated
41.4 million employed persons in January
2019 were males. Employed females were
reported at 38.7 percent of the total
employed persons.
 Workers in the services sector comprised the
largest proportion of the employed
population.
(Source:https://psa.gov.ph/content/employment-situation-
january-2019-final-results)
 The country’s labor force slipped by 1.0
percent from 44.098M in January 2018 to
43.659M in January 2019.
(Source: PSA Updates on the Basic Labor and Employment
Statistics in the Philippines Labstat Vol. 23 No. 6 issued May 2019)
6.2 Occupational Injury and Diseases
6.2.1 Measures of Safety Performance
 The number of cases occupation injuries in
the construction industry in 2015 was
reported at 2,115.
 Three out of every five (66.1% or 1,399)
cases of occupational injuries were cases
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
without workdays lost while the rest were
classified as temporary incapacity cases
(32.6% or 689) and fatal cases (0.6% or 13).
 The frequency rate of cases of occupational
injuries with workdays lost per 1,000,000
hours of exposure was posted 3.20 percent.
This means that there were around three
cases of occupational injuries with
workdays lost per 1 million hours of
exposure.
 Incidence rate or cases of occupational
injuries with workdays lost per 1,000
workers was posted at 8.34 percent. This
implies that there were around eight cases
of occupational injuries with workdays lost
per 1,000 workers during the period.
 Severity rate or workdays lost of cases of
occupational injuries resulting to temporary
incapacity per 1,000,000 employee hours of
exposure was recorded at 10.34 percent.
 The overall average workdays lost of
temporary incapacity cases per
occupational injury was posted at 7.09
workdays.
(Source: 2015/2016 industry profile: construction-third series.
Labstat Vol. 22 No. 17 issued September 2018)
6.2.2 Cases of Occupational Injuries with
Workdays Lost
6.2.2.1 Types of Injury
 More than half (53.7% or 384) of the 715
cases of occupational injuries with workdays
lost in the construction industry were caused
by superficial injuries and open wounds,
followed by fractures (17.3%); foreign body
in the eye (15.5%); and dislocations, sprains
and strains (5.5%).
6.2.2.2 Parts of the Body Injured
 The most common injured parts of the body
among workers in the construction industry
were wrists and hands (33.3%). Other parts
of the body mostly injured were arms and
shoulders (25.7%); head (21.5); and lower
extremities (10.9%).
6.2.2.3 Causes of Injury
 Mainly due to the nature of work in the
construction industry, almost half (46.6%) of
cases of occupational injuries with workdays
lost were caused by stepping on, striking
against or struck by objects, excluding falling
2
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
objects. This was followed by falls of persons
(15.2%) and caught in or between objects
(13.6%).
6.2.2.4 Agents of Injury
The top three (3) agents of occupational injuries in
the construction industry were:
 machines or equipment (33.3%)
 hand tools (22.8%)
 materials or objects (22.1%)
6.2.2.5 Cases of Injuries by Occupation
 Laborers and unskilled workers were the
most injured type of occupation in the
construction industry, followed by craft and
related trade workers and both the
technicians and associate professionals’
group and service workers and shop and
market sales workers group.
6.2.2.6 Occupational Diseases
 There was a total of 2,468 cases of
occupational diseases reported in
establishments engaged in the construction
industry in 2015. Owing to the nature of work
in this industry which mostly requires
physical activities, back pains topped the list
among occupational diseases suffered by
workers accounting for 31.6 percent of total
diseases during the year.
 Other common occupational diseases
include neck-shoulder pains (16.5%);
essential hypertension (9.6%), and
occupational dermatitis (9.4%)
(Source: 2015/2016 industry profile: construction-third series.
Labstat Vol. 22 No. 17 issued September 2018)
6.2.3 Statistical Data of Safety and Health-
International Labor Organizations (ILO)
Every year 2.78 million workers die from
occupational accidents and work-related diseases
(of which 2.4 million are disease-related) and an
additional 374 million workers suffer from non-fatal
occupational accidents.
Psychosocial risks, work-related stress and non-
communicable diseases are of growing concern for
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
many workers in all parts of the world. At the same
time, many workers remain challenged by persistent
work-related safety and health risks and it is
important not to overlook these populations as the
world of work continues to transform.
(Sources: International Labour Organizations (ILO) publish on
April 18, 2019)
7. Common Issues encounter in OSH
a) Inadequate number of trained Occupational
Safety and Health Personnel
b) Low priority on OSH concerns by both
management and labor.
c) Lack in information and education
dissemination and Implementation in
vulnerable sector.
d) Few companies submit the reportorial
requirements on OSH.
e) Emerging issues such as women workers
issues, child labor OSH, informal sector
OSH, agricultural, schools, call center
industry and lifestyle diseases.
8. Summary and Conclusion
8.1 More than half (53.7% or 384) of the 715 cases
of occupational injuries with workdays lost in the
construction industry were caused by superficial
injuries and open wounds.
8.2 The most common injured parts of the body
among workers in the construction industry were
wrists and hands (33.3%).
8.3 Laborers and unskilled workers were the most
injured type of occupation in the construction
industry posting the highest share at 34.4
percent.
8.4 Back pains topped the list among occupational
diseases suffered by workers.
3
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 2: Accident Theories and Unsafe
Acts & Unsafe Conditions
1. Introduction
Accident theories guide safety investigations. They
describe the scope of an investigation.
Understanding accident causation is intrinsic to their
successful prevention.
Accident prevention is the most basic of all safety
management paradigms. If safety management is
effective, then there should be an absence of
accidents. Conversely, if accidents are occurring
then effective safety management must be absent.
Therefore, understanding how accidents occur is
fundamental to establishing interventions to prevent
their occurrence.
2. Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course module the participants will
be able to:
 Outline the theory of accident causation.
 Identify and Give example of the Unsafe Acts
and Unsafe Condition.
 Outline the types of Accident and Incident.
 Identify the types of Cost of Accident.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 Accident - a short, sudden and unexpected
event or occurrence that results in an unwanted and
undesirable outcome and must directly or indirectly
be the result of human activity rather than a natural
event.
3.2 Incident-an unexpected and usually unpleasant
thing that happens.
3.3 Near miss- is an unplanned event that did not
result in injury, illness, or damage – but had the
potential to do so.
3.4 FAULT OF PERSONS - created by social
environment or acquired by ancestry.
3.5 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT/ANCESTRY - where
and how a person was raised and educated.
3.6 Theory- collections of concepts about some real-
world area of concern or interest which facilitate
explaining, predicting, or intervening. With theories
we explain why and how things occur as they do.
4. EVOLUTION OF MODEL OF ACCIDENT
CAUSATION
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
The simple linear models assume that accidents
are the culmination of a series of events or
circumstances which interact sequentially with each
other in a linear fashion and thus accidents are
preventable by eliminating one of the causes in the
linear sequence.
Complex linear models are based on the
presumption that accidents are a result of a
combination of unsafe acts and latent hazard
conditions within the system which follow a linear
path. The factors furthest away from the accident are
attributed to actions of the organization or
environment and factors at the sharp end being
where humans ultimately interact closest to the
accident; the resultant assumption being that
accidents could be prevented by focusing on
strengthening barriers and defenses.
The new generation of thinking about accident
modelling has moved towards recognizing that
accident models need to be non-linear; that
accidents can be thought of as resulting from
combinations of mutually interacting variables which
occur in real world environments and it is only
through understanding the combination and
interaction of these multiple factors that accidents
can truly be understood and prevented. (Hollnagel,
2010).
5. Theories of Accident Causation
There are several major theories concerning
accident causation, each of which has some
explanatory and predictive value.
5.1 The domino theory developed by H. W.
Heinrich
According to Heinrich, an "accident" is one factor
in a sequence that may lead to an injury. The factors
can be visualized as a series of dominoes standing
on edge; when one falls, the linkage required for a
chain reaction is completed. Each of the factors is
dependent on the preceding factor.
4
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.1.1 Heinrich’s Dominos – The Process
1. A personal injury (the final domino) occurs only as
a result of an accident.
2. An accident occurs only as a result of a personal
or mechanical hazard.
3. Personal and mechanical hazards exist only
through the fault of careless persons or poorly
designed or improperly maintained equipment.
4. Faults of persons are inherited or acquired as a
result of their social environment or acquired by
ancestry.
5. The environment is where and how a person was
raised and educated.
5.1.2 Heinrich’s Domino Theory – Corrective
Action Sequence
5.1.2.1 (The three “E”s)
a. Engineering
Control hazards through product design or process
change.
b. Education
Train workers regarding all facets of safety.
Impose on management that attention to safety
pays off.
c. Enforcement
Ensure that internal and external rules, regulations,
and standard operating procedures are followed by
workers as well as management.
Based on the domino model, accidents could be
prevented by removing one of the factors and so
interrupting the knockdown effect. Heinrich proposed
that unsafe acts and mechanical hazards constituted
the central factor in the accident sequence and that
removal of this central factor made the preceding
factors ineffective. He focused on the human factor,
which he termed “Man Failure”, as the cause of most
accidents.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Giving credence to this proposal, actuarial analysis
of 75,000 insurance claims attributed some:
 88% of preventable accidents to unsafe acts
of persons
 10% to unsafe mechanical or physical
conditions,
 with the last 2% being acknowledged as
being unpreventable giving rise to
Heinrich’s chart of direct and proximate
causes
5.2 Human Factors Theory
Heinrich posed his model in terms of a single domino
leading to an accident. The premise here is that
human errors cause accidents. These errors are
categorized broadly as:
5.2.1 OVERLOAD
The work task is beyond the capability of the worker
 Includes physical and psychological factors
 Influenced by environmental factors,
internal factors, and situational factors
5.2.2 INAPPROPRIATE WORKER RESPONSE
 To hazards and safety measures (worker’s
fault)
 To incompatible workstation (management,
environment faults)
5.2.3 INAPPROPRIATE ACTIVITIES
 Lack of training and misjudgment of risk.
 But the structure of this theories still a
cause/effect format.
5.3 Accident/Incident Theory
Extension of human factors theory. Here the
following new elements are introduced:
5.3.1 Ergonomic traps – These are incompatible
workstations, tools or expectations (management
failure)
5.3.2 Decision to error – Unconscious or conscious
(personal failure)
5.3.3 Systems failure – Management failure (policy,
training, etc.)
5
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.4 Epidemiological Theory
5.4.1 Epidemiology
This field studies relationship between environmental
factors and disease.
Can be used to study causal factors in a relationship.
5.4.1.1 Two key components:
1 Predisposition characteristics-tendencies may
predispose worker to certain actions
2 Situational characteristics-peer pressure, poor
attitude, risk taking
Together these characteristics can cause or prevent
accidents that a person predisposed to a given
situation or condition may succumb to.
5.5 Systems Theory
Under normal circumstances chances of an accident
is low. Rather than looking at the environment as
being full of hazards and people prone to errors,
system safety assumes harmony (steady state)
exists between individuals and the work
environment.
5.6 The Energy Release Theory
Developed by Dr. William Haddon, Jr., of the
Insurance Institute for Highway Safety. The initial
statement of the concept of energy damage in the
literature is often attributed to Gibson but Viner
understands it to be a result of discussions between
Gibson, Haddon and others. The energy damage
model is based on the supposition that “Damage
(injury) is a result of an incident energy whose
intensity at the point of contact with the recipient
exceeds the damage threshold of the recipient”.
5.7 Behavior Theory
Often referred to as behavior-based safety (BBS)
7.1 Seven (7) basic principles of BBS
– Intervention
– Identification of internal factors
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
– Motivation to behave in the desired
manner
– Focus on the positive
consequences of appropriate
behavior
– Application of the scientific method
– Integration of information
– Planned interventions
5.8 Bird and Germain’s Loss Causation model
They recognized the need for management to
prevent and control accidents in what were fast
becoming highly complex situations due to the
advances in technology.
They developed an updated domino model which
they considered reflected the direct management
relationship with the causes and effects of accident
loss and incorporated arrows to show the multi-linear
interactions of the cause and effect sequence. This
model became known as the Loss Causation Model
and was again represented by a line of five dominos,
linked to each other in a linear sequence
5.9 Combination Theory
 Accidents may/may not fall under any one
model.
 Result from factors in several models.
 One model cannot be applied to all
accidents.
6. Accidents
Accidents are unplanned. An accident is the final
event in an unplanned process that results in injury
or illness to an employee and possibly property
damage. It is the final result or effect of a number of
surface and root causes.
 An "event," occurs when one "actor" (one
person/thing) performs an "action" (does
something).
 A person or thing (equipment, tools,
materials, etc.) will do something that
results in a change of state.
 An accident may be the result of many
factors (simultaneous, interconnected,
6
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
cross-linked events) that have interacted
in some dynamic way.
6.1 Accidents and Incidents
Workplace accidents are part of a broad group of
events or occurrences leading to a physical or
psychological injury. Workplace incidents adversely
affect the completion of a task but do not result in an
employee injury.
6.2 Accident Types
1. Struck-by. A person is forcefully struck by
an object. The force of contact is provided by
the object.
2. Struck-against. A person forcefully strikes
an object. The person provides the force or
energy.
3. Contact-by. Contact by a substance or
material that, by its very nature, is harmful
and causes injury.
4. Contact-with. A person comes in contact
with a harmful substance or material. The
person initiates the contact.
5. Caught-on. A person or part of his/her
clothing or equipment is caught on an object
that is either moving or stationary. This may
cause the person to lose his/her balance and
fall, be pulled into a machine, or suffer some
other harm.
6. Caught-in. A person or part of him/her is
trapped, or otherwise caught in an opening
or enclosure.
7. Caught-between. A person is crushed,
pinched or otherwise caught between a
moving and a stationary object, or between
two moving objects.
8. Fall-To-surface. A person slips or trips and
falls to the surface he/she is standing or
walking on.
9. Fall-To-below. A person slips or trips and
falls to a level below the one he/she was
walking or standing on.
10. Over-exertion. A person over-extends or
strains himself/herself while performing
work.
11. Bodily reaction. Caused solely from stress
imposed by free movement of the body or
assumption of a strained or unnatural body
position. A leading source of injury.
12. Over-exposure. Over a period of time, a
person is exposed to harmful energy (noise,
heat), lack of energy (cold), or substances
(toxic chemicals/atmospheres).
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
13. Electrocution
14. Fire
6.3 Types of Incident
1. Accident - An unplanned, unwanted event that
leads to injury, damage or loss. An accident is
unplanned. Any deliberate attempt to cause injury or
loss is therefore not an accident.
2. Injury accident - an unplanned, unwanted event
that leads to personal injury of some sort, e.g. a
worker on the ground is struck on the head and killed
by a brick dropped by another worker from a 5m-high
scaffold.
3. Damage-only accident - an unplanned, unwanted
event that leads to damage to equipment or property,
e.g. a lorry driver misjudges the turning circle of his
vehicle and knocks over a barrier at the edge of a site
entrance, crushing the barrier beyond repair.
4. Near miss - an unplanned, unwanted event that
had the potential to lead to injury, damage or loss.
5. Dangerous occurrence - a specified event that
has to be reported to the relevant authority by statute
law.
6. Ill-health incident - an unplanned, unwanted
event that leads to ill-health of some sort.
6.4 Costs of Accidents
Accidents are more expensive than most people
realize because of the hidden costs. Some costs are
obvious for example, Workers' Compensation claims
which cover medical costs and indemnity payments
for an injured or ill worker. These are the direct costs
of accidents.
But what about the costs to train and compensate a
replacement worker, repair damaged property,
investigate the accident and implement corrective
action, and to maintain insurance coverage? Even
less apparent are the costs related to schedule
delays, added administrative time, lower morale,
increased absenteeism, and poorer customer
relations. These are the indirect costs.
6.4.1 Heinrich’s Indirect & Direct Cost Ratios
 Heinrich wrote that, according to his
research and analysis, an employer’s cost
of the so-called “incidental” costs of
worker injuries was four times as great
as compensation and medical payments.
This 4:1 ratio of indirect to direct costs also
appeared in the three later editions of his
book. Many statements in safety-related
literature repeat Heinrich’s 4-to-1 ratio.
7
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

6.4.1.1 Direct costs are just the tip of the iceberg

 Medical Expenses 7.1 Example of Unsafe Act
 Equipment Damage
 Wasted raw materials 1.Operating equipment without qualification or
 Insurance premiums authorization.
 Litigation Expense
2. Lack of/or improper use of PPE.
6.4.1.2 Indirect Cost 3. Operation equipment at unsafe speeds.
 Lost time by injured workers 4. Failure to warn.
 Lost time be fellow employees
 Supervisors time to investigate 5. Bypass or removal of safety devices.
 Training a substitute worker
 Poor efficiency due to break-up of crew 6. Using defective equipment.
 Hiring cost
 Overtime to make up production
 Failure to meet deadline/fill orders 8. Unsafe Conditions
 Damage to tools and equipment
Unsafe condition is an unsatisfactory
 Damage from accident: fire, water,
physical condition existing in a workplace
chemicals, explosive, etc.
environment immediately before an accident that
 Loss of good will
was significant in initiating the event.
 Loss of production
 Overhead costs while work disrupted
 Downtime

6.5 Iceberg theory of incident costs

Bird (1974) presents the so-called iceberg theory of
incident costs. In an exhibit that suggests an ice-berg
and is captioned “The Real Costs of Accidents Can
Be Measured and Controlled,” Bird illustrates his
ratios of insured and uninsured costs. Bird and
Germain (1985) use these same ratios but add
to the descriptions of what costs are included in each
category. In Bird’s data, the insured costs—medical
and compensation costs—are the same as direct
costs in some other presentations.
7. Unsafe Acts
Unsafe act is any act that deviates from a
generally recognized safe way or specified method of
doing a job and which increases the probabilities for
an accident.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
8.1 Example of Unsafe Condition
1. Defective equipment: This could include tools
and supplies that are defective when they come from
the factory or have worn out over time and have
never been repaired or replaced.
2. Inadequate guards: Many tools are inherently
dangerous, and guards must be in place to keep
workers from harm.
3. Fire hazards: In some cases, there is even the risk
of a serious explosion.
4. Workplace congestion: As the company grows,
the workspace needs to grow with it.
5. Inadequate or broken warning systems:
Workers may not even realize there is a significant
risk of injury until it is too late.
6. Hazardous air conditions: Workers come away
with respiratory issues and other workplace diseases
after being forced to breathe this contaminated air for
shift after shift.
7. Lack of cleaning and poor housekeeping:
When the workplace is dirty and cluttered, injuries
8
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
are more likely. For instance, workers could trip on
extension cords that were not put away properly or
they could slip and fall on staircases that have never
been cleaned.
9. Summary and Conclusion
9.1 Accident prevention is the most basic of all
safety management paradigms.
9.2 According to Heinrich Theory:
 88% of preventable accidents to unsafe acts
of persons
 10% to unsafe mechanical or physical
conditions,
 with the last 2% being acknowledged as
being unpreventable giving rise to
Heinrich’s chart of direct and proximate
causes
9.3 The two types of cost accident are direct and
indirect cost.
9.4 Bird (1974) presents the so-called iceberg theory
of incident costs. In an exhibit that suggests an
ice-berg and is captioned “The Real Costs of
Accidents Can Be Measured and Controlled.
9.5 Unsafe act is any act that deviates from a
generally recognized safe way or specified
method of doing a job and which increases the
probabilities for an accident.
9.6 Unsafe condition is an unsatisfactory physical
condition existing in a workplace environment
immediately before an accident that was
significant in initiating the event.
9.7 Although hidden costs are very real, they are
very difficult to demonstrate. To say arbitrarily to
management that they amount to four times the
insurable costs is asking for trouble. If
management asks for proof, you can only
say, “Heinrich said so.” Management wants
facts, not fantasy. Without proof, hidden costs
become fantasy.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Module 3: Construction Site Premises
1. Introduction
Construction sites have several known dangers and
are in a near constant state of change, which can
cause some construction site accident victims to
assume that premises liability laws do not apply to
these areas. Construction site accidents are a sub-
sector of premises liability law, meaning individuals
injured on unsafe construction sites may be eligible
for compensation.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Outline the purpose of housekeeping and its
importance the workplace safety.
 Outline the hazards of poor housekeeping
and control measures of hazards.
 Discuss the uses of safety signages.
 Identify the fire triangle and tetrahedron.
 Identify the method of heat transfer and
extinguishing.
 Outline the fire hazards and control
measures of hazards and risk.
 Demonstrate the use of portable fire
extinguisher.
 Identify the hazards of electricity.
 Outline the control measure for electrical
hazards and risk.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 Construction site is an area or piece of land on
which construction works are being carried out.
3.2 Exit route is a continuous and unobstructed path
of exit travel from any point within a workplace to a
place of safety. An exit route consists of three parts:
3.3 Exit access – portion of an exit route that leads
to an exit.
3.4 Exit – portion of an exit route that is generally
separated from other areas to provide a protected
way of travel to the exit discharge.
3.5 Exit discharge – part of the exit route that leads
directly outside or to a street, walkway, refuge area,
public way, or open space with access to the outside.
3.6 Fire is the rapid oxidation of a material in the
exothermic chemical process of combustion,
releasing heat, light, and various reaction products.
3.7Electricity is the flow of charge. Usually our
charges will be carried by free-flowing electrons.
Negatively charged electrons are loosely held to
atoms of conductive materials.
9
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
4. Construction Site Premises
a) Building premises shall have adequate fire,
emergency or danger sign and safety
instructions of standard colors and sizes
visible at all times.
b) Good housekeeping shall be maintained at
all times through cleanliness of building,
yards, machines, equipment, regular waste
disposal, and orderly arrangement of
processes, operations, storage and filing of
materials.
c) Adequate comfort rooms and lavatories
separate for male and female workers;
adequate dressing rooms for female workers
and locker rooms for male workers shall be
provided.
d) All buildings, permanent or temporary shall
be structurally safe and sound to prevent
their collapse.
4.1 Gates
a) Where the premises are surrounded by
fencing, separate entrance and exit gates
shall be provided for pedestrian, vehicular
and railroad traffic.
b) Regulations covering the use of driveways
for entry and exit, speed limits, space
allotments and methods of parking shall be
provided and strictly enforce.
4.2 Roadways
a) Roadways shall be of adequate width, and
where used by, two-way traffic shall be at
least twice the width of the widest vehicle
normally used plus 1.25 m. (4 ft.).
4.3 Walkways
a) Railings shall be installed along walkways,
on bridges on steep slopes, at slippery
places and at places where pedestrians are
liable to injury by passing vehicles.
b) Walkways shall not be located under the
eaves of buildings.
c) Shall be constructed along the shortest line
between important points.
4.4 Overhead Walks, Runways and Platforms
a) Walks, runways, working platforms or open
sided floors 2 m. (6.6 ft.) or more above the
floor or ground level, except platforms used
for motor or similar equipment.
b) Runways used for filling tank cars or for
oiling purposes may have the railing on one
side omitted if necessary but the hazards of
falling shall be reduced by the use of
runways not less than 56 cm. (22 in.) in
width.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
4.5 Window Openings
a) shall be guarded securely by bars, slats, or
grills those opening is more than 30 cm. (1 2
in.) in width and the sill is less than 1 m. 90
cm. (6 ft.) above the landing.
4.1 Construction of Toeboards
a) Shall be at least 15 cm. (6 in.) in height
b) May be made of wood, iron, steel or other
equivalent material.
c) Shall be securely fastened in place, with not
more than 6 mm. (0.3 in.) clearance above
the floor level.
4.7 Construction of Railings
a) Permanently constructed of wood, pipe,
structural metal or other material of sufficient
strength.
b) Shall be at least 1 meter (3.3 ft.) from the
floor level to the upper surface of the top rail.
c) Shall have posts not more than 2 meters (6.6
ft.) apart.
4.8 Access and Egress
Access and egress mean the entry or exit such as a
building. Access and egress are a specific form of the
general concept of accessibility. It includes footpaths,
corridors, doorways, gates, steps etc., which may
provide a means of access and egress, to be suitably
constructed, kept free from obstruction and to be well
maintained.
5. 5S of Good Housekeeping
5S of good housekeeping involves the principle of
waste elimination through workplace organization.
5S was derived from the Japanese words seiri,
seiton, seiso, seiketsu, and shitsuke. In English, they
can be roughly translated as sort, set in order, clean,
standardize, and sustain. The cornerstone of 5S is
that untidy, cluttered work areas are not productive.
As well as the physical implications of junk getting in
everybody’s way and dirt compromising quality, we
all are happier in a clean, tidy environment and hence
more inclined to work hard with due care and
attention. 5S and good housekeeping are core
elements of lean thinking and a visual workplace and
are a fundamental platform for world-class
manufacturing.
5S provides the foundation for all quality
improvement programs. It is a process to create
more productive people and more productive
companies through motivation, education, and
10
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
practice. It involves the creation of a strong corporate
culture with a productivity mindset.
5S is the name of a workplace organization method
that uses a list of five Japanese words: seiri, seiton,
seiso, seiketsu, and shitsuke. Transliterated into
Roman script, they all start with the letter "S".
Japanese English Tagalog
Seiri Sort Suriin
Seiton Systematize Salansanin
Seiso Sweep Simutin
Seiketsu Sanitized Siguruhin
Shitsuke Self- Sarilingkusa
discipline
5.1 The 5S Method
5.1.1 Seiri: sort means eliminating anything that is
unnecessary for the equipment to work properly.
5.1.2 Seiton: straightening is the best way of
eliminating pointless searching and having all the
material necessary for functional production
according to the principle: "a place for everything and
everything in its place."
5.1.3 Seiso: shining means keeping everything so
clean that it shines.
In a clean environment, any leak or other abnormality
can be detected faster.
Working in a clean environment improves motivation
and safety. This is a prerequisite for quality
maintenance.
5.1.4 Seiketsu: standardizing means respecting the
previous 3S.
The 3S are actions to take; so that cleanliness and
elimination of the causes of untidiness become the
norm, it is essential to write them down as ordinary
rules, as standards.
Seiketsu helps to overcome the natural tendency to
slovenliness and a return to old habits.
5.1.5 Shitsuke: sustain after a period of 3 to 6
months (depending on the size and complexity of the
workshop), the time has come to evaluate the
situation by means of an in-depth audit. The audit is
based on a very precise questionnaire, which
assesses the previous 4S, and which leads, if
successful - to the site being certified.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.2 Hazards of Poor housekeeping
a) Fire as a result of oily rags left in an area
where hot work is performed, or due to the
accumulation of combustible dust.
b) Un-cleared waste could become fuel for the
spread of fire.
c) Littered job equipment, tools and materials
could pose the risk of trip and fall.
d) Poor housekeeping could conceal hazards
which would normally be visible to be
cleared.
e) It can limit workspace forcing workers to
adopt poor working posture.
f) Poor housekeeping can maximize the
severity/consequence of accidents.
g) It could result to blockade of emergency exits
and emergency equipment’s.
h) An allergic reaction to a spilled chemical.
i) An eye injury from falling grit left in the
overhead of a work site.
j) Illness due to the unsanitary conditions of
restrooms.
k) Electrical shock as a result of poorly
maintained equipment or energy sources,
such as broken, cracked or damaged
insulation and connections of wiring.
l) Lacerations and amputations when poor
maintenance results in inadequate lighting.
m) Exposure to hazardous substances from
poor storage and ineffective labeling of
hazardous chemicals.
n) Accidents can be resulted from poor
housekeeping such as:
 tripping over loose objects on floors,
stairs and platforms
 being hit by falling objects
 slipping on greasy, wet or dirty surfaces
 striking against projecting, poorly
stacked items or misplaced material
 cutting, puncturing, or tearing the skin of
hands or other parts of the body on
projecting nails, wire or steel strapping
5.3 Preventive and Control Measures of
Housekeeping Hazards
5.3.1 Dust and Dirt Removal
Enclosures and exhaust ventilation systems in some
jobs may fail to collect dust, dirt and chips
adequately.
Vacuum cleaners are suitable for removing light dust
and dirt. Industrial models have special fittings for
cleaning walls, ceilings, ledges, machinery, and other
hard-to-reach places where dust and dirt may
accumulate.
11
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Wetting floors or using sweeping compounds before
sweeping reduces the amount of airborne dust. The
dust and grime that collect in places like shelves,
piping, conduits, light fixtures, reflectors, windows,
cupboards and lockers may require manual cleaning.
Compressed air should not be used for removing
dust, dirt or chips from equipment or work surfaces.
5.3.2 Employee Facilities
Employee facilities need to be adequate, clean and
well maintained. Lockers are necessary for storing
employees' personal belongings. Washing facilities
require cleaning once or more each shift. Supply of
soap, towels plus disinfectants need to be supplied,
if necessary.
If workers are handling or using hazardous materials,
employee facilities should provide special
precautions such as showers, washing facilities and
change rooms.
Some facilities may require two locker rooms with
showers between. Using such double locker rooms
allows workers to shower off workplace contaminants
and prevents them from contaminating their "street
clothes" by keeping their work clothes separated
from the clothing that they wear home.
Smoking, eating or drinking in the work area should
be prohibited where toxic materials are handled.
Eating facility should be separate from the work area
and should always be cleaned properly.
5.3.3 Surfaces
Floors: Poor floor conditions are a leading cause of
accidents so cleaning up spilled oil and other liquids
at once is important. Allowing chips, shavings and
dust to accumulate can also cause accidents.
Trapping chips, shavings and dust before they reach
the floor or cleaning them up regularly can prevent
their accumulation. Areas that cannot be cleaned
continuously, such as entrance ways, should have
anti-slip flooring. Keeping floors in good order also
means replacing any worn, ripped, or damaged
flooring that poses a tripping hazard.
Walls: Light-colored walls reflect light while dirty or
dark-colored walls absorb light. Contrasting colors
warn of physical hazards and mark obstructions such
as pillars. Paint can highlight railings, guards and
other safety equipment, but should never be used as
a substitute for guarding. The program should outline
the regulations and standards for colors.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.3.4 Maintain Light Fixtures
Dirty light fixtures reduce essential light levels. Clean
light fixtures can improve lighting efficiency
significantly.
5.3.5 Aisles and Stairways
Aisles should be wide enough to accommodate
people and vehicles comfortably and safely. Aisle
space allows for the movement of people, products
and materials. Warning signs and mirrors can
improve sight-lines in blind corners. Arranging aisles
properly encourages people to use them so that they
do not take shortcuts through hazardous areas.
Keeping aisles and stairways clear is important. They
should not be used for temporary "overflow" or
"bottleneck" storage. Stairways and aisles also
require adequate lighting.
5.3.6 Spill Control
The best way to control spills is to stop them before
they happen. Regularly cleaning and maintaining
machines and equipment are one way. Another is to
use drip pans and guards where possible spills might
occur. When spills do occur, it is important to clean
them up immediately. Absorbent materials are useful
for wiping up greasy, oily or other liquid spills. Used
absorbents must be disposed of properly and safely.
5.3.7 Tools and Equipment
Tools require suitable fixtures with marked locations
to provide orderly arrangement, both in the tool room
and near the work bench. Returning them promptly
after use reduces the chance of being misplaced or
lost. Workers should regularly inspect, clean and
repair all tools and take any damaged or worn tools
out of service.
5.3.8 Maintenance
Maintenance involves keeping buildings, equipment
and machinery in safe, efficient working order and in
good repair. This includes maintaining sanitary
facilities and regularly painting and cleaning walls.
Broken windows, damaged doors, defective
plumbing and broken floor surfaces can make a
workplace look neglected; these conditions can
cause accidents and affect work practices. So it is
important to replace or fix broken or damaged items
as quickly as possible.
12
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.3.9 Waste Disposal
The regular collection, grading and sorting of scrap
contribute to good housekeeping practices. It also
makes it possible to separate materials that can be
recycled from those going to waste disposal facilities.
Allowing material to build up on the floor wastes time
and energy since additional time is required for
cleaning it up. Placing scrap containers near where
the waste is produced encourages orderly waste
disposal and makes collection easier. All waste
receptacles should be clearly labelled.
5.3.10 Storage
Good organization of stored materials is essential for
overcoming material storage problems whether on a
temporary or permanent basis. There will also be
fewer strain injuries if the amount of handling is
reduced, especially if less manual materials handling
is required.
The location of the stockpiles should not interfere
with work, but they should still be readily available
when required. Stored materials should allow at least
one meter of clear space under sprinkler heads.
Stacking cartons and drums on a firm foundation and
cross tying them, where necessary, reduces the
chance of their movement. Stored materials should
not obstruct aisles, stairs, exits, fire equipment,
emergency eyewash fountains, emergency showers,
or first aid stations. All storage areas should be
clearly marked.
Flammable, combustible, toxic and other hazardous
materials should be stored in approved containers in
designated areas that are appropriate for the
different hazards that they pose. Storage of materials
should meet all requirements specified in the fire
codes and the regulations of environmental and
occupational health and safety agencies in your
jurisdiction.
5.3.11 Use of PPE
Review the proper protective equipment needed,
such as gloves and goggles, and provide the proper
protective equipment to the workers using the
cleaning product.
Dust mask used on dusty work environment should
be appropriate to the hazards and risk.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
6. Safety Color, Sign and Signages
6.1 Rule 1060.01 Premises of Establishment of
OSH Standards
Building premises shall have adequate fire,
emergency or danger sign and safety instructions of
standard colors and sizes visible at all times.
6.2 Department Order 13-98 (DO13)-Section 9.
Construction Safety Signages
Construction Safety Signages must be provided to
warn the workers and the public of hazards existing
in the workplace. Signages shall be posted in
prominent positions at strategic location and, as far
as practicable, be in the language understandable to
most of the workers employed.
6.2.1 The signages include but are not limited to:
a. Mandatory requirement on the usage of personal
protective equipment prior to entry to the project site.
b. Areas where there are potential risks of falling
objects.
c. Areas where there are potential risks of falling.
d. Areas where explosives and flammable
substances are used or stored.
e. Areas where there are tripping or slipping hazards.
f. Approaches to working areas where danger from
toxic or irritant airborne contaminants/substances
may exist which should indicate the name of the
contaminant/substance involved and the type of
respiratory equipment to be worn.
g. All places where contact with or proximity to
electrical/facility equipment can cause danger.
h. All places where workers may come in contact with
dangerous moving parts of machineries or
equipment.
i. Location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment.
j. Instructions on the usage of specific construction
equipment.
k. Periodic updating of man-hours.
6.2.2 Signages should be regularly inspected
and maintained in good condition.
Signages that are damaged or illegible or that no
longer apply should be removed and replaced by the
safety officer.
13
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
6.2.2.1 Overall Dimensions of Safety Signs
7. Fire Safety in Construction
One of the biggest risks to an Organization is Fire,
the outbreak of a fire and the resulting consequences
put many organizations out of business. The initial
damage caused by the fire is compounded by loss of
business, loss of company information and
interruptions to the organization that many fail to
overcome.
7.1 RULE 1941- General Provisions
a) All buildings for occupancy used shall be
located in areas provided for by applicable
zoning regulations of the locality.
b) Specific standards in design and
construction, occupancy and use of
buildings and facilities shall be those
prescribed by the Building Code of the
Philippines.
c) Fire tests of building materials and fire
protection equipment used in any place of
employment shall be those provided for the
Fire Code of the Philippines.
d) Standards for the design and installation of
Indoor, outdoor general storage, sprinkle
system and fire protection system shall be
those provided for by Chapter 9 of the
Philippine Society of Mechanical Engineers
(PSME) Code.
7.2 What is fire?
That process is oxidation: combining oxygen with
another substance. Fire is an oxidation process that
happens very fast, so that light, heat and sound are
released often with enough force and majesty to
justify the ancients’ reverence. The sudden release
of energy causes temperatures to rise, sometimes by
thousands of degrees.
7.3 The fire triangle and the fire tetrahedron
7.3.1 Fire Triangle
The fire triangle identifies the three needed
components of fire:
 fuel (something that will burn)
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
 heat (enough to make the fuel burn)
 and air (oxygen)
All three components must be present to have a fire.
Fire will burn until one or more of the components are
removed. Traditional fire extinguishing methods
involve removing the fuel, heat, or oxygen.
7.3.2 Fire Tetrahedron
In more recent years, a fourth component – the
uninhibited chain reaction – has been added to
explain fire. This chain reaction is the feedback of
heat to the fuel to produce the gaseous fuel used in
the flame. In other words, the chain reaction provides
the heat necessary to maintain the fire. The addition
of this fourth component (which forms what is called
the fire tetrahedron more accurately describes the
mechanism for fire suppression by clean agent halon
replacements which break up the uninhibited chain
reaction of combustion.
7.4 Stages of fire
7.4.1 Ignition
Fuel, oxygen (16%) and heat join together in a
sustained chemical reaction. At this stage, a fire
extinguisher can control the fire.
7.4.2 Growth
With the initial flame as a heat source, additional fuel
ignites. Convection and radiation ignite more
surfaces. The size of the fire increases and the plume
reaches the ceiling. Hot gases collecting at the
ceiling transfer heat, allowing all fuels in a room to
come closer to their ignition temperature at the same
time.
7.4.3 Fully developed
Fire has spread over much if not all the available fuel;
temperatures reach their peak, resulting in heat
damage. Oxygen is consumed rapidly.
14
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
7.4.4 Decay (Burnout)
The fire consumes available fuel, temperatures
decrease, fire gets less intense.
7.5 Products of combustion
1. Fire gases- refers to the vaporized product of
combustion.
2. Flame – the visible luminous body of the burning
gas which may become hotter and less luminous
when mixed with increased amount of oxygen.
3. Heat – a form of energy being measured in the
degree of temperature to signify its intensity and
responsible in the spread of fire.
4. Smoke – a visible product of incomplete
combustion
7.6 Principle of Heat Transfer and Spread of Fire
Heat transfer is the process of transfer of heat from
high temperature reservoir to low temperature
reservoir. In terms of the thermodynamic system,
heat transfer is the movement of heat across the
boundary of the system due to temperature
difference between the system and the surroundings.
The heat transfer can also take place within the
system due to temperature difference at various
points inside the system. The difference in
temperature is considered to be ‘potential’ that
causes the flow of heat and the heat itself is called as
flux.
7.6.1 Conduction
The transfer of heat between two solid bodies is
called as conduction. It depends on the difference in
temperature of the hot and cold body. Example of
conduction heat transfer is two bodies at different
temperature kept in contact with each other. Another
example is heating one end of the metal like copper;
due to conduction heat transfer the other end of the
metal also gets heated.
7.6.2 Convection.
The transfer of heat between the solid surface and
the liquid is called as convection heat transfer. Let us
consider a vessel of water being heated, in this case
heating of water due to transfer of heat from the
vessel is convection heat transfer.
7.6.3 Radiation
When two bodies are at different temperatures and
separated by distance, the heat transfer between
them is called as radiation heat transfer. In case of
the conduction and convection heat transfer there is
a media to transfer the heat, but in case of the
radiation heat transfer there is no media. The
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
radiation heat transfer occurs due to the
electromagnetic waves that exist in the atmosphere.
One of the most important examples of radiation heat
transfer is the heat of the sun coming on the earth.
7.7 Fire Classifications based on fuel type:
7.7.1 Class A: Ordinary combustible materials, such
as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics.
They burn with an ember and leave an ash.
Extinguish by cooling the fuel to a temperature that is
below the ignition temp. Water and other
extinguishing agents are effective.
7.7.2 Class B: Flammable liquids (burn at room
temperature) and combustible liquids (require heat to
ignite). Petroleum greases, tars, oils, oil-based
paints, solvents, lacquers, alcohols, and flammable
gases. High fire hazard; water may not extinguish.
Extinguish by creating a barrier between the fuel and
the oxygen, such as layer of foam.
7.7.3 Class C: Fuels that would be A or B except that
they involve energized electrical equipment. Special
techniques and agents required to extinguish, most
commonly carbon dioxide or dry chemical agents.
Use of water is very dangerous because water
conducts electricity.
7.7.4 Class D: Combustible metals, such as
magnesium, titanium, zirconium, sodium, lithium and
potassium. Most cars contain numerous such metals.
Because of extremely high flame temperatures,
water can break down into hydrogen and oxygen,
enhancing burning or exploding. Extinguish with
special powders based on sodium chloride or other
salts; also, clean dry sand.
7.7.5 Class K: Fires in cooking appliances that
involve combustible cooking media (vegetable or
animal oils and fats).
15
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

7.8 Common Cause of Fire and Its Associated
Fire Hazards
a) Electrical equipment – faulty wiring,
overloaded conductors, misused equipment
and the incorrect use of electrical equipment
in inappropriate environments.
b) Deliberate ignition – many workplace fires
are started deliberately. In some cases, the
workplace has been targeted, e.g. by a
disgruntled employee or an unhappy
customer. In other cases, it has not, e.g.
youths playing with matches on an industrial
estate.
b) Perhaps of more concern are the
consequences to people. Most of the people
killed in workplace fires are not killed by the
flames directly, but indirectly, by smoke
inhalation.
c) Serious burns may also result.
d) Fire and fire-fighting can also do significant
damage to the environment. Forest fires
(though not a significant risk in many parts of
the world) do huge damage. Firefighting can
cause pollution because of the large
volumes of contaminated water that run off
the fire site into watercourses.
7.8.2 Causes of Fire Death

c) Hot work – any work involving the use of a. Inhalation of Toxic fumes
naked flames (e.g. a propane torch or oxy- b. Insufficient oxygen (Asphyxia)
acetylene cutting equipment), or which c. Effects of heat (Hyperthermia)
creates a significant ignition source (e.g. arc- d. Bronchial and pulmonary swelling (Edema)
welding and grinding). with blood congestion (Hyperemia)
e. Ventricular fibrillation
d) Smoking – in particular, carelessly f. Backdraft or smoke explosion
discarded smoking materials, such as
7.9 Fire Risk Assessment
cigarette butts and matches.
7.9.1 Factor to Consider in Fire Risk Assessment
e) Cooking appliances, e.g. fat pans left
unattended.
A. Identify the fire hazards:
 Sources of fuel.
f) Heating appliances, e.g. electric fan
 Sources of ignition.
heaters and space heaters, especially when
left unattended.  Sources of oxygen.

B. Identify the people who might be at risk:

g) Unsafe use and storage of flammable
liquids and gases, e.g. petrol, acetone and  People in the premises.
liquefied petroleum gas (LPG). Static sparks  Give special consideration to vulnerable
can be generated, which could ignite a people.
flammable vapour.
h) Mechanical heat – generated by friction C. Evaluate, identify and implement the fire
between moving parts, such as a motor and precautions that are required:
its bearings, or cold work generating sparks.  Fire prevention.
 Prevention of the spread of smoke and
i) Chemical reactions - can also generate flames.
heat, e.g. oxidisers (rags soaked in oil and  Fire detection and alarm.
solvents are a fire hazard, because as the oil  Fire-fighting equipment.
or solvents oxidise, heat is replaced and  Means of escape.
there is a risk of spontaneous combustion).  Signs and notices.
 Lighting.
a) Record findings, plan and train:
7.8.1 Consequences of Fire Hazards b) Emergency plans.
c) Information and instruction.
a) Fires cause enormous damage to buildings d) Training.
and building contents. Items that are not
directly destroyed by the fire will often be D. Review and revise the assessment as
severely affected by smoke damage. These necessary.
losses will usually be covered by insurance,
although the loss of business and premises
are difficult to recover, leaving many people
without jobs and a place of work.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 16
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
7.9 Fire Prevention and Control of Fire
Hazards/Risk
a) Fire can be prevented by controlling potential
fuel sources. Risk from fuel sources can be
managed by elimination, substitution,
minimizing quantities, and by safe use and
storage.
b) Fire can also be prevented by controlling
potential ignition sources, such as electrical
equipment, hot works, discarded smoking
materials, and cooking and heating
appliances.
c) Safe systems of work can be used to control
work activities involving fire risk, e.g. permit-
to-work systems can be used to manage the
risk associated with hot works. This includes
ensuring good standards of housekeeping.
d) Flammable liquids must be used and stored
with appropriate care to minimize the
associated fire risk.
e) Electrical equipment must be of a suitable
category for use in an explosive atmosphere.
7.10.1 Four ways to extinguish fire
1. Isolation – by removing the combustible
materials ( fuel)
2. Smothering – by eliminating the supply of
oxygen
3. Quenching - by cooling the burning material
to a point below the ignition temperature
4. Inhibition – by breaking the chemical
reaction
7.10.2 Fire Extinguisher
A portable fire extinguisher can save lives and
property by putting out a small fire or containing it
until the fire department arrives; but portable
extinguishers have limitations. Industrial fire-fighter
should be familiar with the types and location of the
fire extinguisher distributed throughout the building.
7.10.3 Classes of Fire Extinguisher
7.10.3.1 Class A Extinguishers will put out fires in
ordinary combustibles, such as wood and paper. The
numerical rating for this class of fire extinguisher
refers to the amount of water the fire extinguisher
holds and the amount of fire it will extinguish.
7.10.3.2 Class B Extinguishers should be used on
fires involving flammable liquids, such as grease,
gasoline, oil, etc. The numerical rating for this class
of fire extinguisher states the approximate number of
square feet of a flammable liquid fire that a non-
expert person can expect to extinguish.
7.10.3.3 Class C Extinguishers are suitable for use
on electrically energized fires. This class of fire
extinguishers does not have a numerical rating. The
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
presence of the letter “C” indicates that the
extinguishing agent is non-conductive.
7.10.3.4 Class D Extinguishers are designed for
use on flammable metals and are often specific for
the type of metal in question. There is no picture
designator for Class D extinguishers. These
extinguishers generally have no rating nor are they
given a multi-purpose rating for use on other types of
fires.
7.10.3.5 Class K Extinguishers, or Wet Chemical,
fire extinguishers are designed specifically for use in
restaurant kitchens. They utilize a potassium acetate
based, low PH agent the same agent used in pre-
engineered cooking equipment fire extinguishing
systems. The agent discharges as a fine mist which
helps prevent grease splash and fire re-flash while
cooling the appliance. The Class K extinguisher is
the ideal choice for use on all cooking appliances
including solid fuel char broilers.
7.10.4 Advantages and Limitations of Main
Extinguishing Media.
7.10.4.1 Water Extinguishers
This type can only be used on Class A fires.
They allow the operator to direct water onto a fire
from a safe distance. The extinguishers can be quite
heavy, and they will not be suitable for use on
electrical, metal or liquid fires.
7.10.4.2 Foam Extinguishers
This type can be used on Class A or B fires
and deal rather well with liquid fires such as petrol or
diesel. They should not be used on free-flowing liquid
fires unless the operator has had the training. It is
suitable for the use of deep-fat fryers or chip pans but
should not be used on electrical or metal fires.
7.10.4.3 Dry Powder Extinguishers
This type can be used on most classes of
fire, including electrical equipment. They do not cool
the fire and so the fire has the possibility to reignite.
They can also create loss of visibility and affect
people with breathing problems. They are not
suitable for confined spaces and should not be used
on metal fires. The powder can be slightly corrosive
and damaging to equipment, so it should not be used
in highly technical areas like IT server rooms.
7.10.4.4 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishers.
This type is suitable for fires involving
electrical equipment. This type should not be used on
metal fires.
7.10.4.5 Wet Chemical Extinguishers.
This type of extinguisher is suitable for
catering environments, where deep-fat fryers can be
found, it prevents the reignition of the fire by sealing
17
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
the surface. This extinguisher must not be used on
Class D (metal) fires.
7.10.4.6 Multi-Class Ratings
Many extinguishers available today can be
used on different types of fires and will be labeled
with more than one designator, e.g. A-B, B-C, or A-
B-C. Make sure that if you have a multi-purpose
extinguisher it is properly labeled.
7.10.5 Parts of Extinguisher
7.10.5.1 Operating Portable Fire Extinguisher
Most fire extinguishers operate using the following
P.A.S.S. technique:
 PULL... Pull the pin. This will also break the
tamper seal.
 AIM... Aim low, pointing the extinguisher
nozzle (or its horn or hose) at the base of the
fire.
NOTE: Do not touch the plastic discharge horn
on CO2 extinguishers, it gets very cold and may
damage skin.
 SQUEEZE... Squeeze the handle to release
the extinguishing agent.
 SWEEP... Sweep from side to side at the
base of the fire until it appears to be out.
Watch the area. If the fire re-ignites, repeat
steps 2 - 4.
P A S S -- Pull, Aim, Squeeze, Sweep
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
7.10.5.2 Requirement for Fire Extinguisher
1. Kept a fully charged and must be in designated
places, along with the normal path of travel.
2. Must not be obstructed or obscured in view.
3. Must not be mounted higher than 5 feet or 1 meter
to the top of extinguisher if weigh 40 lbs.
4. Regularly inspected by management or
designated employee at least monthly to ensure that
they are in designated places, they have not
tampered with or actuated, no corrosion or other
impairments.
5. Examined annually, re-charge and or repair to
ensure operability and safety. Attached tag must
show signature or initials of the person performing
the service maintenance.
6. Hydro statistically tested.
7. Selected based on type of hazard, degree of
hazard, and area to be protected.
8. Permit to Work System
A permit-to-work (PTW) system is a formal,
documented safety procedure, forming part of a safe
system of work, which ensures that all necessary
actions are taken before, during and after particularly
high-risk work. The high-risk nature of the work is the
key feature that these types of work have in common,
which makes them subject to permit control. If the
work is not carried out in precisely the right way, then
workers and others may be killed.
8.1 TYPICAL PERMIT SYSTEMS
8.1.1 Hot Work
Permit systems are commonly used to control hot
work where naked flames will be used (e.g. propane,
butane or oxyacetylene torches) or where a
significant ignition source will be created (e.g.
welding or grinding operations).
18
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
8.1.1.1 Typical precautions for control of hot
work:
 Flammable materials are removed from the
work area.
 Items that cannot be removed are covered
with fire-retardant blankets.
 Floor is swept clean.
 Wooden floor is damped down.
 A suitable fire extinguisher is at hand.
 A “fire-watcher” is present in the area.
 The work area is visited routinely after the
work has finished to check the area for
smoldering.
8.2 Welding, Cutting and Brazing Safety
Welding, cutting, and brazing are hazardous
activities which pose a unique combination of both
chemical and physical hazards.
Welding is a process that joins materials together by
melting a metal work piece along with a filler metal to
form a strong joint. Heat metal parts to a temperature
that is high enough to join the metal parts by
coalescence.
8.2.1 Coalescence
Coalescence occurs when two metals seem to pull
together, or grow into one body, of the base metal
parts when there is the slightest contact. There are
two basic requirements for coalescence: heat and
intimacy of contact.
Heat: Welding processes differ depending on the
source of heat, the manner in which heat is applied
or generated, and the intensity of the heat. The fuel
used as a heat force may be:
 acetylene or hydrogen in air or in oxygen;
 an electric arc;
 an electric, gas, or oil furnace;
 the resistance of metal to the flow of electric
current; or
 a chemical reaction between a metal oxide
and finely divided aluminum.
The intensity of heat applied or generated at the joint
varies according to the metals being joined and to the
welding process being used. All welding processes,
except brazing, use temperatures high enough to
melt the base metals.
8.2.2 Brazing
Brazing is a welding process using nonferrous filler
alloys that do not contain iron or steel and have a
melting point above 840°F but below that of the base
metal. Brazing is also called ‘hard soldering’ or ‘silver
soldering.’ Brazing is the only welding process in
which the melting of the base metal is not necessary
for coalescence. Click here for more information on
brazing alloys.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
8.2.3 Soldering
Soldering is a joining process using non-ferrous filler
alloys. Soft soldering uses alloys that melt between
190 to 840°F and is used in electronics, plumbing,
and joining sheet metal parts. Soldering is not
considered a welding process. Lead and tin are
common alloys used in soldering, but there is also
less common lead-free solder to decrease
environmental impacts.
8.2.4 Welding Rods: The term welding rod refers to
a filler metal, in wire or rod form, used in gas welding
and brazing processes and in certain electric welding
processes (tungsten inert gas) in which the filler
metal is not a part of the electric circuit. Most rods are
furnished in 36-inch lengths and a wide variety of
diameters, ranging from 1/32 to 3/8 inch. Rods for
welding cast iron vary from 12 to 24 inches in length
and are frequently square rather than round in cross
section. The rod diameter selected for a given job is
governed by the thickness of the metals being joined.
8.2.5 Electrodes
In electric welding, electrodes form a part of the
electrical circuit. In gas tungsten arc welding,
electrodes melt off and are a source of the filler metal
supply.
1. Solid Electrodes- These electrodes are
consumable (composed of steel, copper,
aluminum, various alloys, and other metals)
or non-consumable (primarily tungsten).
They produce less fumes, compared with
flux-cored wire or coated electrodes.
2. Covered and Coated Electrodes- These
are the largest group of electrodes used in
welding. The covering provides the flux from
the weld. Major metals from the coatings
include fluoride, nickel, iron, chromium,
manganese, copper, and molybdenum.
8.2.6 Fluxes
Welding or brazing certain materials requires the use
of flux to produce a sound joint. Fluxes are available
as liquids, pastes, and powders. They have a melting
point below that of the base and filler metals, and
they are not incorporated into the weld. Their primary
purpose is to prevent the formation of oxides on the
weld joint before and during welding operations.
Fluxes should never be used as a substitute for
proper cleaning.
8.2.7 Oxyacetylene Cylinders
Oxyacetylene equipment consists of a cylinder of
acetylene, a cylinder of oxygen, two regulators, two
lengths of hose with fittings, a welding torch with tips,
and either a cutting attachment or a separate cutting
torch.
19
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Accessories include a friction igniter to light the torch,
an apparatus wrench to fit the various connections
on the regulators, the cylinders, and the torches;
goggles with filter lenses for eye protection; and
gloves for protection of the hands. Flame-resistant
clothing is worn when necessary.
8.3 Types of welding
Welding is classified into two groups: fusion (heat
alone) or pressure (heat and pressure) welding.
There are three types of fusion welding: electric arc,
gas and thermic. Electric arc welding is the most
widely used type of fusion welding. It employs an
electric arc to melt the base and filler metals. Arc
welding types in order of decreasing fume production
include:
a. Gas Welding
Oxy-acetylene Welding/Cutting: Oxy-acetylene
welding or cutting is also called torch or gas welding
or cutting. Two metals are joined by melting or fusing
their adjoining surfaces in the process. This is done
by directing a flame from burning gas (usually
acetylene) to melt metal at a joint to be welded, and
is a common method for welding iron, steel, cast iron,
and copper. Since gas welding is slower and easier
to control than electric arc welding, it is commonly
used in general maintenance work, brazing, and
soldering.
b. Arc Welding and Cutting
Arc welding is the process in which fusion is
produced by heating with an electric arc that is
generated between an electrode and the surface of
the base metal.
Arc cutting is the process in which the cutting or
removal of metals is done by melting with the heat of
an arc between an electrode and base metal.
b.1 Arc welding and cutting types include:
a) Flux Core Arc Welding (FCAW) is an arc
welding process where coalescence is
produced by heating with an arc between a
continuous filler metal electrode and the
work.
b) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) also known
as Sub Arc and automatic welding. This is an
arc welding process which produces
coalescence by heating with an arc or arcs
between a bare metal electrode or
electrodes and the work.
c) Shielded Metal Arc (SMAW) is an arc
welding process which produces
coalescence by heating with an electric arc
between a covered metal electrode and the
surface of the base metal.
d) Gas Metal Arc (GMAW or MIG): This is also
called stick welding. This is an arc welding
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
process where coalescence is produced by
heating with an arc between a continuous
filler metal electrode (typically a steel alloy
wire) and the work.
e) Gas Tungsten Arc/Tungsten Inert Gas
Welding (GTAW or TIG), also called Heli-arc
welding, is an arc welding process where
coalescence is produced by heating with an
arc between a single tungsten electrode and
the work.
f) Plasma Arc Welding, also called plasma
welding, is an arc welding process similar to
gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW). The
electric arc is formed between an electrode
(which is usually but not always made of
sintered tungsten) and the workpiece.
g) Plasmas Arc Cutting: This is also called
plasma cutting. The metal is cut by melting a
localized area with a constricted arc and
removing the molten material with a high-
velocity jet of hot, ionized gas in this process.
h) Carbon Arc Cutting: This is also called Arc
Gouging and Air-arcing.
c. Thermite welding
Thermite welding uses a chemical reaction to
produce intense heat instead of using gas fuel or
electric current.
8.3 Welding Hazards
a) radiation from the arc, in the form of
ultraviolet and infrared rays
b) flying sparks and globules of molten metal
c) electric shock
d) metal fumes
e) burns
8.3.1 Factors that affect worker exposure to
welding fume
a) Type of welding process
b) Base metal and filler metals used
c) Welding rod composition
d) Location (outside, enclosed space)
e) Welder work practices
f) Air movement
g) Use of ventilation controls
8.4 Reducing exposure to welding fume
a) Welders should understand the hazards of
the materials they are working with.
b) Welding surfaces should be cleaned of any
coating that could potentially create toxic
exposure, such as solvent residue and
paint.
c) Workers should position themselves to
avoid breathing welding fume and gases.
For example, workers should stay upwind
20
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
when welding in open or outdoor
environments.
d) General ventilation, the natural or forced
movement of fresh air, can reduce fume and
gas levels in the work area. Welding
outdoors or in open workspaces does not
guarantee adequate ventilation. In work
areas without ventilation and exhaust
systems, welders should use natural drafts
along with proper positioning to keep fume
and gases away from themselves and other
workers.
e) Local exhaust ventilation systems can be
used to remove fume and gases from the
welder’s breathing zone. Keep fume hoods,
fume extractor guns and vacuum nozzles
close to the plume source to remove the
maximum amount of fume and gases.
Portable or flexible exhaust systems can be
positioned so that fume and gases are
drawn away from the welder. Keep exhaust
ports away from other workers.
f) Consider substituting a lower fume-
generating or less toxic welding type or
consumable.
g) Do not weld in confined spaces without
ventilation.
h) Respiratory protection may be required if
work practices and ventilation do not reduce
exposures to safe levels.
9. Electrical Safety in Construction
Electricity has been a part of our living and giving us
comfort, providing us fast and cleaner way of doing
things, among others. However, electricity is a silent,
invisible force that can kill without warning if its
danger is ignored. Our dependence in electricity
sometimes make us forget the hazards it poses, such
as electrocution, electric shock, burns or even the
cause of fire.
9.1 Electrical Safety (Rule 1210)
9.1.1 Philippine Electrical Code (Rule 1211)
The Philippine Electrical Code is hereby adopted,
and the standards contained therein shall be
considered safety standards to the extent that they
safeguard any person employed in any workplace
and control the practice of electrical engineering.
The Safety Engineers of Regional Offices of the
DOLE are the authorized personnel to conduct
inspection of electrical installation.
9.2 Principles of Electricity
9.2.1 Electricity is the flow of electrons through a
conductor. A commonly used conductor is copper
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
wire. For electricity to flow the conductor must be
arranged with a power source to make a circuit. A
very simple circuit is shown in the following figure,
where a battery and a light bulb have been
connected together using copper wire to form a loop.
Electricity flows in one direction around the circuit,
from one terminal of the battery to the other. As it
passes through the bulb the filament in the bulb
resists the flow of electricity, heats up and emits light.
If the wire is disconnected from the battery or bulb
the circuit is broken, flow stops, and the bulb goes
out.
9.2.2 Voltage – as Ohm’s law shows, there is a
simple relationship between voltage and current: the
higher the voltage, the greater the current.
9.2.3 Duration – the length of time that a person is
exposed to the flow of electricity is critical. For
example, a current flow of 60 mA for 30 milliseconds
(30 thousandths of a second) is unlikely to cause a
severe injury, whereas the same current flow over a
period of two seconds can induce VF and prove fatal.
9.2.4 Frequency – of the AC current.
9.2.5 Current path – the route that the electricity
takes as it flows through the body is also critical. If it
runs through the chest it is likely to affect the heart.
9.2.6 Resistance – as Ohm’s law shows there is a
simple inverse relationship between current and
resistance: the higher the resistance, the lower the
current.
9.2.7 The basic parameters of an electrical
system are:
a) Voltage
b) Current
c) Resistance
These three parameters are linked by
a simple relationship called Ohm’s law:
Voltage = Current x Resistance
Volts = amps x ohms
V=IxR
9.3 Hazards, Risks and Danger of Electricity
1) Electric shock – severe electric shock can
cause involuntary muscle grip, heart
fibrillation, respiratory failure and cardiac
arrest.
2) Burns – burns can also result from an
electric shock, at the point of contact and at
the point that the current flows out of the
21
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
body. There may also be internal burns
along the path of the current.
3) Fire and explosion.
4) Arcing.
5) Secondary effects.
9.3.1 Electric Shock
Electric shock occurs when a person touches a live
surface and current passes through their body. The
electrical current passes through the body, using the
body as a conductor. The current will, therefore, have
a pathway through the body, from the point of contact
with the live surface (where the current enters the
body) to another point of contact with the ground or
earthed surfaces (where the electrical current leaves
the body).
The severity of shock depends upon the amount of
the current, the presence of moisture, the path of the
current through the body, and the health of the victim
prior to the shock. The intensity of the injury
increases depending on how long a body is in contact
with a circuit.
9.3.2 Electrical Burns
People receive burns in two different ways during
electrical accidents:
a) Direct electrical burns – where current
causes overheating as it passes through the
skin and the internal tissues of the body.
b) Indirect electrical burns – which do not
occur as a result of current passing through
the body, but when an electrical accident
causes something to overheat and explode.
For example, dropping a spanner onto a
high-voltage cable can cause a short circuit,
resulting in a flash of radiant heat and an
explosion of molten metal.
9.3.2.1 Burns cause by electrical incidents can be
classified into three types:
a) Electrical Burns
b) Arc and Flash Burn
c) Thermal Contact Burns
9.3.3 Electrical Fires
a) Electrical equipment may be faulty and may
overheat as a result, leading to a fire.
b) The system may be overloaded; as too much
current passes through, it overheats.
c) Equipment may be misused, e.g. it may be
connected into the mains supply by pushing
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
bare wires into the socket rather than using
the proper plug.
d) A flammable atmosphere may be present,
which is ignited by electricity. This can
happen in two different sets of
circumstances: The wrong type of electrical
equipment is brought into an existing
flammable atmosphere (i.e. one which is
already known to be flammable). A
flammable atmosphere is accidentally
created in an area where it would not be
expected (e.g. due to spillage).
e) Electrical equipment may produce heat or
sparks as part of its normal operation.
9.3.4 Static Electricity
Static electricity is different to the battery and mains
supply electricity that we have discussed so far.
Static electricity refers to the build-up of potential
difference (voltage) between surfaces as a result of
friction between them.
9.3.5 Arcing
Arcing is where electricity jumps across an air gap. It
occurs in a very limited way inside some low-voltage
electrical equipment (e.g. a portable electric drill).
The dangers associated with arcing increase at
higher voltages because the distance that electricity
can arc through air is determined primarily by
voltage: the higher the voltage, the greater the
distance. High-voltage power lines can arc across
distances of more than 10 meters through air.
9.3.5.1 The main HAZARDS associated with
arcing are:
a) Electric shock as a result of being struck by
the arc.
b) Direct burns as a result of being struck by
the arc.
c) Indirect burns from the radiant heat given off
by the arc and from the melting of any
equipment struck.
d) Damage to the eye as a result of the
ultraviolet light (UV) that is emitted by the
arc.
9.4 Major Causes of electrical accidents
a) Use of defective and improper tools.
b) Use of tools or equipment very close to
energized parts.
c) Overloading outlets with many appliances.
d) Repairing tools or equipment while the
power is on.
e) Working near power lines in elevated
positions.
22
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
9.5 Control Measures of Electrical Hazards
9.5.1 Insulation
Insulators such as glass, mica, rubber, or plastic
used to coat metals and other conductors help stop
or reduce the flow of electrical current. This helps
prevent shock, fires, and short circuits. To be
effective, the insulation must be suitable for the
voltage used and conditions such as temperature
and other environmental factors like moisture, oil,
gasoline, corrosive fumes, or other substances that
could cause the insulator to fail.
9.5.2 Double Insulation
The principle behind double insulation is
exactly as the name suggests: there are two layers
of insulation between the user and any live
conductors. This eliminates the need to provide earth
protection, so double-insulated equipment will have
a two-core cord: live (hot) and neutral only. Double
insulation is commonly used as the means of
protection for hand-held portable electrical
equipment, such as hedge-trimmers.
9.5.3 Guarding
Guarding involves locating or enclosing electric
equipment to make sure people do not accidentally
contact its live parts. Effective guarding requires
equipment with exposed parts operating at 50 volts
or more to be placed where it is accessible only to
authorized people qualified to work with it.
9.5.4 Grounding
Grounding is normally a secondary protective
measure to protect against electric shock. It does not
guarantee that you won't be shocked, injured, or
killed by an electrical current. It will, however,
substantially reduce the risk, especially when used in
combination with other safety measures discussed in
this course.
9.5.5 Protection Devices
a. Use Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs)
Circuit protection devices limit or stop the flow of
current automatically in the event of a ground fault,
overload, or short circuit in the wiring system. Well-
known examples of these devices are fuses, circuit
breakers, ground-fault circuit interrupters (GFCI),
and arc-fault circuit interrupters.
Ground-fault circuit interrupters, or GFCIs, are used
in wet locations, construction sites, and other high-
risk areas. These devices interrupt the flow of
electricity within as little as 1/40 of a second to
prevent electrocution. GFCIs compare the amount of
current going into electric equipment with the amount
of current returning from it along the circuit
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
conductors. If the difference exceeds 5 milliamperes,
the device automatically shuts off the electric power.
b. Fuses and Circuit-Breakers
Fuses and circuit breakers open or break the circuit
automatically when too much current flows through
them. When that happens, fuses melt, and circuit
breakers trip the circuit open. Fuses and circuit
breakers are designed to protect conductors and
equipment. They prevent wires and other
components from overheating and open the circuit
when there is a risk of a ground fault.
9.6 LOTO (LOCK-OUT TAG-OUT)
Lockout is the process of blocking the flow of energy
from an energy source to a piece of equipment, and
keeping it blocked out. Lockout is done by the
placement of a lockout device on an energy isolating
device, in accordance with an established procedure,
ensuring that the energy isolating device and the
equipment being controlled cannot be operated until
the lockout device is removed.
9.6.1 What Are Lockout Devices?
9.6.1.1 Lockout devices such as locks, blank
flanges, and bolted slip blinds are devices that use
positive means to hold an energy-isolating device in
a safe position. These devices prevent the energizing
of machinery or equipment.
9.6.1.2 Tagout is the placement of a tagout device
on an energy isolating device, in accordance with an
established procedure, to indicate that the energy
isolating device and the equipment being controlled
may not be operated until the tagout device is
removed. The tag acts as a warning to not restore
energy, though it is not a physical restraint. Tags
must clearly display a "Do Not Operate" sign and
must be applied by hand.
9.6.2 What Are Tagout Devices?
Tagout devices are warning devices (such as tags)
that can be attached to energy-isolating devices to
indicate that the equipment to which they are
fastened may not be operated until such time that the
tagout device has been removed.
23
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

9.6.2.1 Conditions for Lockout/Tagout in addition, no pole can be operated

independently
9.6.2.1.1 What Must Be Locked or Tagged Out?  A line valve
Any machines or equipment, whose unexpected  A block
energization or start-up could harm people when that
equipment is under repair, replacement, renovation, 9.6.2.6 Steps in Applying LOTO
modification, or adjustment, must be locked or
tagged out. 1. Prepare for shutdown
2. Notify employees
9.6.2.2 Energy Sources 3. Shutdown- turn off the equipment/machine
4. Isolate from the energy sources
a) Electrical – that can be direct sources 5. Apply LOTO
b) Hydraulic – that uses fluid under pressure 6. Release stored energy
c) Pneumatic – that uses air under pressure 7. Verify if power is off
d) Kinetic – energy created in moving object
e) Potential – stored energy like in capacitors, 9.6.2.7 Restarting the Equipment: Removal and
compressed air, hydraulics and springs Re-energizing a system
f) Pressurized liquid or gases including flow of
chemicals in the pipes and supply lines 1. Remove the tools, restore the machine guards
2. Notify all affected employee that LOTO devices
are being removed. Check and ensure that they are
9.6.2.3 Who should be given training in LOTO?
in a safe distance from the equipment.
1. Authorized employee - Those employees 3. Remove all LOTO devices. The person who
who physically service and maintain placed its device must be the one who must remove
equipment and lock out or tag out equipment it. If the someone who placed the device is not
for servicing or maintenance are authorized present, a means of communication to that person
employees. These individuals are not must be established and inform the supervisor who
necessarily the people who normally operate will follow specific procedure.
the equipment. 4. Notify affected employees.
5. Restore the energy.
2. Affected employees - Those employees
who are required to use machines or
equipment on which servicing is performed 10. Workers Welfare Facility
or who perform other job responsibilities in
10.1 DO 198 of RA 11058 and DO13 Provision of
an area where such servicing is performed
Workers Welfare Facility
are called affected employees.
All establishments, projects, sites and all other
3. Other employees – Those that are passing places where work is being undertaken shall have
thru it. the following free welfare facilities to ensure humane
9.6.2.4 Purpose of Lockout/Tagout working conditions:

The purpose of lockout/tagout is to prevent any  Adequate supply of safe drinking water;
injuries to employees during the maintenance, repair,  Adequate sanitary and washing facilities;
inspection, and adjustment of machines or  Suitable living accommodation for workers,
equipment. All energy sources that are used, stored, as may be applicable such as in
or produced by the equipment are controlled by construction, shipping, fishing and night
lockout/tagout. workers;
 Separate sanitary, washing and sleeping
9.6.2.5 What are energy isolation devices? facilities for all gender, as may be applicable;
The mechanical devices that can physically prevent  Lactation station except those
the transmission or release of energy are called establishments as provided for under DOLE
energy isolation devices, and include: Department Order No. 143-15;
 Ramps, railings and the like; and
 A manually operated electrical circuit  Other workers' welfare facilities as may be
breaker prescribed by the OSH standards and other
 A disconnect switch issuances.
 A manually operated switch by which the
conductors of a circuit can be disconnected
from all underground supply conductors and,
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 24
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

11. Summary and Conclusion d) Inspect your PPE before each use
e) Don’t work on energized circuits without
11.1 Housekeeping Issues permission
 Keep your worksite clean and free of trash 11.12 All establishments, projects, sites and all other
and debris. places where work is being undertaken shall have
 Follow proper storage guidelines. the following free welfare facilities to ensure humane
working conditions.
11.2 Flammable and Combustible Liquids

 Use and store the minimum amounts

necessary.
 Use and store the minimum amounts
necessary.
 Follow correct storage guidelines.

11.3 Electrical Fire Hazards

 Don’t use unapproved electrical devices.

 Avoid improper uses of multi-plugs.

11.4 Compartmentalization

 Maintain compartmentalization systems.

 Don’t wedge or block open doors.
11.5 Fire is the rapid oxidation of a material in the
exothermic chemical process of combustion,
releasing heat, light, and various reaction products.
11.6 Elements of Fire: Oxygen, Fire & Fuel.
11.7 Construction Safety Signages must be
provided to warn the workers and the public of
hazards existing in the workplace. Signages shall be
posted in prominent positions at strategic location
and, as far as practicable, be in the language
understandable to most of the workers employed.
11.8 Lockout is the process of blocking the flow of
energy from an energy source to a piece of
equipment, and keeping it blocked out. Lockout is
done by the placement of a lockout device on an
energy isolating device
11.9 The purpose of lockout/tagout is to prevent any
injuries to employees during the maintenance, repair,
inspection, and adjustment of machines or
equipment.
11.10 Buried and overhead power lines contain
extremely high voltage. Workers coming in contact
with these energized power lines may suffer shock or
electrocution. Equipment and tools that come in
contact with power lines can also increase the risk of
accident.
11.11 Importance Things to consider
a) Know the hazards of electricity
b) Know the equipment
c) Use Safe Work Practices
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 25
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Module 4: Excavation Safety 3.5 Shoring - is the process of supporting a building,

vessel, structure, or trench with shores (props) when
in danger of collapse or during repairs or alterations.
Shoring come from shore a timber or metal prop.
Shoring may be vertical, angled, or horizontal.

3.6 Berm - is a level space, shelf, or raised barrier

separating two areas. It can serve as a border
barrier.

3.7 Barricade - from the French barrique (barrel), is

any object or structure that creates a barrier or
obstacle to control, block passage or force the flow
of traffic in the desired direction.

3.8 Fume – vapors, gas, combustion, smokes

1. Introductions

Excavation activity in the construction industry is

considered as one of the very critical works 4. Excavation and Trenching
considering the numbers of accidents involved in the
said activity. Considering the activity requires full 4.1 Excavation is any man-made cut, cavity, trench
supervision, a possibility of incidents has a higher or depression in the earth's surface formed by earth
removal. This can include excavations for anything,
risk due to lack of safety precautions, poor planning,
from cellars to highways.
objectives, and religious monitoring of this critical
activity. 4.2 Trench is referred to as a narrow excavation
made below the surface of the ground in which the
As part of the construction team in the project, all depth is greater than the width (the width not
must be aware of impending dangers brought about exceeding 15 feet or 4.5 meters).
by this activity. Also, giving high priority in the
provisions of safety devices and precautions required
to prevent the occurrence of any incidents /
accidents.

2. Learning Outcomes

 Differentiate trench from excavation and

outline the hazards associated with it.
 Outline the hazards & control that can be
used in preventing occurrence of incidents /
accidents during excavation activities in the
construction project sites.

3. Definitions of Terms

3.1 Excavation – the process of excavating.

5. Excavation Hazard and Risk
3.2 Trenching - is defined as a narrow excavation (in
relation to its length) made below the surface of the 5.1 The main hazards and risk associated with
ground. In general, the depth of a trench is greater excavation work are:
than its width, but the width of a trench (measured at
a) buried services.
the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m).
b) Fall of person, materials and equipment into
3.3 Cave – ins - is a collapse of a geologic formation, the excavation.
mine or structure which may occur during mining or c) Collapse of the sides.
tunneling. d) Collapse of adjacent structures.
e) Water ingress.
3.4 Sloping – an act protecting excavation works f) Contaminated ground.
from cave – ins formation. g) Toxic or asphyxiating atmospheres.
h) Mechanical hazards.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 26
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
i) Soil issues
6. Soil Issues
6.1 Soil failure is defined as the collapse of part or
all of an excavation wall. The most common soil
failure is typically described as an unexpected
settlement, or cave-in, of an excavation. Soil sliding
is the most common factor leading to soil failure.
6.1.1 Tension Cracks
Tension cracks usually form at a horizontal distance
of one-half to three-quarters times the depth of the
trench, measured from the top of the vertical face of
the trench.
6.1.2 Sliding or Sluffing
This may occur as a result of tension cracks.
6.1.3 Toppling
In addition to sliding, tension cracks can cause
toppling. Toppling occurs when the trench's vertical
face shears along the tension crack line and topples
into the excavation.
6.1.4 Subsidence and Bulging
An unsupported excavation can create an
unbalanced stress in the soil, which, in turn, causes
subsidence at the surface and bulging of the vertical
face of the trench. If uncorrected, this condition can
cause face failure and entrapment of workers in the
trench.
6.1.5 Heaving or Squeezing
Bottom heaving or squeezing is caused by the
downward pressure created by the weight of
adjoining soil. This pressure causes a bulge in the
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
bottom of the cut, as illustrated below. Heaving and
squeezing can occur even when shoring or shielding
has been properly installed.
6.2 Unit Weight of Soils
This refers to the weight of one unit of a particular
soil. The weight of soil varies with type and moisture
content. One cubic foot of soil can weigh from 110
pounds to 140 pounds or more, and one cubic meter
(35.3 cubic feet) of soil can weigh more than 3,000
pounds.
A safe slope can be defined as the maximum angle
of the edge wall or bank of an excavation at which
sliding will not occur. The unique mixtures of the
different types of soil (sand, clay, silt and rock)
necessitate different safe slopes from one excavation
site to the next.
6.2.1 Soil failure can occur for any number of
reasons. Factors that increase the chances of
soil failure are:
 excessive vibration
 surface encumbrances
 weather conditions
6.2.2 Soil Characteristics
6.2.2.1 Soil Types
The soil found at a site is usually a mixture of one or
more of the basic types listed below. From the
amounts of each soil type blended together to form
the actual soil conditions, descriptive soil terms are
combined in the order of lowest content to highest
content. For example, soil classified as “silty clay” is
a mixture of mostly clay with noticeable but lesser
amounts of silt. The single term “loam” is used to
describe a mixture of clay, sand and silt.
6.2.2.2 The types of soil found most often
include:
6.2.2.2.1 Clay
Clay is a very, very fine-grained soil. In general,
water moves slowly through clay. Large amounts of
rainfall may pond on the surface and evaporate
before being absorbed.
6.2.2.2.2 Sand
Sand is a granular soil. The shape of individual grains
may be round or angular. Sandy soil tends to have
large pores, allowing faster groundwater absorption.
In most situations, sandy soil is the easiest to
compact with vibration.
27
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
6.2.2.2.3 Silt
Silt has properties intermediate between fine sand
and clay. Silt is the most sensitive to changes in soil
moisture content. Silt tends to crumble with drying.
6.2.4 OSHA groups soil and rock deposits into
four classifications:
1) Stable Rock
2) Type A soils
3) Type B soils
4) Type C soils
6.2.4.1 Stable Rock
Stable Rock is natural solid mineral matter that can
be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact
while exposed. It is usually identified by a rock name
such as granite or sandstone. Determining whether a
deposit is of this type may be difficult unless it is
known whether cracks exist and whether or not the
cracks run into or away from the excavation.
6.2.4.2 Type A Soils
Examples of Type A cohesive soils are clay, silty
clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases, silty
clay loam and sandy clay loam. Cemented soils such
as caliche and hardpan are also considered Type A.
6.2.4.2.1 However, no soil is Type A if:
a) Cohesive soils with an unconfined
compressive strength of 1.5 tons per square
foot (144 kPa) or greater.
b) The soil is fissured; or
c) The soil is subject to vibration from heavy
traffic, pile driving, or similar effects; or
d) The soil has been previously disturbed; or
e) The soil is part of a sloped, layered system
where the layers dip into the excavation on a
slope of four horizontal to one vertical
(4H:1V) or greater; or
f) The material is subject to other factors that
would require it to be classified as a less
stable material.
6.2.4.3 Type B Soils
6.2.4.3.1 Type B soils are defined as meeting any
of the following:
a) Cohesive soils with an unconfined
compressive strength greater than 0.5 tons
per square foot (48 kPa) but less than 1.5
(144 kPa)
b) Angular cohesionless soils including angular
gravel (similar to crushed rock).
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
c) Previously disturbed soils except those
which would otherwise be classed as Type C
soil.
d) Soil that meets the unconfined compressive
strength or cementation requirements for
Type A, but is fissured or subject to vibration;
or
e) Dry rock that is not stable; or
f) Material that is part of a sloped, layered
system where the layers dip into the
excavation on a slope less steep than four
horizontals to one vertical (4H:1V), but only
if the material would otherwise be classified
as Type B.
6.2.4.4 Type C Soils
6.2.4.4.1 Type C soils are defined as meeting any
of the following:
a) Cohesive soils with an unconfined
compressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or
less>
b) Granular soils including gravel and sand; or
c) Submerged soil or soil from which water is
freely seeping; or
d) Submerged rock that is not stable, or
e) Material in a sloped, layered system where
the layers dip into the excavation or a slope
of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or
steeper.
6.3 Test Equipment and Methods for Evaluating
Soil Type
6.3.1 Pocket Penetrometer
Penetrometers are direct-reading, spring-operated
instruments used to determine the unconfined
compressive strength of saturated cohesive soils.
Once pushed into the soil, an indicator sleeve
displays the reading. The instrument is calibrated in
either tons per square foot or kilograms per square
centimeter. However, penetrometers have error
rates in the range of 20-40 percent.
6.4 Dangers of Trenching and Excavations
Operation
a) A cave-in is a collapse of a geologic
formation, mine or structure which may occur
during mining or tunneling. Geologic
structures prone to spontaneous cave-ins
include alvar, other limestone formations, but
can also include lava tubes and a variety of
other subsurface rock formations. Workers
can be critically injured or die in cave-ins.
28
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Many cave-ins occur on small jobs of short
duration, such as water, gas, electrical and
sewer line connections.
b) Falls into trenches or excavations
c) Tripping over equipment, debris and spoil
d) Excavated material or other objects falling on
workers
e) Exposure to underground services or
overhead electrical cables
f) Unstable adjacent structures
g) Mishandled or poorly placed materials
h) Hazardous atmosphere (noxious gases/lack
of oxygen)
i) Toxic, irritating or flammable and explosive
gases
j) Incidents involving vehicles and other mobile
equipment.
7. Control Measures of Excavation Hazards &
Risk
7.1 Avoiding Hazards
Pre-job planning is very important to prevent these
types of accidents when trenching. In other words,
safety cannot be improvised as the work progresses.
7.1.1 The following concerns must be addressed
by a competent person:
a) Evaluate soil conditions and select
appropriate protective systems
b) Construct protective systems in accordance
with the standard requirements
c) Pre-Plan: contact utilities (gas, electric) to
locate underground lines
d) Plan for traffic control, if necessary
e) Determine proximity to structures that could
affect your choice of protective system
f) Test for low-oxygen, hazardous fumes and
toxic gas, especially when gasoline engine-
driven equipment is running, or the dirt has
been contaminated by leaking lines or
storage tanks.
g) Provide safe access into and out of the
excavation
h) Inspect the site daily at the start of each shift,
following a rainstorm, or after any other
hazard-increasing event
7.2 Competent Person
Must have had specific training and
knowledgeable about:
 Soils classification
 The use of the different types of protective
systems
 The requirements of the standard.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
The competent person must also be capable of
identifying hazards and be authorized to immediately
eliminate hazards.
7.3 Methods of Protection
There are different types of protective systems.
a) Sloping involves cutting back the trench wall
at an angle inclined away from the
excavation.
b) Shoring requires installing aluminum
hydraulic or other types of supports to
prevent soil movement and cave-ins.
c) Shielding protects workers by using trench
boxes or other types of supports to prevent
soil cave-ins.
7.3.1 Sloping
One method of trench protection can be
accomplished by sloping the sides of the trench to a
safe angle. The trench is sloped on both sides. The
safe angle to slope the sides of an excavation varies
with different kinds of soil. The safe angle must be
determined with each individual project. When an
excavation is near water, has silty material or loose
boulders, or when it is being dug in areas where
erosion, deep frost or sliding is probable, the safe
angle is more gradual.
Slope the sides to an angle that isn't steeper than
1½:1. For example, for every foot of depth, the trench
must be excavated back 1½ feet. All simple slope
excavations 20 feet or less deep should have a
maximum allowable slope of 1½:1. These slopes
must be excavated to form configurations similar to
those for Type C soil. A slope of this gradation or less
is safe for any type of soil.
7.3.2 Trench box or shield
In this method, you would use a trench box or shield
designed or approved by a registered professional
engineer. Timber, aluminum, or other suitable
material may also be used in the construction.
be
29
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
7.3.3 Benching
There are two basic types of benching: simple and
multiple. The type of soil determines the horizontal to
vertical ratio of the benched side. As a general rule,
the bottom vertical height of the trench must not
exceed 4 feet. However, subsequent benches may
be up to a maximum of 5 feet vertical in Type A soil
and 4 feet in Type B soil. All subsequent benches
must be below the maximum slope allowed for that
soil type. Also, in Type B soil, the trench excavation
is permitted only in cohesive soil.
7.3.4 Shoring Types
Shoring is the part of a support system for trench
faces. It is used to prevent movement of soil,
underground utilities, roadways and foundations.
Shoring or shielding is used when the location or
depth of the cut makes sloping back to the maximum
allowable slope impractical. Shoring consists of
posts, struts and sheeting. There are two types of
shoring: timber and aluminum hydraulic.
7.3.5 Entering and Exiting the Excavation
An excavation that has a depth of four feet or more
must have a way to enter and exit the excavation.
You can use a stairway, ladder, or a ramp. They need
to be within 25 feet of employees; their safety may
depend on how quickly they can climb out of an
excavation. These structural ramps that are used to
enter and exit the site must have non-slip surfaces
and be designed by a competent person.
7.3.6. Employee Training
7.3.7 Surface Crossing of Trenches
Surface crossing of trenches should be discouraged;
however, if trenches must be crossed, they are only
permitted under the following conditions:
 Vehicle crossings must be designed and
installed under the supervision of a
registered professional engineer.
 Walkways or bridges must be provided for
foot traffic. These structures must:
 Have a minimum clear width of 20 inches
 Be fitted with standard rails
 Extend a minimum of 24 inches past the
surface edge of the trench
7.3.8 Standing Water and Water Accumulation
The methods should consist of the following, if
employees are permitted to work in the excavation:
a) Use of special support or shield systems
approved by a registered professional
engineer
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
b) Water removal equipment, i.e., well pointing,
used and monitored by a competent person
c) Safety harnesses and lifelines used
d) Surface water diverted away from the trench
e) Employees removed from the trench during
rainstorms
f) Trenches carefully inspected by a competent
person after each rain and before employees
are permitted to re-enter the trench
7.3.9 Hazardous Atmospheres Inside
Excavations
A competent person must test an excavation deeper
than 4 feet or where an oxygen deficiency or
hazardous atmosphere is present or could
reasonably be expected before an employee enters
the excavation. This could include a landfill or where
hazardous substances are stored nearby.
If there are any hazardous conditions, you must
provide the employee controls, such as proper
respiratory protection or ventilation. Also, you are
responsible for regularly testing all controls used to
reduce atmospheric contaminates to acceptable
levels.
7.3.10 Conducting an On-site Inspection
Inspections must be done prior to the start of work
and as needed throughout the shift. Inspections are
also required after natural events, such as
rainstorms, or other hazard-increasing occurrences,
such as blasting work.
8. OSHS Rule 1410 Construction Safety
8.1 1413: EXCAVATION
8.1.1 1413.01: Shoring and Timbering:
1. The walls of every excavation over 1 m. (3 ft.) deep
shall be supported by adequate shoring and
timbering to prevent collapse.
2. Shoring or timbering in excavation over 6.6 m. (29
ft.) deep and those installed to prevent the
movement, collapse of an adjacent structure shall be
designed by a structural engineer and approved by
the proper authority
3. No excavation in an adjacent building or structure
shall be undertaken unless steps are taken to
prevent danger to workers.
4. Before shoring or timbering, the walls of an
excavation shall be stripped of loose rocks or other
materials that might slide, roll or fall on workers.
5. Every excavation over 1 m. (3 ft.) shall be kept free
of water at all times.
30
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
8.1.2 1413.02: Minimum Berm:
1.) Excavated material shall be kept from the edge of
the excavation to provide a clear berm of a distance
not less than one third of the depth of the excavation.
2.) Where the disposal area is limited, a berm of
reduced width of not less than 1 m. (3 ft.) may be
allowed, provided the materials being excavated are
stable, the shoring is designed to carry the additional
load, and barriers are provided to prevent roll back of
the excavated materials.
8.1.3 1413.03: Tools Materials and Machinery:
Tools or materials shall be kept a minimum of I m. (3
ft.) away from the edge of the excavation to prevent
their being knocked down into the excavation. No
vehicle or other machinery shall be driven, operated
or located near the edge of an excavation at least a
distance one-third (1/3) of its depth.
8.1.4 1413.04: Provision for Barricades.
The top of the walls of an excavation more than 2.0
m. (6 ft.) deep shall be barricaded to a height of at
least I m. (3 ft.) to prevent the fall of workers.
8.1.5 1413.05: Means of Access and Escape:
1.) Every excavation over 1m. (3 ft.) deep shall be
provided with means of access and escape in case
of flooding or collapse of the excavation work.
2.) Every excavation shall have at least one (1)
ladder in every 16.6 m. (50 ft.) of length or fraction
thereof, of a length, which shall extend at least 0.83
m. (2’6") above the top of the excavation to provide a
firm handhold when stepping on or off the ladder.
8.1.6 1413.06: Inspection and Examination of
Excavation:
Every part of an excavation over 2 m. (6 ft.) deep
where workers work shall be inspected by the person
in charge at least once every day.
8.1.7 1413.07: Supervision and Execution of
Timbering and other Work:
1.) Timbering or support for any excavation shall be
erected, added, altered or dismantled only under the
direction of the project supervisor.
2.) Timbering and other support for any excavation
shall be of good construction, sound materials, and
of adequate strength for the purpose for which it is
used and properly maintained,
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
3.) All struts and bracings shall be properly secured
to prevent displacement.
4.) Timber giving off toxic saps or substance soluble
in water shall not be used for timbering.
8.1.8 1413.08: Harmful Dust, Gases, Fumes:
1.) When harmful dusts, gases and fumes are
present in an excavation to such a degree hazardous
to the safety and health of the workers, all measures
shall be taken either by exhaust ventilation or by
other means to free the area of such contaminants.
2.) Internal combustion engine shall only be operated
in an excavation when provision is made to ensure
that the exhaust gases and fumes are rendered
harmless or discharged to a point away from the
excavation.
8.1.9 1413.09: Sizes and Spacing of Members:
Sheathing shall not be less than 5 cm. x 15 cm. (2" x
6") in section, wales not less than 10 cm. x 15 cm.
(4"x 6") in section and struts not less than 10 cm. x
15 cm. (4" x 6") in section; the length, section and
spacing of timbering members shall be designed
considering the nature of soil, depth and the
surroundings.
9. Summary and Conclusion
9.1 An excavation as any man-made cut, cavity,
trench, or depression in the Earth’s surface
formed by earth removal.
9.2 A trench is defined as a narrow excavation (in
relation to its length) made below the surface of
the ground. In general, the depth of a trench is
greater than its width, but the width of a trench
(measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15
feet (4.6 m).
9.3 A cave-in is a collapse of a geologic formation,
mine or structure which may occur during mining
or tunneling.
9.4 The competent person must also be capable of
identifying hazards and be authorized to
immediately eliminate hazards.
9.5 Methods of Soil Protection are sloping,
benching and shoring.
9.6 All excavations are hazardous because they are
inherently unstable. If they are restricted spaces,
they present the additional risks of oxygen
depletion, toxic fumes, and water accumulation.
If you are not using protective systems or
equipment while working in trenches or
excavations at your site, you are in danger of
suffocating, inhaling toxic materials, fire,
drowning, or being crushed by a cave-in.
31
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 5: Hand & Power Tools Safety
1. Introduction
Hand and power tools are a common part of our
everyday lives and are present in nearly every
industry. These tools help us to easily perform tasks
that otherwise would be difficult or impossible.
However, these simple tools can be hazardous and
have the potential for causing severe injuries when
used or maintained improperly.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Outline the different kinds of hand tools and
power tools used in the construction
industry.
 Identify the hazards & risk of hand and power
tools used.
 List ways to protect yourself against hand
and power tool hazards.
3. Definition of Terms
Hand tools are simple tools which you use with your
hands, and which are usually not powered.
A power tool is a tool that is actuated by an
additional power source and mechanism other than
the solely manual Labour used with hand tools.
4. Hand Tools Safety
Tools that are manually powered are called hand
tools. Hand tools include anything from axes to
wrenches. Common hand tools include: Tin snips,
hatchets, screw drivers, hammers, pliers, anvils,
wrenches, files, rasps, saws, punches, chisels,
planes, hand-held boring tools, and pop rivet guns.
4.1 Hazard in the Use of Hand Tools which cause
injury/illness.
a) Misuse and improper maintenance can
cause injury.
b) Objects that fall or fly.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
c) Objects that are abrasive.
d) Substances that splash.
e) Harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, and
gases.
4.1.1 Hand tool hazards are most commonly
caused by misuse and improper maintenance.
a) If a chisel is used as a screwdriver, the tip of
the chisel may break and fly off, hitting the
user or other employees.
b) If a wooden handle on a tool, such as a
hammer or an axe, is loose, splintered, or
cracked, the head of the tool may fly off and
strike the user or other employees.
c) If the jaws of a wrench are sprung, the
wrench might slip.
d) If impact tools such as chisels, wedges, or
drift pins have mushroomed heads, the
heads might shatter on impact, sending
sharp fragments flying toward the user or
other employees.
4.2 Proper/Safe Use of Hand Tools
4.2.1 Tips for Selecting Hand Tools
4.2.1.1 Single-Handle Tools
a) For single-handle tools used for precision
tasks, select a tool with a handle diameter of
1/4 inch to 1/2 inch.
b) For single-handle tools used for power tasks,
select a tool that feels comfortable with a
handle diameter in the range of 1 1/4 inches
to 2 inches. You can increase the diameter
by adding a sleeve to the handle.
4.2.2 Double-Handle Tools
Double-handle tools are measured by handle length
and grip span. The grip span is the distance between
the thumb and fingers when the tool jaws are open or
closed.
a) For double-handle tools (plier-like) used for
power tasks, select a tool with a grip span
that is at least 2 inches when fully closed and
no more than 3 1/2 inches when fully open.
Consider using a clamp, a grip, or locking
pliers when continuous force is required.
b) For double-handle tools used for precision
tasks, select a tool with a grip span that is no
less than 1 inch when fully closed and no
more than 3 inches when fully open.
c) For double-handled pinching, gripping, or
cutting tools, select a tool with handles that
are spring-loaded to return the handles to the
open position.
4.2.3 Edges and Surfaces
a) Select a tool without sharp edges or finger
grooves on the handle.
32
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

b) Select a tool that is coated with soft material. 4.2.7 Tool Replacement and Storage
4.2.4 Handles a) Carry and store all hand and power tools
properly.
a) Select a tool with an angle that allows you to b) Carry all sharp-edge tools and chisels with
work with a straight wrist. the cutting edge down.
b) Tools with bent handles are better than those c) Do not carry sharp tools in a pocket.
with straight handles when the force is d) Store all sharp edge cutting tools with the
applied horizontally (in the same direction as sharp edges down.
your straight forearm and wrist). e) Grip and hold tools so that they do not slip
c) Tools with straight handles are better than and hit someone.
those with bent handles when the force is f) Do not wear gloves if they are bulky and
applied vertically. make gripping tools difficult.
d) For tasks requiring high force, select a tool g) Keep other employees away from the work
with a handle length longer than the widest when using saw blades, knives, or other
part of your hand—usually 4 inches to 6 tools.
inches. h) Keep tools away from aisle areas and away
e) Prevent contact pressure by making sure the from other employees.
end of the handle does not press on the i) Knives and scissors must be sharp.
nerves and blood vessels in the palm of your j) Remove cracked saw blades from service.
hand. If the handle is too short, the end will k) Replace wrenches when jaws are sprung to
press against the palm of your hand and may the point that slippage occurs.
cause an injury. l) Replace tools with mushroomed heads, such
f) Select a tool that has a non-slip surface for a as impact tools such as drift pins, wedges,
better grip. Adding a sleeve to the tool and chisels.
improves the surface texture of the handle. m) Replace all tools with splintered wooden
To prevent tool slippage within the sleeve, handles.
make sure that the sleeve fits snugly during n) Do not store iron or steel hand tools that may
use. Remember, a sleeve always increases produce sparks around flammable
the diameter or the grip span of the handle. substances.
4.2.5 Do’s in Hand Tools o) Store only spark-resistant tools made of non-
ferrous materials where flammable gases,
a) Inspect tools before using. highly volatile liquids, and other explosive
b) Avoid using damaged tools. substances are stored.
c) Tools that appear to be damaged or have
broken handles should be marked unsafe. 5. Power Tools
d) Do not use damaged or defective tools until Are operated with external power. The types of
they have been repaired. power tools can be determined by their power
source, such as electric, pneumatic, liquid fuel,
hydraulic, and powder actuated.
4.2.6 DON’T’S in Hand Tools
The size and capacity of power tools vary with the
a) Never use a screwdriver to see if electrical scope of the job to be performed.
circuits are hot.
b) Never use a machinist's hammer in place of Power tools pose more hazards than the manual
a carpenter's hammer. tools since they are energized and possess
c) Do not strike a hardened steel surface, such enormous amounts of energy.
as an anvil, with a steel hammer because a 5.1 Top 10 most dangerous portable power tools:
small piece of steel may break off and injure
someone. 1) saws (except chainsaws)
d) Be sure wrenches fit properly. 2) drills
e) Never use pliers in place of a wrench. 3) nail guns
f) Never strike wrenches with hammers or use 4) jackhammers
wrenches as hammers. 5) hand grinders
g) Pull on wrenches. Do not push. 6) chainsaws
h) When sawing, secure the material in the saw 7) hand tools not otherwise classified
vise. 8) sprayers-paint
i) Watch your fingers. Take special care when 9) hammers
hammering so that you strike the object, not 10) impact wrenches
your fingers.
(Source: OR-OSHA)
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 33
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

 Belts.
5.2 Hazards Associated with Portable Power  Gears.
Tools  Shafts.
 Pulleys.
a) Entanglement.
 Sprockets.
b) Ejection.
 Spindles.
c) Cuts.
 Drums.
d) Hidden services.
 Fly wheels.
e) Electrocution.
 Chains.
f) Manual handling.
g) Hand arm vibration. 5.3.2.1 Point of Operation Guarding
h) Trip hazards from trailing cables.
i) Fire/explosion. The point of operation is the area on a machine
j) Noise. where work is performed. The point of operation must
k) Dust/fumes be guarded if it exposes an employee to injury.

5.3 Power Tool Precautions
5.3.1 General Precautions
a) Never carry a tool by the cord or hose.
b) Never yank the cord or the hose to
disconnect it from the receptacle.
c) Keep cords and hoses away from heat, oil,
and sharp edges.
d) Disconnect tools when not in use, before
servicing, and when changing accessories
such as blades, bits and cutter.
e) All observers should be kept at a safe
distance away from the work area.
f) Secure work with clamps or a vise, freeing
both hands to operate the tool.
g) Avoid accidental starting. The worker should
not hold a finger on the switch button while
carrying a plugged-in tool.
h) Tools should be maintained with care. They
should be kept sharp and clean for the best
performance. Follow instructions in the
user's manual for lubricating and changing
accessories.
i) The proper apparel should be worn. Loose
clothing, ties, or jewelry can become caught
in moving parts.
j) All portable electric tools that are damaged
shall be removed from use and tagged "Do
Not Use."
k) Be sure to keep good footing and maintain
good balance.
5.3.2 Guarding
Machine guarding protects the operator and other
employees from hazards. If a power-operated tool is
designed to accommodate guards, it must be
equipped with a guard when in use.
Tools must be properly guarded when employees will
be exposed to contact with reciprocating, rotating, or
moving parts.
Guards are also necessary when the tool may
otherwise create a hazard. Examples of tools that
often create these hazards include the following:
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
The operator must be able to easily place, remove,
and handle materials without having to place a hand
in the danger zone.
5.3.2.1.1 Use point of operation guards on tools
such as:
 Guillotine cutters.
 Shears.
 Alligator shears.
 Powered presses.
 Milling machines.
 Power saws.
 Jointers.
 Portable power tools.
 Forming rolls and calendars
5.3.3 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Use PPE to protect yourself from a range of hazards
on the worksite. Employees must be provided with
necessary PPE. PPE protects you from the following:
 Hazards associated with using hand a power
tool.
 Exposure to falling, flying, abrasive, and
splashing objects.
 Exposure to harmful dusts, fumes, mists,
vapors, and gases.
5.3.4 Switches
Switches are another important aspect of basic tool
safety.
The following tools may be equipped with only a
positive on/off control: Hand-held powered platen
sanders, Grinders with wheels two inches in diameter
or less, Routers, Planers, Laminate trimmers,
Nibblers, Shears, Scroll saws & Jigsaw with blade
shanks one-fourth of an inch wide or less.
5.4 Electrical Power Tools
Electric power tools include grinders, drill presses,
band saws, jig saws, circular saws, belt sanders,
electric drills, table saws, radial arm saws, jointers,
and paint spray guns.
34
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Employees using electric tools must be aware of
several dangers. Among the most serious hazards
are electrical burns, shock, and heart failure.
5.4.1 Hazards from Use of Electrical Tools
a) Electrocution
b) Burns
c) puncture wounds
d) injuries to the skin from abrasion
A host of other unpleasant Conditions
5.4.2 Double-Insulated Tools
Hand-held tools manufactured with non-metallic
cases are called double insulated. Double-insulated
tools are often used in areas where there is
considerable moisture or wetness. Although the user
is insulated from the electrical wiring components,
water can still enter the tool's housing. Ordinary
water is a conductor of electricity. If water contacts
the energized parts inside the housing, it provides a
path to the outside, bypassing the double insulation.
When a person holding a hand tool under these
conditions contacts another conductive surface, an
electric shock occurs.
5.4.3 The following general practices should be
followed when using electric tools:
a) Operate electric tools within their design
limitations.
b) Use gloves and appropriate safety footwear
when using electric tools.
c) Store electric tools in a dry place when not in
use.
d) Do not use electric tools in damp or wet
locations unless they are approved for that
purpose. Keep work areas well lighted when
operating electric tools.
e) Ensure that cords from electric tools do not
present a tripping hazard.
5.5 Portable Abrasive Wheel Tools
Portable abrasive grinding, cutting, polishing, and
wire buffing wheels create special safety problems
because they may throw off flying fragments.
Abrasive wheel tools must be equipped with guards
that: (1) cover the spindle end, nut, and flange
projections; (2) maintain proper alignment with the
wheel; and (3) do not exceed the strength of the
fastenings.
5.5.1 Hazards
The most common hazards associated with the use
of abrasive wheels are struck-by hazards caused by
flying objects. Another frequent struck-by hazard
involves improper testing and/or maintenance of
abrasive wheels.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.5.2 Portable Grinder
One of the most common tools found in any shop, the
portable grinder is incredibly useful for grinding and
finishing material of all shapes and sizes.
The hazards associated with portable grinders are
similar to those of pedestal or bench grinders. The
rotating abrasive stone can cause severe abrasions
and cuts. There’s also the potential or the abrasive
stone to shatter and kickback from the spindle end.
Other hazards such as flying fragments and sparks
are present during grinding.
5.5.2.1 When using a powered grinder:
a) Always use eye or face protection.
b) Turn off the power when not in use.
c) Never clamp a hand-held grinder in a vice.
5.5.3 Safe Practice in the Use of Abrasive Wheels
1. Use
a) The maximum angular exposure of the
grinding wheel periphery and sides must be
not more than 90 degrees.
b) All abrasive wheels must be closely
inspected before mounting by using the ring
test to ensure that they are free from cracks
or defects.
2. Guards
a) Guards must cover the spindle end, nut, and
flange projections.
b) A guard must be mounted so that it
maintains proper alignment with the wheel.
c) A guard should not exceed the strength of
the fastenings.
d) Safety guards must be strong enough to
withstand the effect of a bursting wheel.
e) When the work entirely covers the side of the
wheel, side covers of the guard may be
omitted.
5.5.4 Work Rests
a) These must be provided for floor stand and
bench-mounted grinders.
b) Work rests must be of rigid construction.
They must be designed to be adjustable to
compensate for wheel wear.
c) Work rests must be kept adjusted closely to
the wheel. The distance is not to exceed
one-eighth of an inch from the surface of the
wheel, and the adjustment may not be made
with the wheel in motion.
d) The work rest must be securely clamped
after each adjustment.
e) On offhand grinding machines, work rests
must be used to support the work
35
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.5.5 General Safety Precautions for Abrasive
Wheels Used:
a) Before an abrasive wheel is mounted, it must
be inspected closely for damage and should
be sound- or ring-tested to ensure that it is
free from cracks or defects. To test, wheels
should be tapped gently with a light, non-
metallic instrument. If the wheels sound
cracked or dead, they must not be used
because they could fly apart in operation. A
stable and undamaged wheel, when tapped,
will give a clear metallic tone or “ring.”
b) To prevent an abrasive wheel from cracking,
it must fit freely on the spindle. The spindle
nut must be tightened enough to hold the
wheel in place without distorting the flange.
c) Always follow the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Take care to ensure that
the spindle speed of the machine will not
exceed the maximum operating speed
marked on the wheel. An abrasive wheel
may disintegrate or explode during start-up.
d) Allow the tool to come up to operating speed
prior to grinding or cutting. The employee
should never stand in the plane of rotation of
the wheel as it accelerates to full operating
speed.
e) Portable grinding tools need to be equipped
with safety guards to protect workers not
only from the moving wheel surface, but also
from flying fragments in case of wheel
breakage.
5.6 Concrete Grinders and Cutters
Grinding/polishing Dry grinding and polishing is
the method most commonly used in the industry.
Concrete cutting is a process of controlled sawing,
drilling and removing concrete. Skilled operators use
special saws to cut concrete and asphalt. As with
grinding, dry cutting is most often used. Careful
selection of saw blades can help reduce exposure.
Diamond saw blades produce less dust and require
less water which make them better than abrasive
saw blades to cut.
The concrete saw should have a local exhaust
ventilation (LEV) system, which can capture the
majority of dust emitted during the cutting operation.
When operating, the operator should always wear
personal protective equipment (PPE).
5.7 Pneumatic Tools
Pneumatic tools are powered by compressed air and
include chippers, drills, hammers, and sanders.
Examples of pneumatic tools include:
 Nailers.
 Staplers.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
 Chippers.
 Drills.
 Sanders
5.7.1 Hazards
5.7.1.1 Workers can get hit by a pneumatic tool’s
attachment, or by a fastener being used with the tool.
This is the most common hazard associated with
pneumatic tools.
5.7.1.2 Noise is another hazard typically associated
with tools such as jackhammers.
5.7.2 Safe Practices in the Used of Pneumatic
Tools
a) Check to see that the tools are fastened
securely to the air hose to prevent them from
becoming disconnected. A short wire or
positive locking device attaching the air hose
to the tool must also be used and will serve
as an added safeguard.
b) To reduce pressure in case of hose failure,
make sure a safety excess flow valve is
installed if an air hose is more than 1/2-inch
(12.7 millimeters) in diameter.
c) Install a safety clip or retainer to prevent
attachments such as chisels on a chipping
hammer from being ejected during tool
operation.
d) Eye protection is required. Head and face
protection is also recommended for
employees working with pneumatic tools.
e) Screens must also be set up to protect
nearby workers from being struck by flying
fragments around chippers, riveting guns,
staplers, or air drills.
f) Compressed air guns should never be
pointed toward anyone.
g) Workers should never “dead-end,” or block
the tip of the air gun against themselves or
anyone else. A chip guard must be used
when compressed air is used for cleaning.
h) Do not use compressed air to clean clothing.
Cleaning clothing with compressed air can
increase the oxygen level within clothing
fabric to the point that the clothing becomes
extremely flammable. The result may be a
fatal injury due to burns.
5.8 Liquid Fuel
Most tools that run on liquid fuel are powered by
gasoline. The main hazard associated with such
tools comes from the fuel vapors that can burn or
explode. They can also give off dangerous exhaust
fumes.
5.8.1 Follow these regulations to prevent
hazards:
36
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.8.1.1 Fuel-powered tools must be stopped while
being maintained.
5.8.1.2 Use only approved fuel containers.
5.8.1.3 Be aware that carbon monoxide generated
can displace or deplete oxygen.
5.8.1.4 Mechanical ventilation and testing needs to
be done to prevent hazards.
5.9 Powder-Actuated Tools
Powder-actuated tools operate like a loaded gun and
must be treated with extreme caution. In fact, they
are so dangerous that they must be operated only by
specially trained employees. Examples of powder-
actuated tools include Hilti and Ramset guns.
5.9.1 Safety precautions that must be followed
when using powder actuated tools include the
following:
a) Do not use a tool in an explosive or
flammable atmosphere.
b) Inspect the tool before using it to determine
that it is clean, that all moving parts operate
freely, and that the barrel is free from
obstructions and has the proper shield,
guard, and attachments recommended by
the manufacturer.
c) Do not load the tool unless it is to be used
immediately.
d) Do not leave a loaded tool unattended,
especially where it would be available to
unauthorized persons.
e) Keep hands clear of the barrel end.
f) Never point the tool at anyone.
5.9.2 When using powder-actuated tools to apply
fasteners, several additional procedures must be
followed:
a) Do not fire fasteners into material that would
allow the fasteners to pass through to the
other side.
b) Do not drive fasteners into very hard or brittle
material that might chip or splatter or make
the fasteners ricochet.
c) Always use an alignment guide when
shooting fasteners into existing holes.
d) When using a high-velocity tool, do not drive
fasteners more than 3 inches (7.62
centimeters) from an unsupported edge or
corner of material such as brick or concrete.
e) When using a high velocity tool, do not place
fasteners in steel any closer than 1 /2-inch
(1.27 centimeters) from an unsupported
corner edge unless a special guard, fixture,
or jig is used.
5.10 Hydraulic Power Tools
The fluid used in hydraulic power tools must be an
approved fire-resistant fluid and must retain its
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
operating characteristics at the most extreme
temperatures to which it will be exposed.
The exception to fire-resistant fluid involves all
hydraulic fluids used for the insulated sections of
derrick trucks, aerial lifts, and hydraulic tools that are
used on or around energized lines. This hydraulic
fluid must be of the insulating type.
The manufacturer’s recommended safe operating
pressure for hoses, valves, pipes, filters, and other
fittings must not be exceeded.
5.10.1 Jacks
All jacks including lever and ratchet jacks, screw
jacks, and hydraulic jacks must have a stop indicator,
and the stop limit must not be exceeded. Also, the
manufacturer’s load limit must be permanently
marked in a prominent place on the jack, and the load
limit must not be exceeded. A jack should never be
used to support a lifted load.
5.10.1.1 To set up a jack, make certain of the
following:
a) The base of the jack must rest on a firm, level
surface.
b) The jack must be correctly centered.
c) The jack head must bear against a level
surface.
d) The lift force must be applied evenly.
5.10.1.2 Proper maintenance of jacks is essential
for safety.
a) All jacks must regularly be lubricated. In
addition, each jack must be inspected
according to the following schedule: When
jacks are used continuously or intermittently
at one site, they should be inspected at least
once every six months. When jacks are sent
out of the shop for special work, they should
be inspected when sent out and inspected
when returned. When jacks are subjected to
abnormal loads or shocks, they should be
inspected before use and immediately
thereafter.
5.11 Woodworking Tools
Woodworking tools come in many different varieties
and sizes to help accommodate all types of
woodworking projects.
5.11.1 Protective Measure in Used of Wood
Working Tools
5.11.1.1 Switches, Speeds, and Guarding
a) All fixed, power-driven woodworking tools must be
provided with a disconnect switch that can either be
locked or tagged in the off position.
37
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

b) Momentary contact on/off switches
appropriate switches for belt sanders.
c) The operating speed must be etched or otherwise
permanently marked on all circular saws over 20
inches in diameter or operating at over 10,000
peripheral feet per minute.
5.11.1.2 Self-Feed & Hand-Fed Saws
a) Automatic feeding devices must be installed
on machines whenever the nature of the
work will permit it.
b) Feeder attachments must have the feed rolls
or other moving parts covered or guarded to
protect the operator from hazardous points.
c) A hood guard completely encloses the
portion of the saw above the table.
d) The hood and mounting must be arranged so
that the hood will automatically adjust itself
to the thickness of and remain in contact with
the material being cut.
5.11.1.3 Radial Saws
a) The upper hood must completely enclose the
upper portion of the blade down to a point
that will include the end of the saw arbor.
b) The upper hood must be constructed so that
it will protect the operator from flying
splinters, broken saw teeth, and similar
hazards.
c) The upper hood must be constructed so that
it will deflect sawdust away from the
operator.
are e) Pinch Grip: The hand grip that provides
control for precision and accuracy. The tool
is gripped between the thumb and the
fingertips.
6.2 The best tool does the following:
a) fits the job you are doing
b) fits the workspace available
c) reduces the force you need to apply
d) fits your hand
e) can be used in a comfortable work position
f) does not require you to raise or extend the
elbows (heavy tools)
7. Summary and Conclusion
7.1 Hand and power tools are the most versatile
instruments in construction. There are many
different types of tools that can be used safely
without extensive training.
7.2 Some types of tools pose a greater risk of injury
and require extra precautions and training.
7.3 Hand and power tools range from simple to
complex and are of various types
7.4 Hand and power tools pose various hazards.
7.5 Injury prevention techniques include.
-Use of safe operating practices
-Maintaining safe working conditions
7.6 Understanding the hazards associated with hand
and power tools and their injury prevention
techniques are critical to improve worker safety.

6. Ergonomics
Some tools are advertised as “ergonomic” or
designed with ergonomic features. A tool becomes
“ergonomic” only when it fits the task you are
performing, and it fits your hand without causing
awkward postures, harmful contact pressures, or
other safety and health risks.
6.1 Below are some ergonomic issues to
consider when using hand and power tools.
a) Neutral Position: When working with hand
tools, it is good practice to maintain a neutral
(handshake) wrist position. Remember,
bend the tool, not the wrist.
b) Flexion and Extension: Design tasks and
select tools to reduce extreme flexion or
deviation of the wrist.
c) Power Grip: The hand grip that provides
maximum hand power for high force tasks.
All the fingers wrap around the handle.
d) Contact Pressure: Pressure from a hard
surface, point, or edge on any part of the
body.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 38
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 6: Heavy Equipment Safety (Mobile)
1. Introduction
Heavy equipment is primarily used to help out and
provide easiness and convenience in the work
especially in construction project site. As its primary
purposes, this equipment is a great help in fast
progressions of the project. They also have primary
use and functions for specific works in the
construction project site. Even though this
equipment can greatly help, they could also cause
incident and accident in the project if not use properly
or not given considerations in proper maintenance of
its condition. The company and contractor should
give high priority and should be aware of the
condition and provide proper maintenance of this
property.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Identify the types and uses of mobile
equipment.
 Outline the hazards associated with use of
heavy equipment in construction site.
 Outline the hazards control and best
practices with the used of heavy equipment.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 Heavy Equipment - refers to heavy-duty
vehicles, specially designed for executing
construction tasks, most frequently ones involving
earthwork operations. They are also known as heavy
machines, heavy trucks, construction equipment,
engineering equipment, heavy vehicles, or heavy
hydraulics.
3.2 Excavator is a power-driven machine mostly
used in earthmoving operations.
4. Types of Heavy Equipment
Heavy equipment can be classified into the following
categories based on the type of operation:
 excavating equipment
 lifting equipment (will be discussed in
Module 10: Crane Safety)
 loading and hauling equipment
 compaction equipment
 grading and finishing equipment
 paving and surface treatment equipment
4.1 Excavation Equipment
4.1.1 Backhoes: Backhoes are used for surface or
subsurface excavation of solids and sludge.
Backhoes are used to dig below the surface, such as
trenches, building footings and foundations. The
backhoe is attached to the loader frame with a ridged
coupling.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
4.1.2 Excavators: Excavators are large backhoes.
They can be truck mounted, truck carrier mounted, or
self-propelled wheel mounted. They are hydraulic
powered and consist of three structures: the
revolving unit, the travel base and the attachment.
4.1.3 Front-End Loaders: The front-end loader is a
self-contained unit mounted on rubber tires or tracks
and is one of the most versatile and capable pieces
of equipment used in excavation work, as well as
loading. The front end loader can be equipped to
operate as a loader, dozer, scraper, clamshell,
forklift, backhoe, crane, auger, or sweeper.
4.2 Loading and Hauling Equipment
4.2.1 Loaders: Loaders are used to excavate and
move soft materials and load/unload trucks.
4.2.2 Dozer (Bulldozer): Dozers are used for
pushing and pulling loads typically in
earthwork operations and demolition work.
4.2.3 Scrapers: Scrapers are used for loading,
hauling, dumping, and spreading loose
materials.
4.2.4 Dump Trucks: Dump Trucks are the most
common type of hauling equipment due to
their versatility.
4.2.5 Wagons: Wagons are earth moving trailers
pulled by tractors.
4.2.1.1 Types of Loader Primarily used in
Construction
a) Pay Loader - used mainly for loading materials
into trucks, laying pipe, clearing rubble, and digging.
A loader is not the most efficient machine for digging
as it cannot dig very deep below the level of its
wheels, like a backhoe can. The capacity of a loader
bucket can be anywhere from 0.5 to 36m depending
upon the size of the machine and its application. The
front loader's bucket capacity is generally much
bigger than a bucket capacity of a backhoe loader.
b) Skid Loader - is a small loader utilizing four
wheels with hydraulic drive that directs power to
either, or both, sides of the vehicle. Very similar in
appearance and design is the track loader, which
utilizes a continuous track on either side of the
vehicle instead of the wheels.
c) Swing Loader - is a rigid frame loader with a
swinging boom. The boom can swing 180 degrees or
more. Swing loaders are primarily used by the
railroad industry to lay rail. Like other loaders many
attachments can be attached to the boom such as
magnets, forks, and buckets. Smaller swing loaders
are used in farming applications for loading out. A
swinging boom is advantageous where space is
limited. The loader is able to lift on all sides and dump
off on all sides.
39
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
4.3 Transit Mixer
Transit mixer is a piece of equipment that is used
for transporting concrete/ mortar or ready mix
material from a concrete batching plant directly to the
site where it is to be utilized. Transit mixer is loaded
with dry material and water. The interior of the transit
drum is fitted with a spiral blade. Spiral blade is able
to move in two directions. During clockwise
movement drum is charged with concrete and in
counterclockwise direction concrete discharge out
from the transit drum. Concrete mixing drum ensures
the liquid state of materials through rotation of the
drum about its own axis.
4.4 Compaction Equipment
Rollers: Rollers are used for compacting roadbed
materials like earth, aggregates and bituminous
mixtures. There are various types of rollers. The
selection of rollers for a particular job depends upon
the types of material to be compacted.
 static steel-wheeled rollers
 vibratory steel-wheeled rollers
 pneumatic (rubber-tired) rollers
4.5 Grading and Finishing Equipment
Graders are commonly referred to as road graders,
or motor graders. They have a long blade used to
create a flat surface during the grading process.
Graders are multi-purpose equipment.
4.6 Paving and Surface Treatment Equipment
Paving equipment (paving machine, paver finisher,
asphalt finisher) is used to lay asphalt on the
surfaces of roads, parking lots, bridges, etc.
5. Heavy Equipment Hazards
5.1 Poor repair or service of equipment is a common
hazard.
5.2 Due to the size of heavy equipment, equipment
operators have obstructed view and blind spots
while backing.
5.3 Striking People and Collision with Other
Equipment.
5.4 Caught Between Equipment and Objects.
5.5 Riders Falling Off Equipment or Buckets.
5.6 Overturning of equipment can occur when the
load on the equipment is more than the capacity
of the equipment.
5.7 Driving at Excessive Speeds.
5.8 Unexpected Electrical Shock.
5.9 Failure of Lifting Mechanisms/Operational
Failures.
5.10 Poor ergonomic design and improper ingress
and egress practices (e.g. jumping out of the cab
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
instead of coming down slowly) can cause injuries to
equipment operators.
 Runaway occurs when the wheels are not
blocked upon parking or when operators are
not able to control the equipment.
 Overhead Obstructions.
 Blind Spot Hazards.
6. A blind spot (or blind area) is the area around a
vehicle or a piece of construction equipment that is
not visible to the operator, either by direct line-of-
sight or indirectly by use of internal and external
mirrors.
Construction equipment is typically large and has an
enclosed cap. This can make the blind areas around
the equipment very large and hard to see. The bigger
the equipment, the larger the blind spots or
hazardous areas for pedestrian and ground workers.
6.1 Blind Spot Hazard
a) running over or striking pedestrians
b) smashing site materials and tools
c) striking other equipment or vehicles
d) rollover on steep slopes
e) contact with utilities
7. Safe Work Practices in Heavy Equipment
Operations
a) Ensure all operators have been trained on
the equipment they will use.
b) Check vehicles at the beginning of each shift
to ensure that the parts, equipment, and
accessories are in safe operating condition.
Repair or replace any defective parts or
equipment prior to use.
c) All vehicles must have:
- a service brake system, an emergency
brake system, and a parking brake system;
- working headlights, taillights, and brake
lights;
- an audible warning device (horn); and
- an intact windshield with working
windshield wipers.
d) Do not operate vehicle in reverse with an
obstructed rear view unless it has a reverse
signal alarm capable of being heard above
ambient noise levels or a signal observer
indicates that it is safe to move.
e) Vehicles loaded from the top (e.g., dump
trucks) must have cab shields or canopies to
protect the operator while loading.
f) Ensure that vehicles used to transport
workers have seats, with operable seat belts
firmly secured and adequate for the number
of workers to be carried.
g) Equipment should have roll-over protection
and protection from falling debris hazards as
needed.
40
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
h) Prior to permitting construction equipment or
vehicles onto an access roadway or grade,
verify that the roadway or grade is
constructed and maintained to safely
accommodate the equipment and vehicles
involved.
i) Do not modify the equipment's capacity or
safety features without the manufacturer's
written approval.
j) Where possible, do not allow debris
collection work or other operations involving
heavy equipment under overhead lines.
7.1 Operators Proper Training
a) Only authorized persons should operate the
heavy equipment (with appropriate training
and/or licenses).
b) Operators should know and understand the
limitations of the machinery.
c) They should follow safe operating
procedures, utilize safety features, and heed
the manufacturer’s warnings.
7.2 General Safety Measures When Working
Around Heavy Equipment safety
a) All workers should use the following safe
work practices when working around heavy
equipment.
b) Wear high visibility clothing.
c) Do not assume operators can see you.
d) Keep back up alarms working properly at all
times.
e) Make sure heavy equipment is equipped
with rollover protective measures (e.g.,
outriggers).
f) Use a seat belt and required PPE when
operating your equipment (e.g., hard hats,
gloves, steel toe shoes, reflective clothing,
etc.).
g) Use appropriate hearing protection when
working on or around loud equipment.
h) Do not wear loose fitting clothes that may get
caught in moving parts.
i) Never jump onto or off the equipment.
j) Never operate any of the controls from any
position except the operator’s seat.
k) Never permit anyone to ride on the
equipment.
l) Never refuel when the engine is running.
m) DO NOT SMOKE when refueling.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
8. Signal Persons/Spotters
The use of signal persons or spotters is a proven
method of protecting employees on foot behind
heavy equipment and vehicles with an obstructed
view, but spotters themselves can be at risk for injury
or even death. Employers can implement the
following actions to help keep spotters safe:
 Spotters and drivers should agree on hand
signals before backing up.
 Spotters should always maintain visual
contact with the driver while the vehicle is
backing.
 Drivers should stop backing immediately if
they lose sight of the spotter.
 Spotters should not have additional duties
while they are acting as spotters.
 Spotters should not use personal mobile
phones, personal headphones, or other
items which could pose a distraction during
spotting activities.
 Spotters should be provided with high-
visibility clothing, especially during night
operations.
9. OSHS Rule 1412.16: Traffic Control
In construction sites where a worker’s safety is likely
to be endangered by a vehicular traffic, flagmen,
warning signs, barriers or lane control devices shall
be installed.
10. OSHS Rule 1412.17: Vehicular Loading
No person shall remain on or in a vehicle during
loading or unloading except those required to be
there and only when all necessary protection against
hazards are provided.
11. OSHS Rule 1412.18: Vehicle Driving
No person shall operate any vehicle or equipment in
a construction site unless he has adequate training
and experience to operate such vehicle or equipment
and is authorized by his immediate supervisor.
41
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

12. OSHS Rule 1412.19: Internal Combustion

Engine
No internal combustion engine shall be operated in
an enclosed area unless:
(1) the exhaust gases or fumes are discharged
directly outside to a point where the discharge
gases or fumes cannot return to the enclosure.
(2 ) the place is ventilated to protect workers from
exhaust gases.

13. Summary and Conclusion

13.1 Blind spot (or blind area) is the area

around a vehicle or a piece of construction
equipment that is not visible to the operator,
either by direct line-of-sight or indirectly by use
of internal and external mirrors.

13.2 Heavy Equipment - refers to heavy-duty

vehicles, specially designed for executing
construction tasks, most frequently ones
involving earthwork operations.

13.3 Types of Heavy Equipment: excavating

equipment, lifting equipment, loading and
hauling equipment, compaction equipment,
grading and finishing equipment & paving
and surface treatment equipment.

13.4 Only authorized persons should operate the

heavy equipment (with appropriate training
and/or licenses).

13.5 The use of signal persons or spotters is a

proven method of protecting employees on foot
behind heavy equipment and vehicles with an
obstructed view, but spotters themselves can be
at risk for injury or even death.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 42
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Module 7: Heavy Equipment Safety (Crane)
1. Introduction
Moving large, heavy loads is crucial to today's
manufacturing and construction industries. Much
technology has been developed for these operations,
including careful training and extensive workplace
precautions.
be recorded in a logbook maintained by the employer
or user of the equipment, open to enforcing authority.
(2) Any anchoring or fixing arrangement provided in
connection with a lifting appliance shall be adequate
and secure to hold the imposed load.
5. Cranes Types

2. Learning Outcomes 5.1 Mobile Cranes

 Identify the types of crane and its uses.
 Outline the hazard associated with the used
of crane.
 Outline the preventive and control measures
of the hazards in the used of crane.
3. Definition of Terms
These cranes use a lifting device incorporating a
cable suspended latticed boom or hydraulic
telescopic boom designed to be moved between
operating locations by transport over the road. Mobile
cranes include crawler mounted, wheel-mounted,
rough terrain, all-terrain, commercial truck-mounted,
and boom truck cranes.

3.1 Crane - a type of machine, generally equipped

with a hoist rope, wire ropes or chains, and sheaves
that can be used both to lift and lower materials and
to move them horizontally. It is mainly used for lifting
heavy things and transporting them to other places.
3.2 Overhead Crane - a type of crane where the
hook-and-line mechanism runs along a horizontal
beam that it runs along two widely separated rails.
3.3 Mobile Crane - A crane mounted on a truck
carrier provides the mobility for this type of crane. A
type of crane that can travel through highways and
roads.
3.4 Rough Terrain Crane - A crane mounted on an
undercarriage with four rubber tires that is designed
for pick-and-carry operations and for off-road and
"rough terrain" applications. Outriggers are used to
level and stabilize the crane for hoisting.
3.5 Telescopic Crane – a type of crane that has a
boom that consists of a number of tubes fitted one
inside the other.
3.6 Tower Crane – a type of crane that often gives
the best combination of height and lifting capacity 5.2 Rough Terrain Crane
and are used in the construction of tall buildings.
A crane mounted on an undercarriage with four
rubber tires that is designed for pick-and-carry
4. OSHS Rule 1415: Construction Equipment operations and for off-road and "rough terrain"
4.1 1415.01: Lifting Appliances applications. Outriggers are used to level and
stabilize the crane for hoisting. These telescopic
(1) Every lifting appliance including working gear and cranes are single-engine machines, with the same
all other plant equipment used for anchoring or fixing engine powering the undercarriage and the crane,
shall: similar to a crawler crane. In a rough terrain crane,
a. be of good mechanical construction, of sound the engine is usually mounted in the undercarriage
material and adequate strength for the load it will rather than in the upper, as with crawler crane.
carry; Most have 4-wheel drives and 4-wheel steering
b. be properly maintained and inspected at least which allows them to traverse tighter and slicker
once a week and the result of such inspection shall terrain than a standard truck crane with less site
preparation.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 43
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.3 Telescopic Crane
A telescopic crane has a boom that consists of a
number of tubes fitted one inside the other. A
hydraulic or other powered mechanism extends or
retracts the tubes to increase or decrease the total
length of the boom. These types of booms are often
used for short term construction projects, rescue
jobs, lifting boats in and out of the water, etc. The
relative compactness of telescopic booms makes
them adaptable for many mobile applications.
6. Tower Crane
Tower cranes are a modern form of balance crane
that consist of the same basic parts. Fixed to the
ground on a concrete slab (and sometimes attached
to the sides of structures), tower cranes often give
the best combination of height and lifting capacity
and are used in the construction of tall buildings. The
base is then attached to the mast which gives the
crane its height. Further the mast is attached to the
slewing unit (gear and motor) that allows the crane to
rotate. On top of the slewing unit there are three main
parts which are: the long horizontal jib (working arm),
shorter counter-jib, and the operator's cab.
6.1 Types of Tower Crane:
6.1.1 Tower Crane-Hammerhead – mostly used for
spacious areas without other buildings besides the
area.
6.1.2 Level – Luffing Type - A crane mechanism
where the hook remains at the same level
whilst luffing; moves the jib up and down, so
as to move the hook inwards and outwards
relative to the base. Commonly used for
limited spaces area
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
6.2 Main Parts of the Tower Crane
Tower cranes are used extensively in construction
and other industry to hoist and move materials. There
are many types of tower cranes. Although they are
different in type, the main parts are the same, as
follows:
a) Mast: the main supporting tower of the
crane. It is made of steel trussed sections
that are connected together during
installation.
b) Slewing unit: the slewing unit sits at the top
of the mast. This is the engine that enables
the crane to rotate.
c) Operating cabin: the operating cabin sits
just above the slewing unit. It contains the
operating controls.
d) Jib: the jib, or operating arm, extends
horizontally from the crane. A "luffing" jib is
able to move up and down; a fixed jib has a
rolling trolley that runs along the underside to
move goods horizontally.
e) Counter jib: holds counterweights, hoist
motor, hoist drum and the electronics.
f) Hoist unit: the hoist unit houses the hoist
drum, hoist cable, gear box, gear shift,
brake, and supporting components.
g) Hook: the hook (or hooks) is used to connect
the material to the crane. It hangs at the end
of thick steel cables that run along the jib to
the motor.
h) Weights: Large concrete counterweights
are mounted toward the rear of the mast, to
compensate for the weight of the goods
lifted.
7. Hazards & Risk in Crane Operations
a) Structural Failure & Overloading
b) Instability Failure
c) Material Falling or Slipping
d) Electrical Hazards (contact with energized
line)
e) being struck by the crane
f) caught in between the crane
g) falls
8. Workers at Risk
 Operator
 Rigger
 Lifting crew
 Any workers working nearby the crane
 public
44
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

9. Control of Hazards & Risk in the used of (3) Every signal given for the movement or stopping
Crane of a lifting appliance shall be distinctive in character
and the person to whom it is given is able to hear or
9.1 Qualified Person
see it easily.
This is a person who has earned a recognized
degree, certificate, or professional standing, or has 9.3.1.2 Hand Signals
extensive knowledge, training and experience. This
is also a person that has successfully demonstrated
the ability to solve/resolve problems relating to the
subject matter, the work, or the project.
9.2 Competent Person

This is the person who is capable of identifying

existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings
or working conditions which are unsanitary,
hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has
authorization to take prompt corrective measures to
eliminate them.

9.3 Signals

A crane operator often needs a second set of

eyes—a signal person—to be able to operate
safely.

 when the point of operation, meaning the

path the load travels or the area where the
load is placed, is not in full view of the
operator;
 when the equipment is traveling and the
operator's view in the direction of travel is
obstructed; or
 when, due to site-specific safety concerns,
either the operator or the person handling
the load determines that it is necessary.
9.3.1 Types of Signals
Hand, voice, audible, or new signals are allowed. The
type of signals used and means of transmitting the
signals to the operator (such as direct line of sight,
video, radio, etc.), must be appropriate for the site
conditions. All directions given to the operator by the
signal person must be given from the operator's
perspective.
9.3.1.1 1415.07: Crane Operation and Signaling
(1) A lifting appliance shall not be operated other than
by a person trained, competent, physically fit, and
authorized to operate the appliance.
(2) When the operator of a lifting appliance has no
clear and unrestricted view of the load for safe
working, there shall be appointed one or more signal
men to give the necessary signals to the operator.
(Source: Ambica Engineering Co.)
9.4 Importance of Ground Conditions
Adequate ground conditions are essential for safe
crane operations because the crane's capacity and
stability depend on such conditions being present. If,
for example, the ground is muddy or otherwise
unstable, a crane could overturn even if operated
with the load limits specified by the manufacturer.
 You must not assemble or use a crane,
unless the equipment manufacturer’s
specifications for adequate support and
degree of level of equipment are met.
 You must not assemble or use a crane
unless ground conditions are firm, drained,
and graded to a sufficient extent so that, in
conjunction (if necessary) with the use of
supporting materials (such as blocking,
mats, cribbing, or marsh buggies (in
marshes/wetlands), the equipment
manufacturer's specifications for adequate
support and degree of level of the equipment
are met. The requirement for the ground to
be drained does not apply to
marshes/wetlands.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 45
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

9.5 Working Near at Power Line 9.7 Wire Rope

Keeping a safe distance from power lines is the key The following defects require the rope to either be
to preventing power line accidents. There are two removed from service or the defective part severed.
ways to identify the work zone and use it to determine
whether the equipment could get closer than 20 feet a) visible broken wires, as follows:
to the power line. First, if the equipment (crane, load,  running wire ropes: six randomly
load line, or rigging) could not get closer than 20 feet distributed broken wires in one rope
to the line even if the crane is operated at its lay, or three broken wires in one
maximum working radius, the 20-foot requirement is strand in one rope lay, where a rope
satisfied. Alternatively, you may establish a work lay is the length along the rope in
zone by establishing boundaries (using flags or a which one strand makes a complete
device such as a range limit device or range control revolution around the rope;
warning device) that are more than 20 feet from the  rotation resistant ropes: two
power line and prohibiting the operator from randomly distributed broken wires in
operating the equipment past those boundaries. six rope diameters, or four randomly
distributed broken wires in 30 rope
diameters;
 pendants or standing wire ropes:
more than two broken wires in one
rope lay located in rope beyond end
connections, or more than one
broken wire in a rope lay located at
an end connection;
b) a diameter reduction of more than 5% from
nominal diameter;
c) in rotation resistant wire rope, core
protrusion or other distortion indicating core
failure; and
d) a broken strand.
9.7.1 Wire rope is classified as either "standard
(Source: OREGON OSHA)
rope" or "rotation resistant rope." Rotation
resistant rope, in turn, can be constructed in various
One way to determine the line’s voltage is to ask the ways, and the standard lists three different "types"
line's owner or operator. that vary in their construction.

9.6 Crane Inspection a) Type I rotation resistant wire rope ("Type I"):
 shift inspections, Type I rotation resistant rope is stranded
 monthly inspections, rope constructed to have little or no tendency
 annual inspections, and to rotate or, if guided, transmits little or no
 shift, monthly, and annual wire rope torque. It has at least 15 outer strands and
inspections (if the equipment uses wire comprises an assembly of at least three
rope). layers of strands laid helically over a center
in two operations.
9.6.1 In addition, the following special
inspections are required in particular b) Type II rotation resistant wire rope ("Type
circumstances: II"): Type II rotation resistant rope is stranded
rope constructed to have significant
 post-assembly inspections, resistance to rotation. It has at least ten outer
 pre- and post-erection inspections of tower strands and comprises an assembly of two
cranes or more layers of strands laid helically over a
 equipment used in severe service, center in two or three operations.
 equipment not in regular use,
 inspections of certain modified equipment, c) Type III rotation resistant wire rope ("Type
and III"): Type III rotation resistant rope is
 inspections of certain repaired/adjusted stranded rope constructed to have limited
equipment. resistance to rotation. It has no more than
nine outer strands and comprises an
assembly of two layers of strands laid
helically over a center in two operations.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 46
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
9.8 Safety Devices and Operational Aids
9.8.1 OSHS Rule 1415.02: Brake Controls and
Safety Devices
(1) Every crane, crab and winch shall be provided
with a brake to prevent the fall of the load and to
control operation when the load is lowered.
(2) Every handle or lever of a lifting appliance
provided for controlling its operation shall be
provided with suitable locking arrangement to
prevent its accidental movement.
(3) Every lever or handle provided for controlling the
operation of a lifting appliance shall have upon it
clear marking to indicate purpose and mode of
operation.
9.8.2 1415.03: Protection of Crane Driver
(1) Platform for crane drivers and signalers shall be:
(a) of sufficient area,
(b) closely planked, plated and
(c) provided with safe means of access and
egress.
(2) Every side of a platform more than 2.16 meters
(6.5 ft.) high shall be provided with guard rails and
toeboards.
(3) The driver of every power-driven lifting appliance
shall be provided with a cabin which shall:
(a) afford protection from the weather and
falling objects, and
(b) be constructed to afford ready access to
operating parts of the lifting appliance within
the cabin and shall be periodically inspected
and maintained.
9.9 Safety Devices
Safety devices must be in proper working order for
the equipment to be permitted to operate. The
following safety devices are required on all
equipment unless otherwise specified:
 crane level indicator (except on portal
cranes, derricks, floating cranes/derricks
and land cranes/derricks on barges,
pontoons, vessels or other means of
flotation),
 boom stops (except for derricks and
hydraulic booms),
 jib stops (if a jib is attached), except for
derricks,
 locks on foot pedal brakes,
 integral holding device/check valve on
hydraulic outrigger jacks and hydraulic
stabilizer jacks,rail clamps and rail stop for
equipment on rails (except portal cranes),
and
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
 horn (both built into or on the equipment and
immediately available to the operator).
9.10 Operational Aids
Category I aids must be repaired within seven
calendar days after a deficiency occurs while
equipment may operate for 30 calendar days before
a Category II aid is repaired. In both cases, additional
time is permitted if, a necessary part is ordered in a
timely manner but is not received within the 7- or 30-
day period.
9.11 1415.16: Chains, Ropes and Lifting Gears
(1) No chain, rope or lifting gear shall be used unless:
(a) it is of good construction, sound material, of
adequate strength, suitable quality and free from
potent defects.
(b) it has been tested and examined by a competent
person specifying the safe working load.
(2) No wire rope shall be used for lifting and lowering
of any load if in any 10 meters length the total number
of visible broken wires exceed five percent of the total
number of wires in the rope.
(3) No chain, rope of lifting gear shall be loaded
beyond its safe working load except for the purpose
of testing.
(4) No chain, ring hook, link, clamp, shackle, swivel
or eyebolt altered or repaired by welding shall be
used unless it is tested and examined, and its
working load specified in the test.
(5) Hooks for missing or lowering of load shall have
devices to prevent displacement of sling or load.
(6) No double or multiple sling shall be used if the
upper ends are not connected by means of shackle,
ring or link of adequate strength or the safe working
load is exceeded.
(7) Chains with knots or chains shortened by means
of bolts and knots inserted through the links or by
welding shall not be used.
(8) No chain, rope or lifting gear shall be used unless
it is thoroughly examined by a competent person at
intervals of six (6) months and the result of
examination recorded in a logbook maintained for the
purpose open for inspection by the enforcing
authority.
(9) A chain or lifting gear shall not be used unless it
is annealed, or heat treated as required by the
manufacturer.
47
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
10. Crane Safety Precautions
10.1 Crane should have third party inspections
before the operating procedures. Crane should
be inspected with a competent and personnel
and accredited third-party inspectors of
Department of Labor and Employment.
10.2 Crane operators should be duly licensed by
the accredited skills licensing by Technical
Educations Skills and Development.
10.3 Riggers who will be the guidance of Crane
Operators should also be duly license by
accredited training skills licensing.
10.4 All lifting procedure should be documented
specially the lifting work permit.
10.5 All materials to be lift should be limited from
the allowable weight capacity of the crane to
facilitate safe lifting procedure and to avoid
mechanical failure or accidental collapse of
materials from chain or lifting belt capacity.
10.6 Lifting areas should be free from other
activities.
10.7 Regular inspections of slings and lifting chain
or belt hook if the lock is functioning well.
10.8 Rigger should check the hook of the lifting
chain or belt before the lifting procedures.
10.9 Rigger should be proactive in giving the
crane operator directions of the lifting; they are
the one who’s in control of the whole lifting
procedures.
10.10 Regular maintenance of the equipment
should also be done.
10.11 Weight and dimensions of the load should
also be documented for reference purposes. If
the weight is in safe range.
10.12 Height of lift and frequency and locations
should also be considered in lifting procedure.
10.13 Area and location for lifting procedure should
be checked for the presence of open electrical
lines (high frequency wirings, high tensions,
etc.).
10.14 The load should not stay hanged for a long
time.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
10.15 Crane checklist should religiously be done
and accomplished daily.
11. The four lifting principles that govern a
crane’s mobility and safety during lifting
operations are as follows:
11.1 Center of Gravity
That is the point in an object where its weight is
concentrated or stated another way, the point in an
object around which its weight is evenly distributed.
The location of the center of gravity of a mobile crane
depends primarily on the weight and location of its
heaviest components (boom, carrier, upper works
and
counterweight).
11.2 Leverage
Cranes use leverage to lift loads. Rotation of the
upper works (cab, boom, counterweight, and load)
changes the location of the center of gravity its
leverage point or fulcrum.
11.3 Stability
Relationship of the load weight, angle of the boom
and its radius (distance from the crane’s center of
rotation to the center of load) to the center of gravity
of the load. Stability can also be affected by the
support on which the crane is resting. A crane's load
rating is generally developed for operations under
ideal conditions; a level firm surface. Surfaces that
are not level or soft ground must therefore be
avoided. In areas where soft ground poses a support
problem, mats and/or blocking should be used to
distribute a crane's load and maintain a level, stable
condition.
11.4 Structural Integrity
The crane's main frame, crawler track and/or
outrigger supports, boom sections, and attachments
are all considered part of the structural integrity of
lifting. In addition, all wire ropes, including stationary
supports or attachment points, help determine lifting
capacity and are part of the overall structural integrity
of a crane's lifting capacity.
12. Summary and Conclusion
12.1 Crane - a type of machine, generally equipped
with a hoist rope, wire ropes or chains, and sheaves
that can be used both to lift and lower materials and
to move them horizontally. It is mainly used for lifting
heavy things and transporting them to other places.
48
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

12.2 Keeping a safe distance from power lines is the

key to preventing power line accidents.

12.3 Wire rope is classified as either "standard rope"

or "rotation resistant rope."

12.4 Every signal given for the movement or stopping

of a lifting appliance shall be distinctive in character
and the person to whom it is given is able to hear or
see it easily.

12.5 The four lifting principles that govern a

crane’s mobility and safety during lifting operations
are as follows:
-Center of Gravity
-Leverage
-Stability
-Structural Integrity

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 49
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 8: Fall Protection & Ladder Safety
1. Introduction
Fall is one of the common cause of fatalities and
incidence of death and injuries aside from
electrocutions and struck by heavy equipment that
could happen in the constructions industry especially
in vertical type (high rise condos, corporate offices,
towers, etc.). Fall is also a common hazard that can
be observed typically in the areas without provisions
of proper protections and warning devices indication
of impending danger in the area. Fall cannot be
eliminated in all manners especially in the
construction industry while development of building
is in progress, but incident of fall of person can be
prevent by using the hierarchy of hazard control.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Identify fall hazards.
 List the different types of fall protection
system and their requirements.
 Identify types of ladder.
 Outline the hazard associated with used of
ladder.
 Outline the safety practices in the used of
ladder at work.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 Fall hazard is anything at your worksite that
could cause you to lose your balance or lose bodily
support and result in a fall.
3.2 Fall – common incident in a construction project
site. Also, the common cause of fatalities or serious
injuries.
3.3 Fall Protection - is the use of controls designed
to protect personnel from falling or in the event they
do fall, to stop them without causing severe injury.
3.4 Anchorage-A secure point of attachment for
lifelines, lanyards or deceleration devices.
3.5 Body belt-A strap with means both for securing
it about the waist and for attaching it to a lanyard,
lifeline, or deceleration device.
3.6 Body harness -Straps that may be secured
about the person in a manner that distributes the fall-
arrest forces over at least the thighs, pelvis, waist,
chest, and shoulders with a means for attaching the
harness to other components of a personal fall arrest
system.
3.7 Connector-A device that is used to couple
(connect) parts of a personal fall arrest system or
positioning device system together.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
3.8 Deceleration device-Any mechanism-such as
rope, grab, rip stitch lanyard, specially woven
lanyard, tearing or deforming lanyards, automatic
self-retracting lifelines/lanyards-which serves to
dissipate a substantial amount of energy during a fall
arrest, or otherwise limits the energy imposed on an
employee during fall arrest.
3.9 Guardrail system-A barrier erected to prevent
employees from falling to lower levels.
3.10 Lanyard-A flexible line of rope, wire rope, or
strap that generally has a connector at each end for
connecting the body belt or body harness to a
deceleration device, lifeline, or anchorage.
3.11 Lifeline-A component consisting of a flexible
line for connection to an anchorage at one end to
hang vertically (vertical lifeline), or for connection to
anchorages at both ends to stretch horizontally
(horizontal lifeline) and that serves as a means for
connecting other components of a personal fall arrest
system to the anchorage.
3.12 Personal fall arrest system-A system
including but not limited to an anchorage,
connectors, and a body belt or body harness used to
arrest an employee in a fall from a working level. As
of January 1, 1998, the use of a body belt for fall
arrest is prohibited.
3.13 Positioning device system-A body belt or
body harness system rigged to allow an employee to
be supported on an elevated vertical surface, such
as a wall, and work with both hands free while leaning
backwards.
3.14 Rope grab-A deceleration device that travels on
a lifeline and automatically, by friction, engages the
lifeline and locks to arrest a fall.
3.15 Self-retracting lifeline/lanyard-A deceleration
device containing a drum-wound line which can be
slowly extracted from, or retracted onto, the drum
under minimal tension during normal employee
movement and which, after onset of a fall,
automatically locks the drum and arrests the fall.
3.16 Snaphook-A connector consisting of a hook-
shaped member with a normally closed keeper, or
similar arrangement, which may be opened to permit
the hook to receive an object and, when released
automatically closes to retain the object.
3.17 Toeboard-A low protective barrier that prevents
material and equipment from falling to lower levels
and which protects personnel from falling.
3.28 Warning line system-A barrier erected on a
roof to warn employees that they are approaching an
unprotected roof side or edge and which designates
an area in which roofing work may take place without
50
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
the use of guardrail, body belt, or safety net systems
to protect employees in the area.
3.28 A ladder is a vertical or inclined set of rungs or
steps. There are two types: rigid ladders that are self-
supporting or that may be leaned against a vertical
surface such as a wall, and rollable ladders, such as
those made of rope or aluminum, that may be hung
from the top.
4. Fall Protections
Fall protection is the use of controls designed to
protect personnel from falling or in the event they do
fall, to stop them without causing severe injury.
Typically, fall protection is implemented when
working at height, but may be relevant when working
near any edge, such as near a pit or holes, or
performing work on a steep surface.
4.1 Fall Hazard Examples
4.1.1 The following are examples of fall hazards:
a) Falling down from one floor to another.
b) Falling through a hole in the floor or roof.
c) Dropping through the floor or roof when the
surface collapses.
d) Falling off a ladder or other apparatus.
e) Jumping from structures and equipment on
the worksite, such as from one scaffolding to
another
4.2 Whose are at Risk for Fall?
a) Those who are exposed in working at
heights.
b) Those who are working at elevated works
such as ceilings, scaffoldings, roofing
installations etc.
c) Those who are working at exterior parts of
the buildings.
d) Those who are working with the use of heavy
equipment such as gondola lift, etc.
e) Those who are working at verticals, columns
and slabs for upper level.
f) Those who are working at open areas
especially upper levels.
5. Fall hazards can be addressed in two main
ways:
A. Fall prevention: preventing workers from falling
by using engineering controls (e.g., guardrails and
hole covers) or restraint systems.
B. Fall arrest/rescue: preventing injury during and
after a fall by using personal fall arrest systems
(PFAS) or safety nets and having an effective rescue
plan in place.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.1 Types of Fall-Protection Systems
5.1.1 There are seven general fall-protection
systems:
 Personal fall-arrest system (PFAS): Arrests
a fall
 Personal fall-restraint system: Prevents a fall
 Positioning-device system: Positions a
worker and limits a fall to 2 feet
 Guardrail system: Prevents a fall
 Safety-net system: Arrests a fall
 Warning-line system for roofing work: Warns
a worker of a fall hazard
5.2 OSHS Rule 1086: Safety Belts, Lifelines and
Safety Nets
5.2.1 1086.01: General Provisions
(1) Workmen working in unguarded surface above
open pits or tanks, steep slopes, moving machinery
and similar locations, or working from unguarded
surfaces six (6) meters (20 ft.) or more above water
or ground, temporary or permanent floor platform,
scaffold construction or where otherwise exposed to
the possibility of falls hazardous to life or limb, shall
be secured by safety belts and life lines. In situations
where safety belts and lifelines in guarded platforms
and scaffolds or temporary floors are not feasible,
safety nets shall be provided and installed.
5.2.2 1086.02: Requirements
(4) Lifelines shall be made of good quality manila
rope of at least 1.9 cm. (3/4 in.) diameter or
equivalent material such as nylon rope of at least
1.27 cm. (1/2 in.) diameter and shall be of sufficient
strength to support a weight of 1140 kgs. (2,500 lbs.)
without breaking.
(5) Safety nets shall not be less than 0.94 cm. (3/8
in.) diameter mesh ropes and not less than 1.90 cm.
(3/4 in.) diameter border ropes (perimeter) made of
manila rope or other materials that can absorb the
impact of a falling body equally as nets fabricated
from manila rope of the dimensions specified. The
mesh shall be arranged not to exceed 15.25 cm. (6
in.) on canters positively and securely attached to
avoid wear at each crossing point and at points of
contact with the border.
(6) Safety nets shall be equipped with adequately
padded thimble sockets or equivalent means of
attachments. Supports and anchorages shall be of
sufficient size and strength to catch any falling
worker. The nets shall be attached to sufficient
supports outside and beyond the area of possible fall
and supported at sufficient heights to prevent
51
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
sagging to any solid object beneath when cushioning
the fall of a worker.
(7) Safety belts, lifelines and safety nets shall be
inspected before use and at least once each week
thereafter. Defective belts, lines or nets shall be
immediately discarded and replaced or repaired
before reuse.
5.3 Personal Fall Arrest System
A system used to arrest a worker in a fall from a
working level. It consists of an anchorage,
connectors, a body belt or body harness, and may
include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or
suitable combinations of these.
Deceleration devices often include a rope grab
and/or a self-retracting lifeline or lanyard. A
snaphook is one of the most common types of
connectors used in a PFAS. Additionally, the fall-
protection system may include a warning line system
to alert employees as they approach unprotected
sides and edges.
5.3.1 When a personal fall arrest system is used for
fall protection, it must do the following:
 Limit maximum arresting force on an
employee to 1,800 pounds when used with a
body harness.
 Be rigged so that an employee can neither
free fall more than 6 feet (1.8 meters) nor
contact any lower level.
 Bring an employee to a complete stop and
limit maximum deceleration distance an
employee travels to 3.5 feet (1.07 meters).
 Have sufficient strength to withstand twice
the potential impact energy of an employee
free-falling a distance of 6 feet (1.8 meters)
or the free-fall distance permitted by the
system, whichever is less.
5.4 Body Harness
Body harnesses are designed to minimize stress
forces on an employee's body in the event of a fall,
while providing sufficient freedom of movement to
allow work to be performed. Harnesses, and
components must be used only for employee
protection (as part of a personal fall arrest system)
and not to hoist materials.
5.4.1 Keep the following in mind:
a) The harness must be made from synthetic
fibers.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
b) The harness must fit the user. It should be
comfortable and easy to adjust.
c) According to ANSI/ASSE Z359.1, Safety
Requirements for Personal Fall Arrest
Systems, Subsystems, and Components,
the harness must have an attachment point,
usually a D-ring, in the center of the back at
about shoulder level. A D-ring may also be
used in the front of the harness. However,
connection at the front D-ring is limited to
systems that restrict free fall distance to 2 ft
or less and limit the maximum fall arrest
loads on the front D-ring to 900 lb of force or
less. The D-ring should be large enough to
easily accept a lanyard snap hook.
d) Chest straps should be easy to adjust and
strong enough to withstand a fall without
breaking.
e) Use only industrial full-body harnesses (not
recreational climbing harnesses).
f) The harness must be safe and reliable. It
should meet ANSI and CSA standards and
the manufacturer should have ISO 9001
certification, which shows the manufacturer
meets international standards for product
design, development, production,
installation, and service.
5.5 Body Belts
As of January 1, 1998, body belts are not acceptable
as part of a personal fall arrest system, because they
impose a danger of internal injuries when stopping a
fall. Body belts may only be used as part of a
positioning system.
5.6 Anchorage
An anchorage is a secure point of attachment for
lifelines, lanyards, or deceleration devices. An
anchorage for a personal fall-arrest system must
support at least 5,000 pounds.
5.6.1 Anchorage strength is critical but is not the
only factor to consider. Also, important:
52
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
a) Anchorage connector: Unless an existing
anchorage has been designed to accept a
lanyard or lifeline, you'll need to attach an
anchorage connector - a device that
provides a secure attachment point.
Examples include tie-off adapters, hook
anchors, beam connectors, and beam
trolleys. Be sure that the connector is
compatible with the lanyard or lifeline and
appropriate for the work task.
b) Attachment point: The anchorage can be
used only as the attachment point for a
personal fall-arrest system; it can't be used
to support or suspend platforms.
c) Location: The anchorage should be located
directly above the worker, if possible, to
reduce the chance of a swing fall.
d) Fall distance: Because a personal fall-
arrest system doesn't prevent a fall, the
anchorage must be high enough above a
worker to ensure that the arrest system, and
not the next lower level, stops the fall.
Consider free-fall distance, lanyard length,
shock-absorber elongation, and body-
harness stretch in determining the height of
an anchorage. Free-fall distance is the
distance a worker falls before a personal fall-
arrest system begins to stop the fall.
e) Connectors: An anchorage, a lanyard, and
a body harness are not useful until they're
linked together. Connectors do the linking;
they make the anchorage, the lanyard, and
the harness a complete system. Connectors
include carabiners, snap hooks, and D-rings.
f) Carabiner: This high-tensile alloy steel
connector has a locking gate and is used
mostly in specialized work such as window
cleaning and high-angle rescue. Carabiners
must have a minimum tensile strength of
5,000 pounds.
g) Snap hook: A hook-shaped member with a
keeper that opens to receive a connecting
component and automatically closes when
released. Snap hooks are typically spliced or
sewn into lanyards and self-retracting
lifelines. Snap hooks must be high-tensile
alloy steel and have a minimum tensile
strength of 5,000 pounds. Use only locking
snap hooks with personal fall-arrest
systems; locking snap hooks have self-
locking keepers that won't open until they're
unlocked.
h) D-ring: D-rings are the attachment points
sewn into a full-body harness. D-rings must
have a minimum tensile strength of 5,000
pounds.
i) The full-body harness: The full-body
harness has straps that distribute the impact
of a fall over the thighs, waist, chest,
shoulders, and pelvis. Full-body harnesses
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
come in different styles, many of which are
light and comfortable. Before you purchase
any harness, make sure they fit those who
will use them, they're comfortable, and
they're easy to adjust. A full-body harness
should include a back D-ring for attaching
lifelines or lanyards and a back pad for
support.
5.7 Lanyards
A lanyard is a specially designed flexible line that has
a snap hook at each end. One snap hook connects
to the body harness and the other connects to an
anchorage or a lifeline. Lanyards must have a
minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds. They
come in a variety of designs, including self-retracting
types that make moving easier and shock-absorbing
types that reduce fall-arrest forces. Don't combine
lanyards to increase length or knot them to make
them shorter.
5.8 Deceleration Devices
Deceleration devices protect workers from the impact
of a fall and include shock-absorbing lanyards, self-
retracting lifelines or lanyards, and rope grabs.
5.8.1 Shock-Absorbing Lanyard
A shock absorber reduces the impact on a worker
during fall arrest by extending up to 3.5 feet to absorb
the arrest force. OSHA rules limit the arrest force to
1,800 pounds but a shock-absorbing lanyard can
reduce the force even more - to about 900 pounds.
Because a shock-absorbing lanyard extends up to
3.5 feet, it's critical that the lanyard stops the worker
before the next lower level. Allow about 20 vertical
feet between the worker's anchorage point and the
level below the working surface. Always estimate the
total distance of a possible fall before using a shock-
absorbing lanyard.
Example: Lanyard length (6 feet) + deceleration
distance (3.5 feet) + worker's height (6 feet) + safety
margin (3 feet) = 18.5 vertical feet from anchorage to
lower level.
Never use a shock-absorbing lanyard if the shock
absorber is even partially extended or if the lanyard
has arrested a fall.
53
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.8.2 Self-Retracting Lanyard/Lifeline
 Self-retracting lanyards and lifelines that limit
free-fall distance to 2 feet or less must be
able to hold at least 3,000 pounds with the
lanyard (or lifeline) fully extended.
 Self-retracting lanyards that don't limit free-
fall distance to 2 feet must be able to hold at
least 5,000 pounds with the lanyard (or
lifeline) fully extended.
5.9 Rope Grab
A rope grab allows a worker to move up a vertical
lifeline but automatically engages and locks on the
lifeline if the worker falls.
5.10 Lifelines
A lifeline is a cable or rope that connects to a body
harness, lanyard, or deceleration device, and at least
one anchorage. There are two types of lifelines.
(Vertical and Horizontal).
6. Safe Practices for Personal Fall-Arrest
Systems
a) Don't tie knots in rope lanyards and lifelines;
knots can reduce strength by 50%.
b) Don't tie lifelines or lanyards directly to I-
beams; the cutting action of beam edges can
reduce the rope's strength by 70%.
c) Know how the sag angle of a horizontal
lifeline can affect arrest forces on the
anchorages. Remember that horizontal
lifelines must be designed, installed, and
used under the supervision of a qualified
person.
d) Think about the potential for a swing fall
whenever you connect a lifeline to a personal
fall-arrest system.
e) Remember that a shock-absorbing lanyard
will elongate before arresting a fall. The fall
distance includes lanyard length (before the
shock absorber extends), deceleration
distance (shock-absorber extension), worker
height, and a safety margin (allow 3 feet).
7. Personal Fall-Restraint Systems
The anchorage for a fall-restraint system must
support at least 3,000 pounds or be designed and
installed with a safety factor of at least two.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
7.1 Positioning Device Systems
These body belt or body harness systems are to be
set up so that a worker can free fall no farther than 2
feet (0.6 meters). They shall be secured to an
anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the
potential impact load of an employee’s fall or 3,000
pounds (13.3 kilo Newtons), whichever is greater.
Requirements for snaphooks, dee-rings, and other
connectors used with positioning device systems
must meet the same criteria as those for personal fall
arrest systems.
7.2 Guardrail Systems
A guardrail system consists of a top rail, midrail, and
intermediate vertical member. Guardrail systems can
also be combined with toeboards that prevent
materials from rolling off the walking-working surface.
a) The top edge height of top rails, or equivalent
guardrail system members, must be 42
inches plus or minus 3 inches above the
walking-working level, except when
conditions warrant otherwise and all other
criteria are met (e.g., when employees are
using stilts, the top edge height of the top rail
must be increased by an amount equal the
height of the stilts).
b) Midrails, screens, mesh, intermediate
vertical members, or equivalent intermediate
structures, must be installed between the top
edge and the walking-working surface when
there is no wall or other structure at least 21
inches high.
c) Guardrail systems must be capable of
withstanding at least 200 pounds of force
applied within 2 inches of the top edge, in
any direction and at any point along the
edge, and without causing the top edge of
the guardrail to deflect downward to a height
less than 39 inches above the walking-
working level.
d) Midrails, screens, mesh, and other
intermediate members must be capable of
withstanding at least 150 pounds of force
applied in any direction at any point along the
midrail or other member.
e) Guardrail systems must not have rough or
jagged surfaces that would cause punctures,
lacerations, or snagged clothing.
f) Top rails and midrails must not cause a
projection hazard by overhanging the
terminal posts.
54
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

7.3 Safety Net System 10. Safety Monitoring Systems

Safety nets must be installed as close as practicable When roofing work is performed on low-slope roofs
under the walking/working surface on which (i.e. 4 in 12 pitch or less), safety monitoring systems
employees are working and never more than 30 feet can still be used in conjunction with a warning line
(9.1 meters) below such levels. Defective nets shall system to protect workers on the roof.
not be used. Safety nets shall be inspected at least
once a week for wear, damage, and other 10.1 Trainings
deterioration. All employees who might be exposed to fall hazards
7.3.1 Safety nets must extend outward from the shall be provided training to ensure that fall potentials
outermost projection of the work surface as follows: are recognized, and that each employee knows the
procedure to be followed to minimize these hazards.
Vertical distance from Minimum required
working level to horizontal distance of The topics shall include, but not limited to:
horizontal plane of outer edge of net  The nature of fall hazards in the work area.
net. from the edge of the
 The correct procedure for erecting,
working surface.
maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting
the fall protection to be used.
Up to 5 feet (1.5 8 feet (2.4 meters)
 Work safely in hazardous areas by utilizing
meters)
appropriate fall protection measures.
 The use, operations and limitations of fall
More than 5 feet (1.5 10 feet (3 meters)
arrest systems.
meters) up to 10 feet
(3 meters)

More than 10 feet (3 13 feet (3.9 meters) 11. Ladder Safety in Construction
meters)
Falls from ladders are one of the leading causes of
injuries in the construction trade. The majority of the
falls are caused by misuse, faulty ladders or
8. Warning-Line Systems for Roofing Work carelessness.
Roofing work refers to hoisting, storing, applying, and 11.1 Common causes of ladder injuries
removing roofing materials and equipment; it
includes work on related insulation, sheet metal, and 11.1.1 Improperly getting on or off the ladder
vapor barriers. However, it does not include the 11.1.2 Loss of balance
construction of the roof deck or leading-edge work. 11.1.3 Setting up the ladder improperly
A warning-line system for roofing work consists of 11.1.4 Overreaching while on the ladder
ropes, wires or chains, and supporting stanchions 11.1.5 Mis-stepping or slipping while climbing or
that mark off an area within which roofing work can descending
be done without guardrails, personal fall-arrest
systems, restraint systems, or safety nets. Warning- 11.1.1 Other causes of falls from ladders
line systems can only be used for roofing work on
roofs that have slopes of 2:12 or less, vertical to a) Lack of training on safe ladder use
horizontal. b) Using the wrong type ladder for the job
c) Exceeding the ladder weight capacity
d) Climbing ladder with tools or material in
hands
9. Slide-Guard Systems e) Climbing or descending not facing the ladder
A slide-guard system prevents workers from sliding f) Oil, grease or mud on ladder rungs
down a sloped roof. The system consists of a slide g) Ladder does not secure at the base or top
guard (typically 2-by-6-inch lumber) and at least two h) Ladder not set up at the proper angle
roof brackets and must be installed under the i) Ladder not extended 3 feet above upper
supervision of a competent person. surface
j) Using the top step of a step ladder
Slide-guard systems can be used only on roofs with k) Placing ladder on unstable surfaces
slopes between 3:12 and 8:12 and ground-to-eave l) Over-reaching beyond the side rails of the
height of 25 feet or less. ladder

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 55
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

11.2 Types of Ladder

11.2.1 Self-supporting ladders
These include stepladders and have one or two extra
legs that are attached to the ladder for support. They
do not require a structure to support them.

11.2.2 Non-self-supporting ladders

These include straight ladders and extension
ladders. A ladder is non-self-supporting type when it
must be leaned against a solid structure for support
and solid structure for support and can’t stand alone.

12. Summary and Conclusion

12.1 Personal Fall Arrest Systems-These are
designed to break a worker’s descent in the
event of a fall. The systems consist of an
anchorage, lanyard and connectors, and a
full-body harness worn by individual workers.
12.2 Guardrails are considered a fall prevention
system.
12.3 Safety nets are designed to catch and break
a worker’s descent in the event of a fall.
12.4 Employers and employees must cooperate
in order to establish and maintain a safe
working environment.
12.5 Failure to maintain a worksite can cause
clutter and debris, which creates fall
hazards.
12.6 A portable ladder can move, slip, and cause
a worker to lose balance.
12.7 While it is always safest to perform work at
ground level, in construction this simply is
not always possible. Remember to tether or
restrain workers on high so that they can’t
reach the edge of a long drop and use the
proper method of fall prevention whenever
there’s any possibility of a fall hazard.
12.8 Free-falling a distance as little as four to six
feet can cause serious injury and even
death, so while it might be tempting to run up
a ladder or onto a roof or over to a leading
edge “just for a second” to do something
quickly, keep in mind that the risk you’re
taking just might end up costing you your life
(or the quality thereof).

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 56
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 9: Temporary Structure
1. Introduction
Common cause of fall incidence in the construction
industries lies mostly in the working platforms and
scaffolds used. These are mostly brought about by
improper working platform used for specified work at
heights activity, but mostly all platforms are installed
in accordance with scaffold which improperly erected
or sometimes, incomplete installations of parts
necessary for the safety of the workers.
Scaffolding has a variety of applications. It is used in
new construction, alteration, routine maintenance,
renovation, painting, repairing, and removal
activities. Scaffolding offers a safer and more
comfortable work arrangement compared to leaning
over edges, stretching overhead, and working from
ladders. Scaffolding accidents mainly involve
personnel falls and falling materials caused by
equipment failure, incorrect operating procedures,
and environmental conditions.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Identify the types of scaffolds and describe
their main characteristics
 List the main hazards to which persons
working on a scaffold are exposed and
describe at least one method of hazard
prevention for each of the hazards.
 Identify the three essential elements of safe
scaffold construction and give at least three
examples of incorporating each of the
elements.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 Scaffold - Any temporary elevated or suspended
platform and its supporting structure used for
supporting employees or materials or both, except
this term does not include crane or derrick
suspended personnel platforms.
3.2 Timber Scaffolding – a scaffold made of wood /
lumber or bamboo for support purposes.
3.3 Brace - A tie that holds one scaffold member in
a fixed position with respect to another member.
Brace also means a rigid type of connection holding
a scaffold to a building or structure.
3.4 Coupler - A device for locking together the
component tubes of a tube and coupler scaffold.
3.5 Harness - A design of straps which is secured
about the employee in a manner to distribute the
arresting forces over at least the thighs, shoulders,
and pelvis, with provisions for attaching a lanyard,
lifeline, or deceleration device.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
3.6 Outriggers - The structural member of a
supported scaffold used to increase the base width
of a scaffold in order to provide greater stability for
the scaffold.
3.7 Platform - The horizontal working surface of a
scaffold.
3.8 Travelling Scaffold - A combination of
Traditional Scaffold and Hoisting System is
specifically invented for ceiling works (installation of
lightings, cable wires, etc.).
3.9 Suspended Scaffold - are platforms suspended
by ropes, or other non-rigid means, from an overhead
structure.
3.10 Bracket Scaffold - Scaffolding supported by
brackets that are temporarily attached to the side of
a building or column. Bolts or inserts are usually left
in the previous construction to attach the brackets.
This method saves the expense offshoring from the
ground up.
3.11 Boatswain’s Chair - is a device used to
suspend a person from a rope to perform work aloft.
Originally just a short plank or swath of heavy
canvas, many modern bosun's chairs incorporate
safety devices similar to those found in rock climbing
harnesses.
3.12 Ladder Scaffold - Triangle-shaped brackets
called “ladder jacks” are attached to portable ladders,
which are used on each side of a ladder jack scaffold
to form a means of support for a platform.
3.13 Outrigger Scaffold - means a supported
scaffold consisting of a platform resting on outrigger
beams projecting beyond the wall or face of the
building or structure, the inboard ends of which are
secured inside the building or structure.
3.14 Bamboo Scaffold - is a type of scaffolding
made from bamboo and widely used in construction
work for centuries.
3.15 Baluster - A short vertical pillar used to
supporting a guardrail.
Bearer - A horizontal transverse scaffold member
(which may be supported by ledgers or runners)
upon which the scaffold platform rests and joins
scaffold uprights, posts, poles and similar members.
3.16 Cleat - A structural member used at the ends of
platform units to prevent the units from slipping off
their supports. Cleats are also used to provide footing
on sloped surfaces such as crawling boards
57
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
3.17 Cross braces - Two diagonal scaffold members
joined at their center to form an “X.” Used between
frames or uprights or both.
3.18 Eye or Eye Splice - A loop with or without a
thimble at the end of a wire rope.
3.19 Fabricated Deckling - Manufactured platforms
made of wood (including laminated wood and sawn-
wood planks), metal, or other materials.
3.20 Guard Rails System - A rail system erected
along the open sides and ends of platforms. The rail
system consists of a toprail and midrail and their
supports.
3.21 Joint - The location where vertical members of
a scaffold are combined.
3.22 Landing - A platform at the end of a flight of
stairs.
3.23 Lifeline - A flexible line that connects to an
anchorage at one end and hangs vertically (vertical
lifeline) or that connects to anchorages at both ends
and stretches horizontally (horizontal lifeline); it
connects other components of a personal fall-arrest
system to the anchorage.
3.24 Maximum Intended Load - The total load of all
employees, equipment, tools, materials, transmitted
loads, wind loads, and other loads reasonably
anticipated to be applied to a scaffold or scaffold
component at any one time.
3.25 Midrail - A rail approximately midway between
the toprail and platform of a guardrail system.
3.26 Sill - A footing (usually wood) which distributes
the vertical loads to the ground or slab below.
3.27 Supported Scaffold - One or more platforms
supported by outrigger beams, brackets, poles, legs,
uprights, posts, frames, or similar rigid support.
3.28 Suspension Scaffold - One or more platforms
suspended by ropes or other non-rigid means from
an overhead structure(s).
3.29 System Scaffold - A scaffold consisting of
posts with fixed connection points that accept
runners, bearers, and diagonals interconnected at
predetermined levels.
3.30 Tie - A device used between scaffold
component and the building or structure to enhance
lateral stability.
3.31 Toe board - A barrier secured along the sides
and the ends of a platform unit to guard against the
falling of material, tools and other loose objects.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
3.32 Top rail - The uppermost horizontal rail of a
guardrail system.
3.33 Window Jack Scaffold - A platform resting on
a bracket or jack that projects through a window
opening.
4. Department Advisory
4.1 Department Advisory 128-13 Amending
Rules 1414 on Scaffolding of the 1898 OSH
Standards.
In the interest of the service and pursuant to Article
162, Book IV of the Labor Code of the Philippines, as
amended, the following amendments to Rule 1414
(Scaffoldings) of the 1989 Occupational Health and
Safety Standards.
5. Scaffolding Safety
Scaffolds are fabricated from many materials—some
common, and others not so common. As an example,
even in this day of steel and iron, scaffolds made
from bamboo sticks are still used in some Asian
countries to erect large multistory structures.
5.1 Types of Scaffold
5.1.1 Supported scaffolds are comprised of one or
more platforms supported by outrigger beams,
brackets, poles, legs, uprights, posts, frames, or
similar rigid supports.
5.1.2 Suspension scaffolds are comprised of one
or more platforms suspended by ropes or other non-
rigid means from an overhead structure.
5.1.3 Aerial lifts are vehicle-mounted devices such
as cherry pickers or boom trucks used to get a worker
to an elevated position.
5.2 Who Uses Scaffolds
Workers on scaffolds can be divided into two groups,
erectors/dismantlers and users:
5.3 Erectors/Dismantlers
Erectors and dismantlers are those workers whose
are mainly responsible for assembling and
disassembling scaffolding. This is done before other
work can continue, and/or after work has been
completed.
5.4 Suspended Scaffolds
A suspension scaffold contains one or more
platforms suspended by ropes or other non-rigid
means from an overhead structure. Let’s take a
closer look at a few of the most common suspended
scaffolds.
58
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

5.4.1 Two-Point Swing Stage 5.6 Pump Jacks

Two-point adjustable suspension scaffolds, also Pump jacks are a uniquely designed scaffold
known as swing-stage scaffolds, are perhaps the consisting of a platform supported by moveable
most common type of suspended scaffold. Hung by brackets on vertical poles. The brackets are
ropes or cables connected to stirrups at each end of designed to be raised and lowered in a manner
the platform, they are typically used by window similar to an automobile jack. Pump jacks are
washers on skyscrapers, but play a prominent role in appealing for certain applications because they are
high-rise construction as well. easily adjusted to variable heights and are relatively
inexpensive.
5.4.2 Singe-Point Adjustable Scaffold
A single-point adjustable scaffold consists of a
platform suspended by one rope from an overhead
support and equipped with means to permit the
movement of the platform to desired work levels. The
most common among these is the scaffold used by
window washers to clean the outside of a skyscraper
(also known as a boatswain's chair).
5.4.3 Multi-Level
A multi-level scaffold is a two-point or multi-point
adjustable suspension scaffold with a series of
platforms at various levels resting on common
stirrups.
5.4.4 Supported Scaffolds
5.7 Ladder Jack
Supported scaffolds consist of one or more platforms
A ladder jack scaffold is a simple device consisting of
supported by outrigger beams, brackets, poles, legs,
a platform resting on brackets attached to a ladder.
uprights, posts, frames, or similar rigid support.
Ladder jacks are primarily used in light applications
5.4.4.1 Frame Scaffold because of their portability and cost effectiveness.

Fabricated frame scaffolds are the most common

type of scaffold because they are versatile,
economical, and easy to use. They are frequently
used in one or two tiers by residential contractors,
painters, etc., but their modular frames can also be
stacked several stories high for use on large-scale
construction.
5.5 Mobile Scaffolds
Mobile scaffolds are a type of supported scaffold set
on wheels or casters. They are designed to be easily
moved and are commonly used for things like
painting and plastering, where workers must
5.8 System Scaffold
frequently change position.
Similar to the tube and coupler scaffold except that
instead of couplers (clamps) specialized end-
fasteners function as an integral unit of the scaffold
component, allowing for quick and easy erection of
scaffolding in less time.
Proponents of the system scaffold believe that the
relatively high initial purchase cost is more than offset
by the savings in time and manpower required each
time the scaffold is assembled and disassembled.
Like the tube and coupler scaffold, this system can
be used to erect platforms around complex
structures.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 59
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.9 Tube and Coupler
Tube and coupler scaffolds are so named because
they are built from tubing connected by coupling
devices. Due to their strength, they are frequently
used where heavy loads need to be carried, or where
multiple platforms must reach several stories high.
Their versatility, which enables them to be
assembled in multiple directions in a variety of
settings, also makes them hard to build correctly.
Tubular scaffolding - It is frequently applied in
construction work.
Tube & coupler scaffold - A scaffold is built with steel
tubing that acts as standards, ledgers, transoms,
braces as well as ties and specifically designed
scaffold couplers that contributes to attach several
members.
5.9.1 Tubular scaffolding is again categorized as
follow :-
 Pipe & coupler (clamp)
 H frame
 Cuplock
6. Common Parts of Scaffold
a) Standard - Vertical scaffold tube that carries
the weight of scaffold.
b) Ledger - It is a lengthwise horizontal scaffold
tube that expands from standard to standard
to provide supports to the transoms and
makes a connection among the standards.
c) Transom - It is a horizontal transverse
scaffold member that provides support to
platform units and it is supported by
minimum two ledgers or attached directly
with minimum two standards.
d) Coupler - A component or device that is
applied to secure scaffold tubes jointly.
e) Plank - It is a separate timber board or
fabricated element that acts as flooring
member of a platform.
f) Handrail - It stands for a barrier that contains
pipes to resist falling of the workers from a
raised work area.
g) Toe board - It is a barrier with minimum 150
height to resist slide/fall of material from
platform.
h) Mudsill (sole plate) - It belongs to a wooden
plate to allocate the scaffolding load over a
satisfactory ground area.
i) base plate
j) diagonal bracing
k) access ladder.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
7. Common Hazards in the Use of Scaffold at
Work
7.1 Falls from elevation, due to lack of fall protection;
7.2 Collapse of the scaffold, caused by instability or
overloading;
7.3 Being struck by falling tools, work materials, or
debris; and
7.4 Electrocution, principally due to proximity of the
scaffold to overhead power lines.
8. Safe Scaffold Use and Erection
Safe scaffold erection and use is important in
minimizing and controlling the hazards associated
with their use. Scaffold work practices and rules
should be based on:
 Sound design
 Selecting the right scaffold for the job
 Assigning personnel
 Fall protection
 Guidelines for proper erection
 Guidelines for use
 Guidelines for alteration and dismantling
 Inspections
 Maintenance and storage
8.1 Safety Requirements on Scaffold (Department
Advisory 128-13)
8.1.1 OSHS Rule 1414.02: General Provisions.
8.1.1.1 General Requirements
a) Every scaffold shall be of good construction
of sound materials and strength for the
purpose for which it is intended;
b) Timber used for scaffolds shall be in good
condition, the bark completely stripped off,
and not painted or treated in any manner that
defects cannot be easily seen; and
c) All materials and parts of scaffold not in use
or intended for re-use shall be kept under
good condition and separate from other
materials unsuitable for scaffolds.
8.1.1.2 Specific Requirements
a) Timber/bamboo scaffolds shall be limited to
a height of 6 meters from the ground or base.
For over 6 meters height, steel scaffolds
shall be used.
b) Structural steel when used as load bearing
members of scaffolding shall be destressed
at welded or bent joints and design
construction approved by the appropriate
authority.
60
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
c) All manufactured scaffolds and its
accessories shall follow the manufacturers’
designs and specification. Technical
properties and data of such manufactured
scaffolds shall be certified true by a qualified
testing laboratory. For manufactured
scaffolds more than 6meters in height shall
be designed by structural engineer and
approved by appropriate authority.
d) All site fabricated/conventional supported
scaffolds exceeding 6 meters in height or a
working load of 150 kg/m2 shall be designed
and inspected by the structural engineer and
approved by the appropriate authority.
e) All suspended scaffolds shall be designed
and inspected by a structural engineer if site
fabricated.
f) No scaffold shall be erected, moved,
dismantled or altered except under the
supervision of a competent person.
g) A fall protection equipment shall be used
when working in a height of 2 meters and
above. For work height of 10 meters,
workers are required to use fall arrest
equipment.
h) All personnel involved in scaffolding
activities shall have appropriate training and
certification. Manufacturers’ training
certification shall be limited to the erection of
manufacturers’ equipment only.
i) Each platform on all working levels of
scaffolds shall be fully planked or decked
between the front uprights and the guardrail
supports as follow.
j) Each platform unit (e.g., scaffold plank,
fabricated plank, fabricated deck, or
fabricated platform) shall be installed so that
the space between adjacent units and the
space between the platform and the uprights
is no more than 1 inch (2.5 cm) wide.
k) Each scaffold platform and walkway shall be
at least 18 inches (46 cm) wide.
l) Each end of a platform, unless cleated or
otherwise restrained by hooks or equivalent
means, shall extend over the centerline of its
support at least 6 inches (15 cm).
m) Each end of a platform 10 feet or less in
length shall not extend over its support more
than 12 inches (30 cm) unless the platform is
designed and installed so that the
cantilevered portion of the platform is able to
support employees and/or materials without
tipping, or has guardrails which block
employee access to the cantilevered end.
n) Each platform greater than 10 feet in length
shall not extend over its support more than
18 inches (46 cm), unless it is designed and
installed so that the cantilevered portion of
the platform is able to support employees
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
without tipping, or has guardrails which block
employee access to the cantilevered end.
o) On scaffolds where scaffold planks are
abutted to create a long platform, each
abutted end shall rest on a separate support
surface. This provision does not preclude the
use of common support members, such as
“T” sections, to support abutting planks, or
hook on platforms designed to rest on
common supports.
p) On scaffolds where platforms are overlapped
to create a long platform, the overlap shall
occur only over supports, and shall not be
less than 12 inches (30 cm) unless the
platforms are nailed together or otherwise
restrained to prevent movement.
q) At all points of a scaffold where the platform
changes direction, such as turning a corner,
any platform that rests on a bearer at an
angle other than a right angle shall be laid
first, and platforms which rest at right angles
over the same bearer shall be laid second,
on top of the first platform.
8.1.1.3 1414.03: Design and Stability.
a) Supported scaffolds and their components
shall be capable of supporting without failure
at least four (4) times the maximum intended
load, while suspended scaffolds shall have
six (6) times factor of safety; and
b) All scaffolds designed by a structural
engineer shall be approved by appropriate
authority.
8.1.1.4 1414.04: Inspection of Scaffold
Components Before Erection.
a) All scaffold material delivered on site shall be
visually inspected either upon delivery or
before it is erected/installed. Any defective
material shall be repaired, replaced or
discarded.
b) Lumber with two (2) nail holes aligned
crosswise or four (4) nail holes along its
length shall not be used as horizontal load
bearing member of scaffolds.
8.1.1.5 1414.05: Site Inspection and Preparation.
a) Site inspection shall be carried out before
actual erection to check ground conditions,
overhead wires, obstructions, changes in
surface elevation, and structural support.
b) Site preparation shall be performed to
ensure that the soil are level and firm, mud
and soft soil are replaced with compacted
gravel or crushed stone, and on sloping
grounds, the area where mudsills rest shall
be leveled by excavating rather than
backfilling.
61
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
8.1.1.6 1414.06: Scaffold Erection.
1. No scaffold work shall be undertaken without the
direct supervision of a competent/qualified person as
the case may be.
2. All posts shall be maintained plumb regardless of
connection.
3. All posts spacing, and materials shall conform to
the designer’s specification.
4. All runners shall be perpendicular to the posts in
all situations. Spacing of the runners shall conform to
the designed scaffold.
5. Diagonal brace shall extend from one connection
to another. It shall be connected to the post within
150 millimeters from the point of connection.
6. Diagonal braces shall not exceed an angle of 60
degrees from horizontal
7. Diagonal braces shall be installed immediately as
the scaffold rises to maintain plumbness of the
system.
8. All posts shall be joined or connected by means of
joint pin, spigot or any appropriate means of
connections. No lap connection shall be allowed.
9. Always maintain the base width to height ratio of
1:4 during erection for stability.
10. No scaffold activity shall be undertaken if the wind
velocity exceeds 48 kph. For erected scaffold,
additional precaution shall be considered during
typhoon.
11. No other work shall be allowed to commence
below the scaffold during erection phase.
12. Working platform shall be provided per level
during erection. This working platform shall not be
removed unless the succeeding level is installed.
13. Scaffolds of more than 6 meters in height shall be
designed by a structural engineer and shall be
erected, installed and dismantled by TESDA certified
erectors.
14. Scaffold shall be erected, added, altered or
dismantled only under the supervision of the
competent/qualified person in the construction.
8.2 Tools, Equipment and Materials
Tools, equipment and materials for erection,
installation and dismantling shall be appropriate for
its usage on the type of scaffold, properly inspected
and safe for use.
8.3 Material and Personnel Access
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
8.3.1 Scaffold with one section height shall be
provided with safe access.
8.3.2 Supporting members used in the construction
of runways, ramps, stairs and ladders shall be
securely fastened and braced.
8.3.3 When hooked-on ladder is used, a rest platform
with a minimum width of 60cm (2 ft) shall be provided
every 4m in height.
8.3.4 Ladders used for access shall protrude at least
1m above the landing place.
8.3.5 When major components are removed for the
purposes of access it shall be designed.
8.4 Modifications
1. All modifications to existing scaffolds should be
carried out in such a way that the stability of the
scaffold is not impaired. As a general rule,
supplementary components should be added before
those, which have to be removed, are uncoupled and
taken away.
2. Adding sheeting or debris netting to an existing
unsheathed scaffold should only be carried out with
approval. The increased wind loads will change the
design and may require additional ties and/or
bracing.
8.5 1414.07: Scaffold Inspection and Tagging.
All scaffoldings shall be inspected prior to use.
Inspection and tagging shall be performed by a
qualified or competent person as the case may be.
1. Direct connections shall be evaluated by a
qualified or competent person who shall confirm,
based on the evaluation, that the supporting surfaces
are capable of resisting the loads to be imposed.
2. Inspections should be carried out daily and every
shift. All site fabricated/conventional supported
scaffolds exceeding 6 meters in height or a working
load of 150 kg/m2 shall be evaluated, tested and
approved by a qualified person.
3. All scaffold identification tags shall be of a solid
green, yellow, or red color with black lettering. All
scaffold tags shall be hanged in every scaffold
access points.
a) Green tags shall be hanged at each
scaffolds access that have been inspected
and are safe for use.
b) Yellow tags shall be placed whenever
special requirements for safe use are
required. Situation requiring yellow tags may
include whenever scaffold has been
62
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
modified to meet work requirements, and as
a result could present a hazard to the user.
Situation requiring Yellow tags shall be
closely supervised.
c) Red “DANGER – UNSAFE FOR USE” tags
shall be used during erection and
dismantling when the scaffold is left
unattended. Red tag shall be used when all
green or yellow tags has been removed.
4. All the records of the inspections shall be available
on site and made available to proper authority upon
request.
8.6 1414.08: Maintenance During Use.
1. All scaffolds shall be properly maintained and
every part shall be kept, fixed and secured in position
to prevent displacement.
2. No partly dismantled scaffold shall be used unless
it is rendered stable, strong and safe for the purpose.
3. Scaffoldings left standing for four (4) months shall
not be used until damaged members are replaced
and the whole structure returned to its original
strength.
8.7 1414.09: Scaffold Dismantling.
1. During dismantling, no component, which
endangers the stability of the remaining structure,
should be removed.
2. If dismantling has reached the stage at which a
critical member has to be removed, (e.g. a tie or a
brace) the stability of the structure should be assured
by fixing a similar or otherwise adequate member in
place before the member to be taken out is removed.
3. If changes are made in the scaffold structure
during its working life, it is not safe to assume that
dismantling can be carried out in the reverse order to
the erection, hence, ties and braces shall be
inspected prior to dismantling.
4. Materials should be lowered to the ground and not
stored on the scaffold. Components should not be
thrown on the ground; they should be lowered hand-
to-hand in an orderly manner or brought down by
crane, pulley or other suitable means.
8.7.1 Progressive Dismantling:
1. Scaffolds, which are to be progressively
dismantled during the demolition of a building, should
not be left projecting above the residual height of the
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
walls more than is necessary. Stabilizing ties should
be maintained, especially with sheeted scaffolds.
2. Scaffolds, which are to remain in use while partly
dismantled, should be fitted with end guardrails and
toe boards at the end of the portion in use.
3. If access is possible on to a partly dismantled
scaffold, warning notices should be fixed.
8.8 1414.10: Maintenance and Storage.
All scaffolds shall be properly maintained and shall
be kept, clean, and free of damage. Scaffolds
accessories requiring lubrication shall be oiled prior
to storage in a covered or closed container, or as per
manufacturer’s recommendation.
8.9 1414.12: Fall Protection.
8.9.1 For Supported Scaffold
Fall protection equipment shall be provided on any
scaffold 2m (6 feet) or more above ground. Personnel
performing work from a supported scaffold shall be
protected by guardrail from falling from all open sides
and ends of the scaffold. Open sides and ends shall
be allowed when the scaffold distance is 25 cm (10
in) or less from the structure being worked on.
8.10 Erectors and Dismantlers
Employers shall provide fall protection for personnel
erecting, installing or dismantling scaffolds, where it
is feasible and when using it does not create a
greater hazard.
8.11 Competent Person
The employer shall designate a competent person,
who shall be responsible for determining the
feasibility and safety of providing fall protection for
personnel erecting, installing or dismantling
scaffolds.
8.12 1414.13: Protection from Falling Objects.
All materials, equipment, and tools, which are not in
use while on the scaffold shall be secured against
accidental displacement.
18.3 Presence of Power Lines
Working around high voltage (HV) power lines can
be extremely dangerous. As work is being depleted,
it’s easy to forget the HV lines are overhead. When
working around electrical power lines, make sure you
know the voltage of energized power lines and
63
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

ensure everyone is aware of the location of 9.1 Scaffold is a temporary, elevated platform that
energized power lines. construction workers use for working safely at
elevations.

9.2 There are three basic types of scaffolds:

 Supported scaffolds are comprised of one or

more platforms supported by outrigger
beams, brackets, poles, legs, uprights,
posts, frames, or similar rigid supports.
 Suspension scaffolds are comprised of one
or more platforms suspended by ropes or
other non-rigid means from an overhead
structure.
 Aerial lifts are vehicle-mounted devices such
as cherry pickers or boom trucks used to get
a worker to an elevated position.

8.13.1 Safe Distance from Energized Power Lines
However, scaffolds can be moved closer if it is
necessary for the performance of work, provided the
power lines are de-energized or protective coverings
are installed to help prevent accidental contact.
9.3 The first step in building a scaffold includes a site
inspection to:
 Identify site-specific hazards not identified in
the preplanning stage, and
 Ensure that the specific characteristics of the
site are considered in the scaffold design

9.4 The employer shall have each employee who

8.14 1414.14: Training and Competency
performs work while on a scaffold trained by a person
Requirement.
qualified in the subject matter to recognize the
8.14.1 Competent Person hazards associated with the type of scaffold being
used and to understand the procedures to control or
a) All scaffolds competent person must minimize those hazards.
undergo the standard scaffold training and
assessment prescribed by DOLE and
TESDA.
b) The competent person shall have the
following certification:
 COSH Training Certificate from DOLE or its
accredited safety training organizations.
 Must be a holder of TESDA prescribed
Scaffold Erection certificate.
 At least 2 years’ experience in scaffold
erection.

18.15 Scaffold Erector

a) All scaffolds erectors must undergo the
standard scaffold training and assessment
prescribed by DOLE and TESDA.
b) Scaffold erectors shall have the following
certification:
 One Day Workers Safety Orientation from
DOLE or its accredited safety training
organizations
 Must be a holder of TESDA prescribed
Scaffold Erection NC II.

9. Summary and Conclusion

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 64
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 10: Industrial Hygiene
Part 1: Identification of Hazards
1. Introduction
Conditions of work and the work environment may
have either a positive or hazardous impact on health
and well-being. Ability to participate in the working life
opens the individual possibilities to carry out
economically independent life, develop his or her
working skills and social contacts.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Define industrial hygiene and health
hazards.
 Discuss the health hazards in construction
site.
 Discuss the evaluation of health hazards in
the construction workplace.
 Discuss the control measure of health
hazards.
3. Industrial Hygiene
Industrial Hygiene is the discipline of anticipating,
recognizing, evaluating and controlling health
hazards in the working environment with the
objective of protecting worker health and well-being
and safeguarding the community at large.
3.1 Health Hazards
A danger to health resulting from exposure to
chemicals, environmental pollutants, such as
asbestos or ionizing radiation, or to a life-style
choice, such as cigarette smoking or chemical
abuse.
4. Construction Labor Force
a) Skilled
b) Unskilled (Majority)
c) More than 90% are male
d) Some countries, work is left to migrant
worker
e) Women in construction
4.1 Risk Factors in Construction
Factors that increase the health risk of construction
workers include the following components:
a) constantly changing job site environments
and conditions
b) multiple contractors and subcontractors
c) high turnover and/or unskilled laborers
d) constantly changing relationships with other
work groups
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
e) diversity of work activities that happen
simultaneously
f) exposures to health hazards, both from their
own work as well as from nearby activities.
5. Types of Health Hazards in Construction
5.1.1 Chemical Hazards
A chemical hazard is a type of occupational hazard
caused by exposure to chemicals in the workplace.
5.1.2 Physical Hazards
Physical hazards are different types of energy which
may be hazardous to construction workers. They
include noise, vibration, temperature extremes, and
radiation.
5.1.3 Ergonomics Hazards
Ergonomic hazards are physical conditions that may
pose risk of injury to the musculoskeletal system,
such as the muscles or ligaments of the lower back,
tendons or nerves of the hands/wrists, or bones
surrounding the knees, resulting in a musculoskeletal
disorder (MSD). Ergonomic hazards include
awkward postures, static postures, large forces,
repetitive motion, or short intervals between activity.
5.1.4 Biological Hazards
Biological agents include bacteria, viruses, fungi
(mold), other microorganisms and their associated
toxins.
5.1.5 Psychosocial Hazards
Psychosocial hazards in the workplace can be
described as the aspects of work organization and
management that may negatively affect the
employee's mental and physical health.
5.2 Chemical Hazards
5.2a Chemical Hazards
Chemicals are found in many products used at
construction sites. Workers may be exposed to
dangerous chemicals during construction activities.
These include asbestos, lead, silica, carbon
monoxide and spray paints. The chemicals can exist
in several forms, including
 dusts
 gases
 organic solvents/vapors
 acids
 heavy metals
65
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.2.b There are four main routes of entry for
hazardous substances into the body.
6.3.2.1 Inhalation
The substance is breathed in through the nose and
mouth and down into the lungs. This is a significant
route of entry for many hazardous substances in gas,
vapor, mist, fume or dust form.
6.3.2.2 Ingestion
The substance is taken in through the mouth and
swallowed down into the stomach and then moves
on through the digestive system. This is a less
significant route of entry since people are unlikely to
deliberately swallow a hazardous substance.
Ingestion usually occurs by cross-contamination (of
the hands by a toxic substance), or by mistaken
ingestion.
6.3.2.3 Absorption through the skin
The substance passes through the skin and into the
tissues beneath and then into the blood stream. Only
some substances (e.g. organic solvents) are able to
permeate the skin in this way, but when they can this
route can be very significant, since any skin contact
allows absorption.
6.3.2.4 Injection through the skin
The substance passes through the skin barrier either
by physical injection (e.g. a needle-stick injury) or
through damaged skin (cuts and grazes).
5.2.2 Organic Solvents/Vapors
Are carbon-based substances capable of dissolving
or dispersing one or more other substances. Made
up of natural sources such as turpentine and the
citrus solvents, but most are derived from petroleum
or other synthetic sources. Used to dissolve
materials like resins and plastics. Disperse material
which is in soluble in water. Vapors are the gaseous
form of substances that are normally in a solid or
liquid state at room temperature and pressure
Vapors are formed by evaporation from a liquid or
solid and can be found where a worker would clean
and/or paint as well as where solvents are used.
Solvents, also known as VOCs (volatile organic
compounds), are used in many construction products
such as paints, thinners and glues/adhesive.
Potentially harmful solvents include toluene, xylene,
white spirit, acetone and ethyl acetate. Certain tasks,
such as spraying, can produce very high exposures.
5.2.2.1 Nature of Exposure to Solvent
There are three ways that solvents can enter the
body:
a. Inhalation. Most solvents evaporate into the
air very quickly. The fumes, dusts, gases and
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
vapors are then breathed in and easily pass
through the lungs into the blood stream.
b. Ingestion. Solvent droplets can form in the
hairs inside the nose, be sniffed in or
swallowed. Mouth contact with contaminated
hands, food and cigarettes can result in the
ingestion of solvents.
c. Skin absorption. Solvents can also be
absorbed through the skin by direct contact
and enter the bloodstream.
5.2.2.2 Occupation at Risk of Exposure to
solvents/vapors:
a) Cement Workers
b) Floor Layers and Terrazzo Workers apply
paints, liquid pastes, or mortars containing
epoxies to produce resilient, industrial floor
covering.
c) Marble Workers.
d) Painters
e) Tilers and Grouters use epoxy adhesives to
bond tiles to the substrate.
f) Plumbers.
g) Brick, Concrete, and Masonry Workers use
waterproof epoxy coatings to protect
structures from corrosion.
h) Anyone else likely to be around who might
be affected by the work you are doing.
5.2.2.3 Example of Construction Activity that
Exposed to Solvents
a) Applying paint or painting works.
b) Application of adhesive to the pipe laying
works.
c) Tile installer and Mason. Installation of tile
(tile setter works).
d) Concrete and masonry work either rough or
finishing works, include mixing of cement on
site by construction laborer.
e) Painter. Removing of paint with the used of
paint thinner.
5.2.2.4 Example of Solvents in the Construction
Site
5.2.2.4.1 Paint
Paint is made through combining chemical products.
These chemicals include solvents, binders, additives
and pigments. Paint is classified into two basic
categories, latex, in which the major liquid ingredient
is water, and solvent-based, which contains some
sort of organic solvent. Water-Based Paints: Latex,
Vinyl &acrylic. Solvent-Based Paints: alkyd, oil-
based, urethane or polyurethane, epoxy & varnish.
66
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.2.2.4.2 Paint Thinner
A paint thinner is a solvent used to thin oil-based
paints or clean up after their use. Commercially,
solvents labeled "Paint Thinner" are usually mineral
spirits having a flash point at about 40 °C (104 °F).
5.2.2.4.3 Adhesive/Epoxy
Epoxy resin systems are chemical mixtures
containing two main parts, the epoxy resin and the
curing agent (also called hardener). When combined,
these chemicals form a hard, durable plastic material
commonly known as epoxy. Epoxy resin systems
also contain other chemicals, such as solvents,
pigments, and fillers.
5.2.3 Acid
Corrosives are materials that can attack and
chemically destroy exposed body tissues. Corrosives
can also damage or even destroy metal. They begin
to cause damage as soon as they touch the skin,
eyes, respiratory tract, digestive tract, or the metal.
Most corrosives are either acids or bases. Common
acids include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric
acid, chromic acid, acetic acid and hydrofluoric acid.
Common bases are ammonium hydroxide,
potassium hydroxide (caustic potash) and sodium
hydroxide (caustic soda).
5.2.3.1 Nature of Exposure
Corrosive acids (e.g. mineral acids, alkali solutions
and some oxidizers) represent a very significant
hazard because skin or eye contact can readily occur
from splashes and their effect on human tissue
generally takes place very rapidly. Acid will enter the
body if we breathe in contaminated air. While it is not
absorbed through the skin, skin contact with strong
concentrations may cause serious burns.
5.2.3.2 Occupation at Risk of Exposure to Acids
a) Heavy equipment mechanic who handle lead
acid batteries.
b) Plumber
c) Steel workers
d) Painter
e) Applicator and installer of textile
5.2.3.3 Example of Construction Activity that
Exposed to Acids
a) Mechanics who handle dirty batteries while
on maintenance work for heavy equipment.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
b) Plumbers who come in contact with toilet
bowl cleaners mixed with water.
c) Use of explosive on demolition works.
d) Tile setter and applicator who install on
construction project/site.
e) steelworkers who are exposed to acid mists.
f) Painting and painting removal works.
5.2.3.4 Example of Acids at Construction Works
5.2.3.4.1 Lead Acid Batteries
The battery which uses sponge lead and lead
peroxide for the conversion of the chemical energy
into electrical power, such type of battery is called a
lead acid battery.
5.2.3.4.2 Nitric Acid
 Nitric acid (HNO₃) is a colorless liquid with
yellow or red fumes with an acrid odor.
 Nitric acid is highly corrosive. Workers may
be harmed from exposure to nitric acid. The
level of exposure depends upon the dose,
duration, and work being done.
 Nitric acid is used in many industries. It’s
used in the manufacture of fertilizers, dyes,
and explosives. Nitric acid is also used in the
polymer industry.
5.2.3.4.3 Sulfuric Acid
 Sulfuric acid (H2S04) is a corrosive
substance, destructive to the skin, eyes,
teeth, and lungs. Severe exposure can result
in death.
 Sulfuric acid is used in many industries. It’s
used to produce other chemicals, explosives
and glue; to refine petroleum; to cure metal;
and in lead-based car batteries.
5.2.3.4.4 Acetic Acid
 Acetic acid (CH3COOH), also called
ethanoic acid, the most important of the
carboxylic acids. A dilute (approximately 5
percent by volume) solution of acetic acid
produced by fermentation and oxidation of
natural carbohydrates is called vinegar; a
salt, ester, or acylal of acetic acid is called
acetate.
 Industrially, acetic acid is used in the
preparation of metal acetates, used in some
printing processes; vinyl acetate, employed
in the production of plastics; cellulose
acetate, used in making photographic films
and textiles; and volatile organic esters (such
67
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
as ethyl and butyl acetates), widely used as
solvents for resins, paints, and lacquers.
5.2.4 Dust and Particulate
Particulates constitute the most common type of air
contaminant in occupational settings and include
dusts, fibers, mists and fumes.
a) Dusts are solid particles that are formed or
generated from solid organic or inorganic
materials by reducing their size through
mechanical processes such as crushing,
grinding, drilling, abrading or blasting.
b) A fiber is a particle that has a length-to-
diameter ratio of 3 to 1 or greater. In the
workplace, exposure to fibers can arise from
asbestos-containing materials and man-
made mineral fibers (MMMF, also referred to
as synthetic vitreous fibers (SVF)) such as
refractory ceramic fibers, fiberglass (glass
wool and glass filament) and mineral wool
(rockwool and slagwool).
5.2.4.1 Nature of Exposure
Inhalation is the most important route of exposure in
the workplace. When particles are in the air, there is
the chance that you will inhale them. How far the
particle gets in the air passages of the respiratory
system, and what it does when it is deposited,
depends on the size, shape, and density of the
particulate material.
Particles are deposited in the lungs by one of four
different ways: interception, impaction,
sedimentation, and diffusion.
Interception: A particle is intercepted or deposited
when it travels so close to a surface of the airway
passages that an edge of the particle touches the
surface. This method of deposition is most important
for fibres such as asbestos. The fibre length
determines where the particle will be intercepted.
Impaction: When particles are suspended in air, they
have a tendency to travel along their original path.
When there is a bend in the airway system, for
example, many particles do not turn with the air but
rather impact or stick to a surface in the particles'
original path. Typically, most particles greater than
10 µm (aerodynamic diameter) are deposited in the
nose or throat and cannot penetrate the lower tissues
of the respiratory tract..
Sedimentation: As particles travel through air,
gravitational forces and air resistance eventually
overcome their buoyancy (the tendency for the
particle to stay up). The result is that the particles will
settle on a surface of the lung. This type of deposition
is most common in the bronchi, and the bronchioles.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Diffusion: Diffusion is the most important mechanism
for deposition in the small airways and alveoli. Very
fine particles 001 µm or smaller are also trapped in
the upper airway.
5.2.4.2 Occupation at Risk of Exposure to Dust
a) Masonry
b) Heavy equipment operator (loader, grader,
bulldozer, dump truck)
c) Excavation workers
d) Demolition and renovation workers
e) Carpenter and wood workers
f) Others working on the dusty area in
construction site
5.2.4.3 Example of Activity that may exposed to
Dust
a) demolition or remodeling of older buildings.
Most older building contain asbestos
insulation, or other asbestos containing
products.
b) Plastering works and application.
c) stone masonry, construction, and any
process which breaks or separates solid
material.
d) any process using abrasive blasting, such as
removal of paint and rust, cleaning of
buildings and small objects, and etching of
glass.
e) Excavation and site clearing works during
clearing phase on construction site and
preparation for foundation of structure or
building.
5.2.4.4 Example of Dust in the Construction
Workplace
5.2.4.4.1 Asbestos
 Asbestos is a generic name given to a
collection of naturally occurring minerals that
have been used extensively as fire-resistant
building and lagging materials.
 The three main forms of asbestos are blue
(known as crocidolite), brown (amosite) and
white (chrysotile).
 Historically, they have been incorporated
into many building parts such as roofs
(asbestos cement), ceilings (ceiling tiles),
walls and ceilings (in fire breaks), floors (floor
tiles), pipes (downpipes), decorative plasters
(artex) and insulation (pipe lagging). It may
also be found as asbestos rope or gaskets in
old equipment such as furnaces, chemical
pipework, or boilers
68
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

5.2.4.4.2 Silica 5.2.5.4.1 Example of Fumes:

 A component of rock commonly encountered a) Aluminum

in the mining, quarrying, pottery and b) Beryllium
construction industries, silica is hazardous c) Cadmium Oxides
by inhalation. d) Chromium
 When inhaled, respirable crystalline silica e) Copper
dust is deposited deep in the lungs. f) Fluorides
 Over time it causes scar tissue to form g) Hexavalent Chromium
(known as silicosis – very similar to h) Iron Oxides
asbestosis). i) Lead
j) Manganese
5.2.4.4.3 Wood Dust k) Molybdenum
l) Nickel
 Workers in the woodworking industry, such m) Vanadium
as carpenters and joiners, are most at risk of n) Zinc Oxides
exposure to wood dust, as well as those
working in forestry. 5.2.5.4.2 Example of Gases:

5.2.5 Gases a) Carbon Monoxide

Gases are formless fluids that expand to occupy the
space or enclosure in which they are confined.
Examples are welding gases such as acetylene,
nitrogen, helium, argon and carbon monoxide
generated from the operation of internal combustion
engines or by its use as a reducing gas in a heat-
treating operation.
5.2.5.1 Nature of Exposure
The most common route of exposure is inhalation or
breathing in gases. Inhalation is a big risk in the
workplace because so many materials we use are in
liquid state, and liquid materials can give off vapors
that can be inhaled. We sometimes also use
materials in a gaseous state. Vapors and gases can
be colorless and odorless, so you might not even
realize you are inhaling them unless you understand
the properties of the particular material.
5.2.5.2 Occupation at risk are those who works
and involved in:
a) Welder and Cutter workers
b) helper and fire watcher on welding activities
c) Heavy equipment operator
d) Welding supervisor
b) Hydrogen Fluoride
c) Nitrogen Oxide
d) Ozone
5.2.5.5 Acetylene Gas
Commercial acetylene usually has a garlic-like odor
and is slightly lighter than air. It is supplied as a gas
dissolved under pressure in a solvent, usually
acetone, and is contained in a porous mass inside its
cylinder. It has a lower flammable limit of 2.5% by
volume in air but no clearly defined upper limit. Unlike
the other fuel gases used in gas welding it is
potentially unstable; in either the liquid state or as a
gas under pressure it may decompose violently in the
absence of oxygen or air.
5.2.5.6 Oxygen Gas
Oxygen is a colorless, normally odorless and non-
flammable gas. It is slightly heavier than air. Air
normally contains about 21% by volume of oxygen
and the manner in which common materials burn in
air is well known, but in oxygen concentrations above
21% or at pressures above atmospheric, combustion
is more hazardous. Materials are more easily ignited,
they burn faster, they generate higher temperatures
and they may be difficult or almost impossible to put
out. Oxygen is used in other applications involving
metal and requiring high temperatures, such as
welding torches.

5.2.5.3 Example of Gases in Construction Site

5.2.5.4 Welding Fumes
Welding fumes contain a variety of chemicals
depending on what is being welded on, chemical
makeup of welding rods, fluxes and shielding gases.
Welding fumes enter our body through the lungs, that
is we inhale them together with the air we breathe.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.2.5.7 Confined Spaces Gases
Confined spaces include manholes, sewers, vaults,
tanks, and boilers in new construction or in repair and
maintenance work.
Carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide, welding fumes
and solvent vapors are typical confined space
chemical hazards.
69
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

5.2.6 Heavy Metals 5.2.6.4.3 Lead

Heavy metals are naturally occurring elements that
have a high atomic weight and a density at least 5
times greater than that of water.
Fumes are formed when material from a volatilized
solid condenses in cool air. In most cases, the solid
particles resulting from the condensation react with
air to form an oxide.
 Occupational exposure to lead is one of the
most prevalent overexposures.
 Industries with high potential exposures
include construction work, most smelter
operations, radiator repair shops, and firing
ranges.
5.2.6.4.3 Mercury

5.2.6.1 Nature of Exposure  Common sources of mercury exposure

include mining, production, and
Heavy metals enter the body via ingestion, skin transportation of mercury, as well as mining
absorption or inhalation. Heavy metal poisoning and refining of gold and silver ores.
occurs when your body’s soft tissues absorb too  High mercury exposure results in permanent
much of a particular metal. nervous system and kidney damage.

5.2.6.2 Occupation at Risk of Exposure to Heavy 5.3 Physical Hazards

Metals
a) Noise
a) Construction or home renovation workers b) Extreme Temperature
b) Smelters c) Extreme Pressure
c) Welders d) Illumination
e) Vibration
5.2.6.3 Example of Construction Activity that may f) Radiation
exposed to Heavy Metals g) Ventilation
5.3.1 Noise
a) Maintenance workers replacing bulbs
(example if the bulb breaks) 5.3.1.1 Noise Hazards
b) Construction workers can be exposed to
lead on bridge repair work, lead paint Prolonged exposure to excessive noise levels can
removal on metal structures or buildings or cause noise-induced hearing loss. Noise levels
demolition of old buildings with lead paint, or above 85 decibels can cause hearing loss.
using lead solder.
Several factors influence the noise levels that
workers are exposed to. For example, the type of
5.2.6.4 Common Example of Heavy Metals in the
equipment being operated, condition and
workplace
maintenance of the equipment, and enclosed or
partially enclosed spaces.
5.2.6.4.1 Arsenic
High noise levels can also be sporadic on
 Common sources of exposure to higher- construction sites. Damage to your hearing is
than-average levels of arsenic include near cumulative and exposure limits are based on 8-hour
or in hazardous waste sites and areas with averages. Workers who are not operating equipment
high levels naturally occurring in soil, rocks, are often also exposed to the excessive noise at the
and water. site.
 Exposure to high levels of arsenic can cause
death. 5.3.1.2 Noise Levels of Some Construction
5.2.6.4.2 Cadmium Equipment

 Cadmium is an extremely toxic metal

commonly found in industrial workplaces,
particularly where any ore is being
processed or smelted.
 Several deaths from acute exposure have
occurred among welders who have
unsuspectingly welded on cadmium-
containing alloys or with silver solders.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 70
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.3.1.3 Example of Occupational Exposure to
Excessive Noise
a) Heavy equipment operator-operating heavy
equipment such as backhoe, crane,
bulldozer, haul truck and forklift.
b) Equipment operator-using jack hammer to
break concrete.
c) Grinder operator. Non wearing and Improper
use of PPE during grinding works.
d) Iron workers-laying metal deck.
e) Laborer-chipping concrete
f) Carpenter-using roto hammer
g) Those assigned at handling traffic control
specially in construction area situated highly
urbanized locations.
5.3.2 Vibration
Vibration is similar in many respects to noise, both in
terms of its physical characteristics and the control
measures used.
5.3.2.1 Types of Vibration
5.3.2.1.1 Whole Body Vibration
Whole-body vibration can occur from operating large
mobile equipment, such as the following: Drillers, air
hammers, pile drivers, tractors, graders, excavators,
earth-moving equipment and other large equipment.
5.3.2.1.2 Hand Vibration
Hand and arm vibration can result from using hand-
held power tools, such as pneumatic drills and
hammers, and disc grinders.
5.3.2.2 Example of Occupational Exposure to
Vibrations
a) Equipment and Machine operator. Operating
power tools, vehicles and heavy equipment
can take both an immediate and eventual toll
on the body.
b) installing new valves, pipes, fittings and
manholes, you need to drill and do
excavation. These drillers and excavators
frequently generate a lot of vibration.
c) concrete removal brought about by hammers
and jackhammers. And tools used to shape
building stones.
5.3.3 Temperature Extremes
A change in body temperatures due to extreme work
environmental conditions can lead to stress (heat
and cold). If not treated in time, both heat and cold
stress can develop into life-threatening situations.
5.3.3.1 Heat Stress
Heat stress may be experienced by workers exposed
to excessive heat arising from work. Workers at risk
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
of heat stress include outdoor workers and workers
in hot environments such as firefighters, bakery
workers, farmers, construction workers, miners,
boiler room workers, factory workers, etc. workers
aged 65 and older, those with heart disease,
hypertension or those taking medications are at a
greater risk for heat stress.
Heat can be internally generated from internal body
sources or external work factors such as radiation,
and hot surfaces of equipment and tools. Internally
generated heat is a product of the processes that
occur within the cells, tissues and organs in the body
5.3.3.1.1 Example of Occupational Exposure to
Heat Stress
a) prolonged work under direct sunlight in
summer (asphalt paving or roofing in
summer)
b) wearable impermeable protective clothing
when doing heavy work
c) working in an enclosed area with a strong
heat source, poor ventilation, and high
humidity (heavy equipment operators in an
enclosed cab without sufficient ventilation)
5.3.3.1.2 The factors influencing heat stress
include:
a) Air Temperature - known as the ambient
room temperature.
b) Air Humidity - the amount of water vapor or
moisture content of the air.
c) Air Velocity - the rate at which air moves and
is important in heat exchange between the
human body and the environment. because
of its role in convective and evaporative heat
transfer. Air movement cools the body by
convection, the moving air removes the air
film or the saturated air (which is formed very
rapidly by evaporation of sweat) and
replaces it with a fresh air layer, capable of
accepting more moisture from the skin.
d) Radiant Temperature - the thermal load of
solar and infrared radiation in the human
body.
e) Clothing – working clothes
style/design/mode and the type of fabric can
affect the body heat temperature.
f) Physical Workload - may be categorized as
light, moderate, or heavy depending on the
task or job activity carried out by the worker.
g) Light - work-sitting or standing to control
machines.
h) Moderate work - walking about, moderate
lifting and pushing.
i) Heavy work – intense work of the extremities
and trunk.
71
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.3.3.2 Cold Illnesses/Injury
 Hypothermia. Hypothermia means "low-
heat," which is a potentially serious health
condition. This occurs when body heat is lost
faster than it can be replaced. When the core
body temperature drops below the normal
98.6°F to around 95°F,
5.3.3.2.1 Example of Occupational Exposure to
Cold Stress
a) Construction workplaces exposed to cold,
wet, and/or windy conditions include roofs,
open or unheated cabs, bridges or other
projects near large bodies of water, large
steel structures that retain cold or are
exposed to cold, high buildings open to the
wind and refrigerated rooms, vessels, and
containers.
b) Cold working conditions can also cause
problems for construction workers. For
example, rain, snow, sleet and other wet and
windy conditions can be unbearable for
extended periods of time. Below are some
other examples of cold conditions: cold air
temperatures, underground construction
work and working over water falling in.
5.3.4 Radiation
Radiation is energy that is emitted by a source.
Radiation can be categorized into many different
types, but all of these types belong to two main
classes: ionising and non-ionising.
a) Ionizing Radiation-Radiation that causes
ionization in the material that absorbs it.
b) Non-ionizing Radiation-Radiation that does
not cause ionization in the material that
absorbs it.
5.3.4.1 Types of Ionising Radiation
a) Alpha particles – sub-atomic particles
emitted by some radioactive substances.
They do not have much penetrating power
and are stopped by thin material such as
paper and the dead layer of cells on the
surface of the skin.
b) Beta particles – sub-atomic particles
emitted by some radioactive substances.
They have more penetrating power and can
penetrate through the skin into living tissues.
c) X-rays – a form of high-energy
electromagnetic radiation (light) emitted by
some radioactive substances and X-ray
generators. They have high penetrating
power and can pass right through the human
body (though not through dense bone tissue)
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
d) Gamma-rays – a form of very high-energy
electromagnetic energy (light) emitted by
some radioactive substances. They have
very high penetrating power and can pass
right through the human body (even the
bones) and through solid objects such as
steel and concrete to a degree.
e) Neutrons - sub-atomic particles emitted by
some radioactive substances. They have
very high penetrating power and can
penetrate through the body.
5.3.4.2 Types of Non-Ionising Radiation
a) Ultra-violet (UV) – high-frequency
electromagnetic radiation (light) emitted by
white-hot materials such as the arc produced
during arc-welding or excessive exposure to
the sun.
b) Visible light – electromagnetic radiation
between the UV and IR frequencies that is
visible to the human eye, arising from
artificial lighting and display screens.
c) Infra-red (IR) – lower-frequency
electromagnetic radiation (light) emitted by
red-hot materials, such as molten metal
being poured into castings.
d) Microwaves – lower-frequency
electromagnetic radiation emitted by a
microwave generator.
e) Radiowaves – lower-frequency
electromagnetic radiation emitted by an
antenna. Radiowaves are absorbed and
cause internal heating in the same way as
microwaves.
f) Lasers are also sources of non-ionising
radiation and can operate at UV, visible and
IR frequencies (those operating at IR and UV
frequencies would not be visible to the eye).
5.3.4.3 Example of Occupational Exposure to
Radiation
a) Construction workers exposed to emitted low
radiation from building materials sandstone,
concrete, brick, natural stone, gypsum, or
granite.
b) Construction workers exposed to radio-
frequency (RF) radiation may suffer personal
injury such as blindness and sterility.
5.3.5 Illumination
It is the measure of the stream of light falling on a
surface and expressed in lux.
72
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.3.5.1 Sources of Light
 Natural sources
 Artificial sources
5.3.5.2 Types of Lightning
 General Lighting
 Local Lightning
5.3.5.3 Example of Occupational Exposure to
Inadequate Illumination
 Inadequate illumination at temporary and
permanent work sites is very common and
accounts for a significant percentage of slips,
trips and falls on the job.
 Workers on construction site not seeing
obstructions on or near walking and working
surfaces may cause to fall, slip and trips.
 Accidental contact with electrical parts or
energy sources by electrician.
 Accidental contact with rotating or moving
machinery of the machine/equipment
operator.
5.3.7 Pressure Extreme
Below or greater than normal atmospheric pressure.
5.3.7.1 Example of Occupational Exposure to
Abnormal Pressure
a) Workers on caisson activity is a watertight
retaining structure used, for example, to work on the
foundations of a bridge pier, for the construction of a
concrete dam or for the repair of ships. Caissons are
constructed in such a way that the water can be
pumped out, keeping the work environment dry.
When piers are being built using an open caisson,
and it is not practical to reach suitable soil, friction
pilings may be driven to form a suitable sub-
foundation. These piles are connected by a
foundation pad upon which the column pier is
erected.
b) Welder. Dry underwater welding is done in a
hyperbaric chamber. Your habitat is set to have
pressure close to, but higher than, that of the surface.
Air is constantly cycled through to keep your
environment breathable and prevent toxic fumes
from building up. This also sucks out any gasses that
could cause an explosion. The type of habitat you
work in will depend on the company you’re working
for and the size of your project. Some habitats can fit
a couple of workers in them at a time. Others just
enclose your upper body and some only enclose the
electrode.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.4 Ergonomics
Ergonomics means finding ways to work easier and
just as productive. It means working smarter, not
harder. ergonomic hazards are the most frequently
occurring health hazards in construction and the
cause of most injuries. Ergonomics is the process of
designing or arranging workplaces, products and
systems so that they fit the people who use them.
Ergo=Work
Nomos=Laws
5.4.1 Example of Occupational Exposure to
Ergonomics Hazards
a) Workers working on poorly designed
machines, tools, and the workflow, they can
place undue stress on ten-dons, muscles,
and nerves.
b) Carrying large loads of bricks would be
considered excessive force.
c) Working in an awkward position
encompasses everything from prolonged
shoulder flexion to crouching in a confined
workspace. Awkward posture is a deviation
from the ideal working posture of arms at the
side of the torso, elbows bent, with the wrists
straight. Awkward postures typically include
reaching behind, twisting, working overhead,
kneeling, forward or backward bending, and
squatting. If the posture is awkward during
work, there is an increased risk for injury.
The more the joint departs from the neutral
position, the greater the likelihood of injury
d) repetitive motions such as using a manual
screwdriver over and over.
e) jobs that expose a worker to continual
vibration, like jackhammering.
f) Workers lifting object. Twisting while lifting,
pushing, pulling, lowering, or raising.
5.5 Biological
Biological agents include bacteria, viruses, other
microorganisms and their associated toxins. They
have the ability to adversely affect human health in a
variety of ways, ranging from relatively mild, allergic
reactions to serious medical conditions, even death.
These organisms are widespread in the natural
environment; they are found in air, water, soil, plants,
and animals. Because many microbes reproduce
rapidly and require minimal resources for survival,
they are a potential danger in a wide variety of
occupational settings.
73
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.5.1 Fungi
Fungi include molds and yeasts. Some fungi are able
to cause infection on or inside the human body (e.g.
athlete’s foot). Some fungi produce toxins
(mycotoxins) that are harmful to humans. Fungi
reproduce by forming spores that are released,
dispersed and find a suitable environment to grow in.
Inhalation of large numbers of these tiny spores can
cause lung disease, such as Farmer’s Lung.
Generally, most fungi are harmless in an
occupational context.
5.5.2 Bacteria
Bacteria are simple single-celled organisms. They
vary widely in shape and many have a tail (flagella)
that allows them to move through liquid. Some form
hardy spores that can survive adverse conditions
such as heat, cold and lack of water (e.g. bacillus
anthracis, the bacteria responsible for anthrax).
Bacteria grow in virtually every environment on the
planet, from water and soil to deep ocean and
subterranean rock. There are approximately ten
times as many bacteria growing in or on the typical
human body as there are human cells.
5.5.3 Viruses
Viruses are micro-organisms but are not strictly alive.
They are self-replicating molecules (genetic material
contained in a protein shell) that invade host cells,
take control of the cell to produce more viruses, and
then release these viruses to repeat the cycle. Virus
particles are much smaller than fungal and bacterial
cells. Hepatitis and Acquired Immune Deficiency
Syndrome (AIDS) are two diseases of occupational
significance that are caused by viruses present in
human body fluids. Viral infections are usually
prevented or halted by the body’s immune system.
This immune response takes time to come into effect,
however, so there is often a period of illness before
the body’s defenses become effective (an effect seen
every time you catch a cold). Some viral infections
are so severe that the immune system cannot
respond effectively and serious disease or death
results (e.g. smallpox). Some viral infections are not
dealt with effectively by the body and so can persist
(e.g. Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), the
causative agent of AIDS).
5.5.4 Protozoa
Protozoa are a very large and diverse group of
single-celled organisms that all have a cell nucleus.
They are therefore different to bacteria where no
nucleus is present in the cell. Protozoa are often
motile (able to move) and do not photosynthesis.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.5.5 Exposure to Biological Hazards
Construction workers exposure to biological hazards
may occur during demolition, renovation, sewer
work, work on air handling systems, or other
construction work from contact with contaminated or
disease-carrying materials.
5.5.5.1 In the construction industry, biological
health hazards are most commonly found:
 working in health care facilities.
 an accumulation of animal waste and the
presence of rodents, insects and birds.
 during demolition and remodeling of old
structures and buildings where there is likely
the presence of mold.
 during clearing operations and the removal
of plants, trees and other foliage.
 landscaping.
5.6 Psychosocial Hazards
Psychosocial hazards are caused by stress and
violence. Having conflicts with co-workers and the
manager, having trouble keeping up with activities or
working in poor conditions are some examples of
either stress or violence factors in the workplace.
Psychosocial hazards can potentially lead to
decreased mental and physical stability/capability,
aggression and insecurity. These hazards need to be
recognized early to prevent further stress and
violence from developing.
5.6.1 Stress Factors:
a) Conflict with manager or co-workers
b) Poor working conditions
c) Heavy workloads
Industrial construction tends to be considered one of
the more potentially dangerous occupations. While
all jobs create stress, stress in the industrial
construction industry is unique. Job site stress not
only places the worker at an increased risk of injury,
accident, and long-term health consequences, it can
also put coworkers at risk and impact the entire
project in terms of shutdowns, delays, and increased
costs.
Deadlines, long hours, demanding clients, the
pressure to be better, faster and cheaper than your
competitors and the complex projects requiring
multiple skills are all major sources for stress on an
industrial site. The effects of stress can include
difficulty concentrating, low morale, sleep issues, and
strains on family/social relationships, along with
significantly increased safety risks. The demands on
skilled workers often lead to physical and
psychological problems that can contribute to the
overall risks and dangers in the industry.
74
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

5.7 Violence: 7. Health Hazards Identification

a) Threats Health Hazard Identification is used to systematically
identify and evaluate health hazards, evaluate
A threat is a communicated intent to inflict harm or
proposed hazardous materials, and propose
loss on another person.
measures to eliminate or control these hazards
b) Harassment through engineering design changes or protective
measures to reduce the risk to a level acceptable.
Harassment covers a wide range of behaviors of an
offensive nature. It is commonly understood as 8. Department Order 136-14 Guidelines for the
behavior that demeans, humiliates or embarrasses a Implementation of Globally Harmonized System
person, and it is characteristically identified by its (GHS) in Chemical Safety Program in the
unlikelihood in terms of social and moral Workplace
reasonableness. In the legal sense, these are
behaviors that appear to be disturbing, upsetting or 8.1 GHS - an acronym for Globally Harmonized
threatening. They evolve from discriminatory System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals.
grounds, and have an effect of nullifying or impairing The GHS is a system for standardizing and
a person from benefiting their rights. When these harmonizing the classification and labeling of
behaviors become repetitive, they are defined as
chemicals. It is a logical and comprehensive
bullying.
approach in :
c) Assault
 Defining health, physical and environmental
An assault is the act of inflicting physical harm or hazards of chemicals
unwanted physical contact upon a person.  Creating classification processes that use
available data on chemicals for comparison
with the defined hazard criteria; and
6. Recognizing workplace hazards  Communicating hazard information, as well
as protective measures, on labels and Safety
Information on workplace hazards may already be Data Sheets (SDS).
available to employers and workers, from both
internal and external sources. Hazards can be 8.1.1 Industrial chemicals shall be classified
introduced over time as workstations and processes according to the following criteria for GHS
change, equipment or tools become worn, Hazard Classifications:
maintenance is neglected, or housekeeping 8.1.1.1 GHS Physical Hazards
practices decline. Setting aside time to regularly
a) Explosives
inspect the workplace for hazards can help identify
b) Flammable Gases
shortcomings so that they can be addressed before
c) Flammable Aerosols
an incident occurs.
d) Oxidizing Gases
a) Conduct regular inspections of all e) Gases Under Pressure
operations, equipment, work areas and f) Flammable Liquids
facilities. Have workers participate on the g) Flammable Solids
inspection team and talk to them about h) Self-Reactive Substances
hazards that they see or report. i) Pyrophoric Liquids
b) Review of medical records and safety data j) Pyrophoric Solids
sheet. k) Self-Heating Substances
c) Collect information on workers complaint l) Substances Which in Contact with Water
and feedback report from safety box. Emit Flammable Gases
d) Review process of the production, materials m) Oxidizing Liquids
used and end products. n) Oxidizing Solids
e) Review records of summary of o) Organic Peroxides
illness/diseases reports and include p) Corrosive to Metal
accident/incident report in relation to
exposure to hazardous substances and
8.1.2 GHS Health Hazards
physical agents.
 Acute Toxicity
 Skin Corrosion
 Skin Irritation
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 75
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

 Eye Effects 8.5 2019 Changes: GHS Revision 8

 Sensitization In July 2019, the 8th revised edition of GHS was
8.1.3 Environmental Hazards published. Amendments were approved and these
new changes include:
 Hazardous to the Aquatic Environment
 Hazardous to the Ozone Layer  Change of Classification Criteria for
Aerosols. Under the new edition, aerosols
8.2 Harmonized label elements: will be classified in three categories for their
a) Symbol/pictogram hazard class. They are determined based on
b) Signal word their flammable properties, heat of
c) Hazard statement combustion, and applicable test results.
 New Hazard Category: Chemicals Under
8.3 Benefits of GHS
a) Provides a chemical classification and Pressure. It is now possible to identify and
labelling system that is updated and classify chemicals under pressure, which are
maintained internationally.
b) Includes provisions for a common and solids or liquids that are pressurized with a
coherent approach to classifying hazards gas at a certain temperature and pressure.
and preparing labels and safety data sheets.
c) Results in more effective communication Information on criteria, as well as
worldwide. corresponding signal words, pictograms,
d) Facilitates trade in chemicals.
e) Provides global benefits, regional as well as and hazard statements, are provided.
national benefits to governments, industry,  New Labeling Example for Sets or Kits. GHS
and chemical users.
revision 8 introduces examples for set/kit
8.4 Chemical Safety Symbols (Pictogram) labeling for situations in which there is not
enough space to relate the required
information.
 New Precautionary Pictograms for “Keep out
of Reach of Children”. This edition includes
two new pictograms developed by AISE and
JSDA. The pictograms efficiently convey the
meaning of precautionary statement P102:
“Keep out of reach of children.”
 Other Hazards Not Resulting Classification:
Dust Explosion. An altered Annex 11
provides advice on dust explosion hazards.
It covers potential factors, identification,
mitigation, prevention, communication, and
risk assessment.
 Skin Corrosion/Irritation Classification Based
on In Vitro/Ex Vivo Data. The new revision
(Source: Occupational Safety & Health Standards as amended) now includes detailed instructions on how to
use in vitro/ex vivo test data to analyze
whether a substance or mixture causes skin

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 76
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

irritation and corrosion. Previous test 2. Hazards identification

methods addressed either corrosion or 3. Composition/information on ingredients
irritation, not both.
4. First aid measures

5. Firefighting measures
8.6 Example of GHS Formatted Label
6. Accidental release measures

7. Handling and storage

8. Exposure controls/personal protection

9. Physical and chemical properties

10. Stability and reactivity

11. Toxicological information

12. Ecological information

13. Disposal considerations

14. Transport information

15. Regulatory information

16. Other information including information on

preparation and revision of the SDS

(Source: www.nicelabel.com)
8.8 Confined Space Safety
8.7 Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and Labels
Is a document that must accompany all chemicals  is large enough and configured so an
and is supplied by the distributor which provides employee can enter and perform assigned
important physical characteristics, ecological, health, work
safety and toxicological information on chemical  has limited or restricted means for entry or
substances or mixture ingredients used at the exit
 is not designed for continuous employee
workplace, transported, and utilized by consumer.
occupancy.
8.7.1 All industrial chemicals shall be labeled 8.8.1 Major Hazards Within Confined Spaces
with the following GHS label elements:
Major hazards include:
1. Product Identifier
 Oxygen-deficient atmosphere from the
2. Supplier Identifier enclosed space.
3. Chemical Identity  Fall hazards from work materials,
equipment, or elevation.
4. Pictograms
 Purging agents such as nitrogen and argon,
5. Signal Words
which can displace oxygen and rapidly
6. Hazard Statement asphyxiate workers.

7. Precautionary Statement  Electrical shock hazards when operating

power tools in a moist and enclosed
8.7.2 The Safety Data Sheet (SDS) shall be well- environment.
communicated and made available to the
 Poor illumination.
workers. It shall have 16 sections containing the
following minimum information:  Heat exhaustion from poorly ventilated
spaces.
1. Identification of the substance or mixture and of
the supplier
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 77
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
 Toxic atmospheres created by equipment or
dust.
8.8.2 Examples Confined Spaces
 Manholes.
 Pipe Assemblies.
 Tanks.
 Bins.
 Underground utility vaults.
 Tunnels.
 Open top spaces more than 4 feet in depth
8.8.3 Permit-Required Confined Spaces (PRCS)
Space that meets the criteria for a confined space
and has one or more of the following characteristics:
 It contains or has the potential to contain a
hazardous atmosphere;
 It contains a material with the potential to
engulf someone who enters the space;
 It has an internal configuration that might
cause an entrant to be trapped or
asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or
by a floor that slopes downward and tapers
to a smaller cross section; or
 It contains any other recognized serious
safety or health hazards.
8.9 Summary
a) The industrial hygiene consists of the
following approach anticipation and
recognition of the hazards which involved
identifying hazards in the workplace,
evaluation of the exposure to the hazards
and control of health hazards in the
workplace.
b) Four Types of Health Hazards are Physical,
Chemical, Biological and Ergonomics.
c) One of main duties of the safety officer is the
conduct of hazards identification in the
workplace which served as basis for
classifying their workplace.
d) Health hazards identification is part of the
risk assessment process.
e) Identifying hazards in the workplace can be
carried out in the form of inspection, review
of records of medical, exposure accident
report, safety data sheet and
feedback/complaint from workers.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Part 2: Evaluation of Health Hazards/Work
Environment Measurement (WEM)
9. Evaluation of Health Hazards
9.1 Working Environment Measurement
Working environment measurement shall mean
sampling and analysis carried out in respect of the
atmospheric working environment and other
fundamental elements of working environment for the
purpose of determining actual conditions therein.
9.1.1 OSHS Ruel 1077.03: Requirements
a) The working environment measurement
shall be performed by the safety and medical
personnel who have taken adequate training
and experience in working environment
measurement.
b) In the event of inability to perform the
working environment measurement, the
employer shall commission the
Bureau/Center for Occupational Safety and
Health/Regional Labor Office concerned and
other institutions accredited or recognized by
the Bureau, to perform the measurement.
9.1.2 Prohibition in the Practice of WEM
a) Establishments shall only seek WEM
services from accredited WEM Providers.
Otherwise, the WEM shall not be regarded
as compliant with Rule 1077 (Working
Environment Measurement) of the OSHS.
b) No person or organization shall be allowed
or hired to provide WEM services unless the
requirements of this rule are complied with.
9.3 Evaluation of Environmental Parameters
a) Determination of the magnitude or level of
hazards with the use of IH equipment.
b) Analysis of samples.
c) Comparison of measurement results to
standards called TLV.
9.3.1 Threshold limit values (TLVs)
Threshold limit values (TLVs) refer to airborne
concentrations of substances and represent
conditions under which it is believed that nearly all
workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day
without adverse health effects.
OSHS Rule 1072: Threshold Limit Values for
Airborne Contaminants
1072.01:
78
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Threshold limit values refer to time weighted

concentrations for an 8-hour workday and a total of Duration/Day Hours Sound Level dB(A)
forty-eight (48) hours work of exposure per week. (hr)
8 90
6 92
9.3.1.1 Typical Time Constants
4 95
1. Time-Weighted Average - Apportions the
measured exposure based on the interval of time 3 97
during which the exposure occurred. Can apply to
2 100
any period but is typically used for 8-hour periods of
time. Also applies to short term samples (i.e., a STEL 1½ 102
is a 15-minute TWA)
1 105
2. Short-term exposure limit (STEL) - Contaminant ½ 110
concentration averaged over a 15-minute period.
¼ 115
3. Ceiling (TLV-C)- Instantaneous concentration; or
concentration averaged over a 15-minute period if (Source: OSH Standards as amended)
technology does not exist to measure instantaneous
concentrations The National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH) has recommended that all worker
exposures to noise should be controlled below a level
equivalent to 85 dBA for eight hours to minimize
occupational noise induced hearing loss.

9.3.3 Illumination

a. 1075.01: General Provisions

All places where persons work or pass or may have

(Source: OSH Standards as amended)
9.3.2 Noise
The human ear can hear sounds across an
enormous range of intensities; from the threshold of
hearing up to the threshold of pain. The intensity of
the pressure wave at the threshold of pain is
10,000,000,000,000 times greater than the intensity
of the pressure wave at the threshold of hearing.
The human ear is not equally sensitive to sounds
across all frequencies. Humans cannot hear very
low- or very high frequency sounds. The human
hearing frequency range is from 20Hz to 20,000Hz
(20KHz). Even within this frequency range the
human ear is more efficient at detecting the mid-
range frequencies. Because the human ear is not
equally sensitive to sounds at all frequencies, sound
level meters have weighted scales to account for a
variable sensitivity to frequency.
to work or pass in emergencies, shall be provided
during time of use with adequate natural lighting or
artificial lighting or both, suitable for the operation
and the special type of work performed.
b. 1975.02: Natural Lighting
(1) Skylights and windows should be located and
spaced so that daylight conditions are fairly uniform
over the working area.
(2) Where necessary, skylights and windows should
be provided with means to avoid glare.
(3) A regular system of cleaning skylights and
windows should be established to ensure that they
are kept clean at all times.
c. 1075.03: Artificial Lighting
(1) Artificial lighting shall be provided when daylight
fails or for area where the daylight illumination is
insufficient.

(2) The general lighting should be of uniform level,

9.3.2.1 Permissible Noise Exposure widely distributed to avoid harsh shadows or strong
contrast and free from direct or reflected glare.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 79
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
(3) Where intense local lighting is necessary, a
combination of general and supplementary lighting at
the point of work may be provided.
(4) Supplementary lighting shall be specially
designed for the particular visual task and arranged
or provided with shading or diffusing devices to
prevent glare
d. OSHS Rule 1075.04: Intensity
(1) Artificial lighting shall be adequate at the place of
work for the operation or work performed.
(2) A minimum of 20 lux (2-foot candles) shall be
provided for yards, roadways and outside
thoroughfares.
(3) A minimum of 50 lux (5-foot candles) shall be
provided:
a. where discrimination of detail is not
essential, such as handling coarse materials,
coal or ashes, rough sorting or grinding of
clay products;
b. for passageways, corridors, stairways,
warehouses, storerooms for rough and bulky
materials.
(4) A minimum of 100 lux (10-foot candles) shall be
provided:
a. where slight discrimination of detail is
essential such as for the production of semi-
finished iron and steel products, rough
assembling, milling of grains, opening,
picking and carding of cotton, or other
primary operation in most of the industrial
processes.
b. for engine and boiler rooms, passenger
and freight elevators, crating and boxing
departments, receiving and shipping rooms,
storerooms, and stockrooms for medium and
fine materials, locker rooms, toilets, and
washrooms.
(5) A minimum of 200 lux (20-foot candles) shall
be provided where moderate discrimination of
details is essential, such as for medium assembling,
rough bench and machine work, rough inspection of
testing of products, sewing light-colored textile or
leather products, canning and preserving, meat
packing, planning of lumber and veneering.
(6) A minimum of 300 lux (30-foot candles) shall be
provided where close discrimination of details is
essential such as for medium bench and machine
work, medium inspection, fine testing, flour grading,
leather finishing and weaving cotton goods or light
colored cloth/ goods or for office desk work with
intermittent reading and writing for fling and mail
sorting.
(7) A minimum of 500 to 1,000 lux (50 to 100-foot
candles) shall be provided where discrimination of
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
fine details is involved under conditions of a fair
degree of contrasts for long assembling, fine bench
and machine work, fine inspection, fine polishing and
beveling of glass, fine woodworking and weaving
dark colored cloth/goods, or for accounting,
bookkeeping, drafting, stenographic work, typing or
other prolonged close office desk work.
(8) A minimum of 1000 lux (100-foot candles) shall
be provided where discrimination of extremely fine
detail is involved under conditions of poor contrast for
long periods of time, such as for extra fine
assembling instrument, jewelry and watch
manufacturing, grading and sorting tobacco
products, makeup and proof-reading in printing
plants, and inspection of sewing dark-colored cloth
products.
(9) The provisions of paragraphs 2 to 8 apply to
lighting equipment under average operating
conditions. Where conditions allow, it may be
necessary to provide initially an illumination of at
least 25% more. In locations where dirt will collect
rapidly, the initial level should be at least 50% above
the recommended standards.
(10) Any windowless room shall be provided with
general lighting sufficient in intensity for the most
exacting operations carried therein.
Note: I foot candle = 10.75 lux For purpose of
computation use I foot candle = 10 lux.
9.3.4 Heat Stress
Heat Stress – The net heat load to which a worker is
exposed. Physical exertion, environmental factors,
and clothing worn all contribute to heat stress.
Heat Strain – The body's physiological response to
heat stress (e.g., sweating).
Environmental factors (humidity, wind, temperature,
and radiant heat), clothing, and workload ( metabolic
rate) are considered when determining if there is a
heat hazard present in an indoor or outdoor
workplace. After the WBGT is measured, clothing
adjustment factor added, and workload translated
into metabolic rate; use the ACGIH TLV & Action
Limit table to determine the risk for exposure to heat
stress above the AL for un-acclimatized workers or
the TLV for acclimatized workers.
9.3.4.1 A WBGT meter is the most accurate tool for
adjusting the temperature for heat stress factors
including humidity, air movement (i.e., wind), radiant
heat, and temperature.
Measuring WBGT at the site, or using historic WBGT
logs/records, are the most accurate methods to make
80
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
work/rest regimen decisions, or to assess the hazard
after a heat-related incident.
9.3.4.2 ACGIH TLV for Heat Stress Exposure
a. Threshold Limit Values
%Work Workload
Light Moderate Heavy
75 to 100% 31.0°C 28.0°C N/A
(Continuous)
50 to 75% 31.0°C 29.0°C 27.5°C
25 to 50% 32.0°C 30.0°C 29.0°C
0 to 25% 32.5°C 31.5°C 30.5°C
*Criteria values are not provided for Heavy/Very
Heavy work for continuous and 25% rest because of
the extreme physical strain. Detailed job hazard
analyses and physiological monitoring should be
used for these cases rather than these screening
criteria.
10. Summary
10.1 OSHS Rule 1071- This rule establishes
threshold limit values for toxic and carcinogenic
substances and physical agents, which may be
present in the atmosphere of the work environment.
10.2 Threshold Limit Values refer to airborne
concentration of substances and represent
conditions under which it is believed that nearly all
workers may be repeatedly exposed daily without
adverse effect.
10.3 Working environment measurement-mean
sampling and analysis carried out in respect of the
atmospheric working environment and other
fundamental elements of working environment for the
purpose of determining actual conditions therein.
10.4 WEM is an exposure assessment process of
measuring the magnitude, frequency and duration of
exposure to physical and chemical hazards.
Part 3: Control of Health Hazards
10. Control Measures of Health Hazards
10.1 General Principle of Hazards Control
a) Involve workers, who often have the best
understanding of the conditions that create
hazards and insights into how they can be
controlled.
b) Identify and evaluate options for controlling
hazards, using a "hierarchy of controls."
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
c) Use a hazard control plan to guide the
selection and implementation of controls and
implement controls according to the plan.
d) Develop plans with measures to protect
workers during emergencies and nonroutine
activities.
e) Evaluate the effectiveness of existing
controls to determine whether they continue
Very to provide protection, or whether different
Heavy
N/A
controls may be more effective. Review new
technologies for their potential to be more
N/A protective, more reliable, or less costly.
28.0°C
30.0°C
10.3 Engineering Control
10.3.1 Ventilation
Ventilation is the mechanical system in a building
that brings in "fresh" outdoor air and removes the
"contaminated" indoor air. In a workplace, ventilation
is used to control exposure to airborne contaminants.
It is commonly used to remove contaminants such as
fumes, dusts, and vapors, to provide a healthy and
safe working environment. Ventilation can be
accomplished by natural means (opening a window)
or mechanical means (fans or blowers).
10.3.2 Specific Engineering Controls for Specific
Health Hazards
10.3.4.1 Shielding –Used for controlling exposure to
ionizing radiation.
10.3.4.2 Engineering Controls for Non-ionizing
Radiation. Technical measures to reduce unwanted
emission of radiation – interlocks, shielding,
enclosures, screens.
10.3.4.3 Engineering controls can eliminate or
reduce exposure to heat-related hazards by properly
designing tools, equipment, machinery, and the
facility. The best engineering controls to prevent
heat-related illness is to make the work
environment cooler and to reduce manual workload
with mechanization.
10.3.4.4 Engineering Control of Noise exposure:
a) Damping is one modification technique that
can be very effective at reducing the noise
radiated from steel panels and any structure
that can ‘ring’ due to vibration.
b) Acoustic Barriers. This involves installing
an acoustic screen between the noise
source and the receiver. The screen is most
effective against high frequencies and when
close to the source. Barriers can be hard
structures placed close to the noise source
81
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
or can be flexible, matting type materials
suspended in the workplace adjacent to the
noise source.
c) Acoustic Enclosure. To be effective,
enclosures must be airtight; the smallest gap
allows sound to escape and reduces the
attenuation of the noise inside the enclosure.
This is a particular problem with, for
example, woodwork machines, such as
saws and planes, where timber is fed in at
one end and comes out at the other.
However, such equipment can be fitted with
noise-reducing feed, and delivery tunnels
fitted with windows to allow clear viewing and
with adequate lighting.
10.3.4.5 Engineering controls for Ergonomics
hazards involve making changes to workstations,
tools, or equipment used on the job. These controls
are preferred over all others because they make
permanent changes that can totally eliminate
hazards at the source.
10.3.4.6 Engineering controls for cold stress can be
effective in reducing the risk of cold stress through
the design of equipment, materials, and facilities. For
example:
a) Radiant heaters may be used to warm
workers.
b) Shielding work areas from drafts or wind will
reduce the wind chill.
c) Using insulating materials on equipment
handles, especially metal handles, when
temperatures drop below 30 degrees
Fahrenheit.
10.4 Administrative Control
Reduction of the number of workers exposed and
exclusion of non-essential access reduction in the
period of exposure of workers regular cleaning of
contaminated walls, surfaces provision of adequate
facilities for washing, changing and storage of
clothing, including arrangements for laundering
contaminated clothing
a) Reduction of work periods
b) Adjusting work schedules
c) Employee information and training
d) Job Rotation
e) Housekeeping and Maintenance
10.4.1 Information and Training
All employees working with chemicals shall attend
the Chemical Safety Training including that of GHS,
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
methods of storage, transport and waste disposal of
chemicals as well as emergency and first-aid
measures.
10.4.2 Emergency Response.
The risk assessment should address not only the
control measures needed to minimize exposure
during normal use, but also foreseeable
emergencies, including spillages. The escape of
large quantities of a hazardous substance may
require the evacuation of the premises and the
surrounding area (which may include domestic
properties) and then liaising with the emergency
services.
10.4.5 Specific Administrative Controls for
Specific Health Hazards:
10.4.5.1 Administrative Controls for Ionising
Radiation
a) Time – minimize the duration of exposure.
As with noise and vibration, the dose of
radiation received is directly proportional to
the duration of exposure: halve the duration,
halve the dose.
b) Distance – the greater the distance from the
radiation source to the exposed worker, the
lower the dose of radiation received. This
means that if the distance from source to
person is doubled, the dose of radiation
decreases to a quarter (rather than a half, as
you might expect).
10.4.5.3 Administrative Controls for Vibration
a) Care and Maintenance. Tools and
equipment suffer wear and tear during
normal use.
b) Job rotation and rest breaks can reduce
exposure time.
c) Instruction on the control measures to
minimize the risk should be given. Some of
this will relate to equipment use, but it should
also include advice on keeping hands warm
and dry to maintain good blood circulation.
10.4.5.4 Administrative Controls for Cold Stress
a) Train workers about cold-induced illness and
injuries.
b) Encourage workers to wear proper clothing for
cold, wet and windy conditions, including layers that
can be adjusted to changing conditions.
c) Be sure workers in extreme conditions take a
frequent short break in warm, dry shelters to allow
their bodies to warm up.
82
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

d) Try to schedule work for the warmest part of the g) Scheduling more breaks to allow for rest and
day. recovery.
e) Use the buddy system-work in pairs so that one
worker can recognize danger signs. 10.5 Personal Protective Equipment

10.4.5.5 Administrative Controls for Heat Stress Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is
commonly used as a control measure where workers
a) Modify work schedules and activities for
workers who are new to warm environments. are at risk of exposure to hazardous substances
b) Reduce physical demands.
c) Ensure that workers drink an adequate
amount of water or electrolyte-containing
fluids.
d) Implement a buddy system for new workers
and in heat stress environments.

10.4.5.6 Administrative Controls for Hazards of

Poor Illumination

a) Replace bulbs on a regular schedule. Old

bulbs give less light than new ones so
replace them before they burn out.
b) Clean light fixtures regularly. Dirt on light
fixtures reduces the amount of light given off. Three Different Types of PPE that are particularly
c) Use more reflected light and local lighting to relevant to hazardous substances:
eliminate shadows; for example, a covered
light mounted under a transparent guard on a) Respiratory Protective Equipment (RPE)
a grinding wheel provides the added light b) skin protection
needed to clearly see the task. c) eye protection.
d) Do not position workstation with light fixture
directly behind worker.
11. Summary and Conclusion
11.1 Ventilation is commonly used to remove
10.4.5.7 Administrative Controls for Ergonomics
Hazards contaminants such as fumes, dusts, and vapors, to
a) Safe procedures should maintain workers in
provide a healthy and safe working environment.
neutral postures and reduce frequency,
duration, and severity of exposure to risk 11.2 Ventilation can be accomplished by natural
factors. Lifting, carrying, pushing, or pulling
means (opening a window) or mechanical means
objects can strain the back, arms, and
shoulders. Strength and lifting limits should (fans or blowers).
not be exceeded; extreme muscular exertion
11.3 One of the most important principle of hazards
can cause injury. Effective lifting techniques
should always be used. control is involve workers.
b) Broadening or varying the job content to
11.4 Hierarchy of controls are engineering,
offset certain risk factors (e.g., repetitive
motions, static and awkward postures) Administrative & PPE.
c) Adjusting the work pace to relieve repetitive
11.5 Some PPE used in hazardous substances are
motion risks and give the worker more
control of the work process. hand, respiratory protection and eye & face
d) Training in the recognition of risk factors for
protection.
MSDs and instruction in work practices that
can ease the task demands or burden.
e) Reducing shift length or curtailing the
amount of overtime.
f) Rotating workers through several jobs with
different physical demands to reduce the
stress on limbs and body regions.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 83
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 11: Medical Surveillance
(Occupational Health)
1. Introduction
Occupational health deals with all aspects of health
and safety in the workplace and has a strong focus
on primary prevention of hazards. The health of the
workers has several determinants, including risk
factors at the workplace leading to cancers,
accidents, musculoskeletal diseases, respiratory
diseases, hearing loss, circulatory diseases, stress
related disorders and communicable diseases and
others.
2. Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course element the
participants will be able to:
• Discuss medical surveillance and biological
monitoring as strategies in examining health
conditions of workers.
• Explain the role of these strategies in
preventing occupational illness.
• Discuss the different steps in conducting
medical surveillance.
• Identify the role of safety officer in the
implementation of medical surveillance
program.
3. Three Methods of Workplace Exposure
Monitoring
1. WEM-Work Environment Measurement
2. Biological monitoring is an examination of
materials such as blood or urine that come from living
organisms (workers), to determine if there has been
exposure to chemical substances in the workplace.
3. Medical surveillance is the analysis of health
information to look for problems that may be
occurring in the workplace that require targeted
prevention.
3.1 Purpose of Medical Surveillance
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
 Prevention of illness/new cases. Identify
medical conditions that could lead to an
occupational disease.
 Early detection of work-related health
problems & determining its cause.
3.2 How medical surveillance achieves the
objectives of occupational Health?
a) Integrating the WEM, biological monitoring
and the medical surveillance results help
promote & maintain the highest degree of
physical, mental, & social well-being of
workers of all occupations
b) Analysis of the health information prevent
workers from departures due to health
caused by their working conditions.
c) With the end point of developing and
implementing control measures, it protects
workers in their working environment from
hazards & risks usually causing adverse
health effects
d) The different medical examinations help
place & maintain a worker in an occupational
environment adapted to his/her physiological
& psychological capabilities
4.The relationship of the three methods for risk
evaluation
Environmental monitoring carried out sampling and
analysis of atmospheric working environments. In
this phase a work-related event of exposure to
physical and chemical agents as well as harmful
substances in the workplace take place but there is
possibility of no significant health effects to the
workers yet.
Biological monitoring detect the amount of chemical
that has entered the body from all sources of contact
(skin absorption, inhalation, or ingestion). While the
purpose of a medical surveillance to evaluate any
adverse health effects to target organs of exposures
to hazardous substances .
5. Exposure Disease Paradigm
(Source: Hunter’s Diseases of Occupations)
The exposure–disease paradigm is a model that
shows how environmental toxicants might cause
disease. It is a continuum that includes the release of
a contaminant from a source through human
exposure to the occurrence of a health effect.
Susceptibility/vulnerability divide the continuum,
increasing or decreasing resistance to absorption
84
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
and/or effect from toxicants. The term
susceptibility/vulnerability cover both biological and
non-biological factors, including genetic
predisposition, pre-existing health conditions, and
social conditions.
6. Determinants of Workers health in the
workplace
6.1 Exposures in the Workplace
a) Physical properties
A physical property is a characteristic of hazardous
agent. Physical property may also be density, color,
hardness, melting and boiling points and electrical
conductivity. For example the hazardous substances
in the form welding fumes may cause life-threatening
poisoning if workers inhaled large concentrations.
Another example is accidental ingestion or contact
with colorless hazardous chemicals in which the
workers is unaware whether the chemical is
corrosive, toxic or skin irritant.
b) Frequency of exposure
Refers to how often or how many times in a day
c) Duration of exposure
Refers to how long a worker is exposed to in a day,
number of months, years.
d) Magnitude of exposure
The magnitude of exposure refers to the amount of
exposure which is measured.
e) Timing of exposure
Windows of susceptibility when the body is especially
sensitive to exposures on some chemicals. For
example, a cement factory worker with history of lung
diseases is susceptible to exposure to hazards
created by cement dust.
f) Multiplicity of exposure
It is seldom that workers are exposed to say, only one
kind of chemical in the workplace. Generally, there
are a number of chemicals being used in the
workplace.
6.1 Health Practices
A healthy habit is any activity or behavior that can
benefit your physical, mental, or emotional well-
being. Unhealthy habits for example like Smoking,
too much alcohol and use of drugs increased workers
susceptibility to occupational illness and diseases or
even injury.
In addition, good personal hygiene keeps all parts of
the external body clean and healthy. It is important
for maintaining both physical and mental health.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
In people with poor personal hygiene, the body
provides an ideal environment for germs to grow,
leaving it vulnerable to infection.
6.3 Social-Personal Factors
6.3.1 Occupational status
Occupational status is observed to be related to
health because positions of individuals within the
organizational structure may define access to
resources and constraints that can have implications
for health and each particular job has its own set of
demands and rewards that can influence health,
such as physically hazardous or psychologically
stressful working conditions as well as effects of the
job on lifestyle factors including drinking, smoking,
and obesity. Members of different occupational
groups also vary in risk factor development and
health behaviors because selection criteria for
recruitment differ across jobs, as do patterns of
socialization and the nature of work performed.
6.3.2 Employment conditions
In order for work to have a positive effect on your
physical health, your job must be safe, allow you
some level of control and influence over what you do
and how you do it and provide you with a sense of
self-worth.
For many workers chronic job instability or facing
unemployment is a particular concern that can
negatively impact mental health.
Too much job-related stress can result in the
development of certain mental health disorders like
anxiety and depression, as well as drug abuse,
alcoholism and gambling. Your relationships with
your family and friends may also deteriorate if you
are unable to manage your job-stress.
6.3.3 Income
The Higher level of income connect with better health
they have better access health facility and can buy
nutritious foods. People/workers who live in a low-
income society with a low level of income show that
more miserable health condition that they cannot
afford better health services and insufficient
resources.
6.3.4 Inequities in sex, age, race, etc
6.3.4.1 Age
85
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Some occupations are considered hazardous for
minors under 18 years of age. Generally, minors may
not work at jobs that involved manufacturing or
storing explosives, driving a motor vehicle and being
an outside helper on a motor vehicle and Coal
mining. The major reason children has a limited
exposure to diseases and therefore haven't yet built
the immunologic defenses. Adult workers are
susceptible to certain occupational disease because
of older bodies don’t produce as many white blood
cells, T-cells, and natural killer cells, inadequate
blood flow make it difficult for immune cells to quickly
travel to the site of an invasion and trigger a response
and very thin skin which is a portal of infection due to
skin wound.
6.3.4.2 Sex
Women, men and children vary in their physiological
susceptibility to the effects of exposure to toxic
chemicals. Women may have different susceptibility
to the impacts of toxic chemical exposure due to
differences in physiology and in connection with their
reproductive cycles.
6.3.4.3 Genes
One’s genetic make up may make one susceptible to
certain disorders. There are medical conditions that
we inherit. Example are high blood cholesterol,
Down syndrome, muscular dystrophy.
6.3.4.4 Race
The term race refers to the concept of dividing people
into populations or groups on the basis of various
sets of physical characteristics (which usually result
from genetic ancestry).
6.3.4.5 Medical history
The total sum of a patient's health status prior to the
exposure to the current workplace hazards and
contaminants. For example, previous lung illness
may make one more at risk in developing
occupational lung disease if exposed to substances
that target the lungs.
6.3.4.6 Family history
A family medical history can identify people with a
higher than usual chance of having common
disorders, such as heart disease, high blood
pressure, stroke, certain cancers and diabetes.
These complex disorders are influenced by a
combination of genetic factors, environmental
conditions and lifestyle choices.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
6.3 Access to Health Services
Access to comprehensive, quality health care
services is important for promoting and maintaining
health, preventing and managing disease, reducing
unnecessary disability and achieving health equity.
7. Reasons for conducting medical surveillance
7.1 Worker population is not homogenous – not
all condition and health statuses of personnel are
the same.
7.2 Monitoring of certain high risk groups – to
observe the condition of vulnerable people inside
the workplace.
O New workers – those newly hired by the company
and not yet familiar with the activities and conditions
inside the workplace.
O Workers returning after illness or injury-workers
may not yet have the ability to work full-time or unable
to function in the job in the same way as before the
injury or illness.
O Workers with concurrent condition that can be
adversely affected by workplace hazards – co-
morbidity or those personnel with existing health
ailments that could trigger if being exposed to such
hazardous condition.
O Workers exposed to very hazardous substances or
work processes-workers exposure to hazardous
substance depends on the activities performed,
sometimes hazardous substances are necessary for
the work process and cannot be eliminated or
substituted.
7.3 When diseases in question are associated with
particular exposure or industry – those activities that
involves the condition of acquiring the diseases
brought about by it.
7.4 Hazard level within safe or acceptable limits do
not guarantee that workers won’t be affected – the
condition will not give an assurance that health might
not be affected even if the condition are within the
TLVs.
7.5 Meet regulatory requirements – meeting the
standard guidelines aligned
8. Steps in Conducting Surveillance
8.1 Identification of Hazards and Exposure
Collect, organize, and review information with
workers to determine what types of hazards may be
present and which workers may be exposed or
potentially exposed. Information available in the
workplace may include: Exposure monitoring results,
86
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

industrial hygiene assessments, and medical 8.2.2.1.5 Preventions

records, Patterns of frequently occurring injuries and
illnesses.  Abstinence
Abstinence means not having oral, vaginal,
Exposure assessment addresses questions such as or anal sex. An abstinent person is someone
who is exposed (population characteristics), how who’s never had sex or someone who’s had
they are exposed (pathway), how long they are sex but has decided not to continue having
exposed (duration), how often they are exposed sex for some period of time.
(frequency), to how much they are exposed  Be Faithful
(magnitude), and what is the total exposed Encourages to eliminate casual or other
population. concurrent sex partners and to practice
fidelity within the relationship and other
sexual relationships.
8.2 Identify the Health Effects of Exposure to
 Condom use
Occupational health hazards
Use condoms the right way every time you
have sex.
8.2.2 Diseases Cause by Biological  Do not inject Drugs/ no sharing of
Hazards/Agent. needles
You are at very high risk for getting HIV if you
8.2.2.1 Human Immune Virus (HIV)/ Acquired use a needle or works after someone with
Immune Deficiency Syndromes (AIDS) HIV has used them.
 Education/awareness
8.2.2.1.1 AIDS
It provides workers with opportunities to
This is Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome; it is learn how they can help prevent the onward
the appearance of clinical manifestation of HIV transmission of the HIV virus.
infection. In this state, the person presents with
opportunistic infections of unlimited extents and
possibilities. They also present with atypical
8.2.2.1.6 Department Order 102-10 HIV/AID
presentation and severity. Person with AIDS is very
Workplace Policy Program
infectious, they are very ill and prone to aggressive
kinds of cancer. In conformity with Republic Act No. 8504 otherwise
known as the Philippine AIDS Prevention and Control
8.2.2.1.2 HIV
Act of 1998 which recognizes workplace-based
It’s a viral infection that attacks and slowly destroys programs as a potent tool in addressing HIV/AIDS as
the immune system of the infected person that leads an international pandemic problem.
to “immune deficiency”. It is progressive and can lead
8.2.2.1.6a Formulation of the Workplace Program
to lack of body defense to all kinds of infection
including those that don’t normally infect man and a) It is mandatory for all private workplaces to
can also lead to cancer susceptibility. have a policy on HIV and AIDS and to
implement a workplace program.
8.2.2.1.3 Mode of Transmission b) There shall be collaborative efforts from the
management and the workers
 infected blood like blood stained representatives in the development and the
needles/medical instrumentations implementation of the policy and program.
 sexual contacts between casual
acquaintances or with strangers/multiple
partners, or partners of infected OFW 8.2.2.1.6b Implementation & Monitoring
 sharing of needles among drug users
 accidental needle pricking or trauma among  Within the establishment, the
health professionals. implementation of the policy and program
 From an HIV positive mother to her baby shall be monitored and evaluated
periodically; the safety and health committee
or its counterpart shall be tasked for this
purpose.
8.2.2.1.4 Occupation at Risk
a) health care employees. 8.2.2.2 Tuberculosis (TB)
b) Commercial sex workers.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 87
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Tuberculosis (TB) is a disease caused by bacteria
called Mycobacterium tuberculosis. The bacteria
usually attack the lungs, but they can also damage
other parts of the body.
8.2.2.2.1 Mode of Transmission
a) Airborne droplet through coughing,
sneezing, singing.
b) Direct invasion through mucus membranes
or break in skin.
c) Ingestion of unpasteurized milk or dairy
products (Bovine Tuberculosis).
8.2.2.2.2 Occupation at Risk
Close contacts of persons exposed to contagious
cases of TB, Healthcare workers who serve high-risk
clients, employees of high-risk congregate settings
(prisons, nursing homes, homeless shelters, drug
treatment facilities, and healthcare facilities).
8.2.2.2.3 Prevention
a) Prompt diagnosis and treatment of
infectious cases.
b) Vaccination
c) Training and education of method control
and transmission.
d) Always cover your mouth with a tissue when
you cough or sneeze. Seal the tissue in a
plastic bag, then throw it away.
e) Wash your hands after coughing or sneezing
8.2.2.2.4 Department Order 73-05-Guidelines for
the Implementation of Policy and Program on
Tuberculosis (TB) Prevention and Control in the
Workplace. Pursuant to Executive Order No. 187,
Instituting a Comprehensive and Unified Policy for
Tuberculosis Control in the Philippines (CUP).
8.2.2.2.5 What will companies do in case they
have workers with PTB?
 Presumptive TB and Presumptive DR-TB
must be referred to the nearest DOTS facility
by the company health personnel for proper
evaluation and management using the
appropriate form provided by the DOTS
facility.
 All referrals should be have supporting
documents such as previous or current
treatment card, results of sputum
examination, chest x-ray result or other
diagnostic tests, certification of diagnosis
from previous physician, etc.
 Workers with presumptive TB have the right
to know the reason/s for referral and to
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
participate in the choice of facility where he
or she will be referred.
 Companies must keep a record on the
compliance and the medical management of
their presumptive TB workers.
 Confidentiality of patients’ records is to be
observed at all times.
 Workers with TB should be managed
completely and properly by both the referring
company and DOTS facility.
8.2.2.3 Hepatitis B
Hepatitis B is a potentially life-threatening liver
infection caused by the hepatitis B virus (HBV). It is
a major global health problem. It can cause chronic
infection and puts people at high risk of death from
cirrhosis and liver cancer.
8.2.2.3.1 Mode of Transmission
a) spread from mother to child at birth (perinatal
transmission), or through horizontal transmission
(exposure to infected blood)
b) percutaneous or mucosal exposure to infected
blood and various body fluids, as well as through
saliva, menstrual, vaginal, and seminal fluids.
c) Sexual transmission
d) reuse of needles and syringes
8.2.2.3.2 Occupation at Risk
a) occupations in the healthcare setting.
b) other workers whose occupation involves the
potential for exchange of bodily.
8.2.2.3.3 Prevention
 vaccination
 Wash your hands thoroughly with soap and
water after any potential exposure to blood
 Use condoms with sexual partners
 Avoid direct contact with blood and bodily
fluids
 Clean up blood spills with a fresh diluted
bleach solution (mix 1-part bleach with 9
parts water)
 Cover all cuts carefully
 Avoid sharing sharp items such as razors,
nail clippers, toothbrushes, and earrings or
body rings
 Discard sanitary napkins and tampons into
plastic bags
 Avoid illegal street drugs (injecting, inhaling,
snorting, or popping pills)
 Make sure new, sterile needles are used for
ear or body piercing, tattoos, and
acupuncture.
88
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

8.2.2.3.4 Department Advisory 05-10 Guidelines
for the Implementation of Workplace Policy &
Program on Hepatitis B
Hepatitis B continues to be a major public health
concern in the Philippines. Because it is transmitted
through blood and body fluids, Hepatitis B is not
spread through usual workplace activities. The job of
most workers does not confer a risk for transmission
of Hepatitis B.
8.2.2.3.5 Formulation of Workplace Policy &
Program
a) It is mandatory for all private workplaces to
have a policy on Hepatitis B and to
implement a workplace program.
b) The policy should be rights-based,
incorporating human rights standards and
principles.
c) There shall be collaborative efforts from
management and worker representatives in
the development and implementation of the
policy and program.
8.2.2.3.6 Preventive Strategies
Prevention of Hepatitis B infection in the workplace
shall be achieved through the implementation of the
following strategies:
a) All establishments are encouraged to
provide Hepatitis B immunization for all its
workers.
b) Measures to improve working conditions.
c) Personal Protective Equipment shall be
made available for all workers in high risk
occupations at all times.
d) Workers should be given training and
information on adherence to standard or
universal precautions in the workplace.
occupations such as farming, firefighting, and
construction workers and campers and gardeners,
are at higher risk.
8.2.2.4.2 Prevention
 Vaccination.
 Immediate and good wound care can also
help prevent infection.
8.2.3 Health Effect of Chemical
Safety Date Sheet is useful in collecting information
on the health effects of chemical.
8.2.3.1 General Classification of Toxic Effects
1. Local toxicity. Occurs at the site of
chemical contact.
2. Systemic toxicity. Distant site from point of
contact, may involve many organ systems.
8.2.3.2 Acute and Chronic Effects
Acute exposure is short-term exposure to a
chemical, lasting anywhere from seconds to hours at
a time. Health effects show up immediately or soon
after the exposure and can range from minor
irritations to far more serious impacts such as eye
damage or loss of consciousness.
Chronic exposure is a continued or repeated
exposure to a toxic substance like lead over a long
period of time (months or years). The effects of
chronic exposure can take years to become apparent
and are, in many instances, permanent.
8.2.3.3 Example of Hazardous substances and
their health effects.

8.2.2.3.7 Implementation and Monitoring Agents Industry Disease

Lead Battery Anemia
a) Within the establishment, the manufacturing
implementation of the policy and program Lead Smelting
shall be monitored and evaluated Benzene Solvent Aplastic
periodically; the safety and health committee Soap Anemia
or its counterpart shall be tasked for this Manufacturing
Acetone Cosmetic ketoacidosis
purpose.
Manufacturing,
8.2.2.4 Tetanus Rubber Cement
Plant
Tetanus, also called lockjaw, is a serious infection Toluene Petroleum inflammation
caused by Clostridium tetani. This bacterium refinery plant of the skin,
produces a toxin that affects the brain and nervous and liver and
kidney
system, leading to stiffness in the muscles. damage.
Xyelene Petroleum depression
refinery plant, of the central
8.2.2.4.1 Occupation at Risk Wood processing nervous
industries. system,
Everyone who has not had a tetanus shot is at risk to pulmonary
this disease. However, persons in certain edema

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 89
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Methyl Acetate Chemical Plant, skin irritation, Vinyl Chloride Plastics, Vinyl Liver Cancer
Agricultural and chloride
plantation pulmonary monomer
irritation manufacturing
Hexane Petroleum and polyneuropat Carbon Cleaning Fluid, Acute Liver
crude oil plant hy Tetrachloride Dry Cleaners Toxicity
Chloroform Solvent and Eye and Nitric Acid Polymer industry, pulmonary
refrigerant respiratory Manufacturing of edema,
manufacturing irritation, explosive, dyes pneumonitis,
industry cancer and fertilizers bronchitis,
and dental
Arsenic Smelting, Cirrhosis erosion
Chlorinated Insecticides Acetic Acid plastic soft drink Severe
Hydrocarbons Chemical bottles, allergic
industry photographic reactions
Turpentine Chemical Kidney and film; and
industry- nervous polyvinyl acetate
insecticide, system for wood glue
plastic damage Sulfuric Acid explosives and Severe
Asbestos Insulation, Asbestosis, glue exposure is
Cement, tiles Lung cancer manufacturing, fatal,
products (mesothelio refinery of Larynx and
ma) petroleum, car lung cancer
Tetrachloroethyl Dry cleaning, Liver batteries.
ene Automotive parts, damage,
Metal working Cancer
industries
Carbon Fossil fuel Acute CO
Monoxide burning (Vehicle) poisoning 8.2.4 Health Effects of Physical Hazards
Cadmium Battery, Chronic renal
Chemical failure These include excessive levels of ionizing and non-
Industries, ionizing electromagnetic radiation, noise, vibration,
Battery Mfg.
illumination, and temperature.
Mercury Battery, Renal stones
Chemical Nephrotic
Industries, Syndrome, 8.2.4.1 Non-ionizing Radiation
Battery Mfg. neurological
disturbances 8.2.4.1.1 Types of Non-ionizing and their health
Hexavalent Electroplating Liver and effects
chromium and welding digestive
industries organ
 Ultra-violet (UV) – Health effects include
damage, redness and burns to the skin (sunburn),
Lung cancer pain and inflammation to the surface of the
Formaldehyde Household Eye and eye, leading to temporary blindness known
products, respiratory as photokeratitis (often called arc-eye or
embalming and irritation, snow-blindness), increased risk of skin
laboratories, cancer cancer, premature aging of the skin.
Manufacturing of
paper, plywood,  Visible light –Visible light is particularly
fertilizer.
dangerous to the eyes because the retina is
Arsenic Paint, agricultural Hyperkeratos
very sensitive to it. It can cause temporary
& glass industries is, cancers of
the bladder blindness if it is intense (disability glare) and
and lungs permanent eye damage if it is very intense
Beryllium aerospace, lung cancer (e.g. from a high-powered laser).
telecommunicatio
ns, automotive  Infra-red (IR) –Health effects include
electronics, and redness and burns to the skin; retinal burns,
medical development of eye cataracts over time.
specialties
Silica construction and Silicosis  Microwaves –Are absorbed and cause
oil & gas (lung cancer)
industries
internal heating of the skin. High doses
Epoxy Resins Rubber, synthetic Acute cause internal organ damage and can be
fabric Hepatitis fatal.
manufacturing
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 90
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

 Radiowaves – Are absorbed and cause  dexterity reduces.

internal heating in the same way as o Joint damage – abnormal bone
microwaves. growth can occur at the finger joints.
 Raynaud’s Disease - Raynaud's disease
(also known as Raynaud's phenomenon,
8.2.4.1.2 Ionizing Radiation Raynaud's syndrome or simply Raynaud's)
is a blood vessel disorder that causes the
A. Health Effects of Ionizing Radiation vessels in the body's extremities to constrict
Acute effects of exposure to high doses of more than necessary when experiencing
ionising radiation include: stress or cold temperatures. The constricted
vessels prevent blood from reaching the
 Radiation sickness - nausea, vomiting and surface of the skin. This causes the affected
diarrhea. areas, typically fingers and toes, to turn
 Blistering and ulceration of the skin. white, blue, then red.
 Hair loss.
 Dermatitis. 8.2.4.2.2 Whole Body Vibration - Mechanical
 Cataracts. vibration arises from a wide variety of processes and
 Anemia, due to red blood cell damage. operations performed in manufacturing industry,
 Reduced immune system, due to white blood mining, construction, transport and haulage, forestry
cell damage. and agriculture, and the public utilities. Whole body
 Infertility. vibration (WBV) occurs when the human body is
supported on a surface that is vibrating

B. Chronic effects of exposure to ionising a) The best-recognized health effect of WBV

radiation include: relates to the outcome of low-back pain
 Cancer. (LBP).
 Genetic mutations. b) neck–shoulder pain
 Birth defects. c) cervical disc degeneration
d) autonomic disturbance
e) disorders of balance and digestion
8.2.4.2 Vibration f) effects on menstruation and perhaps labor.

Vibration is similar in many respects to noise, both in

terms of its physical characteristics and the control 8.2.4.3 Illumination: Health Effects
measures used.
8.2.4.3.1 Visual Fatigue
8.2.4.2.1 Health Effects of vibration
Poor lighting and glare can cause visual fatigue (or
eye strain) by making the visual system work harder.
A. Hand-Arm Vibration Syndrome (HAVS) This is
The symptoms of fatigue vary according to the task
a condition that specifically affects the hands and
being carried out and the lighting conditions.
arms as a result of a significant vibration dose to the
hands. A. Symptoms of visual fatigue include:

B. Symptoms include:  irritation of the eyes (inflammation, itchiness)

 breakdown of vision (blurred or double
vision)
 Vibration white finger (VWF) – the blood  referred symptoms (headaches, giddiness,
supply to the fingers shuts down (often in fatigue).
response to cold) and the fingers turn white  Strain injuries, such as neck and backache,
(known as ‘blanching’) and become numb. can also occur and are usually due to the
The blood supply returns after a time and the person bending to get closer to the task due
fingers become red and painful. to poor lighting.
 Nerve damage – the nerves carrying sensory
information from the fingers stop working 8.2.4.3.2 Eye Tissue Damage from Light
properly resulting in a loss of pressure, Exposure
heat/pain sensitivity and feeling.
o Muscle weakening – grip strength Even for non-laser light sources, it is the nature of
and manual visible radiation that it is focused on the retina by the
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 91
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
lens giving increased irradiance, so an intense light
source viewed directly by the eye can lead to retinal
damage through local burning.
8.2.4.3.3 Disabling and Discomfort Glare
Glare may occur when windows or other light
sources are too bright compared with the general
brightness of the scene being viewed (anybody who
has driven a car at night will be familiar with the
approaching car that has the headlights on main
beam). If glare impairs perception, then it is known
as ‘disability glare’. If it simply causes a nuisance
then it is known as ‘discomfort glare’.
8.2.4.3.4 Color Assessment
The ability of the human eye to discern color is
greatly hampered under low light conditions. This is
because the color-sensing cells in our eyes are less
sensitive than those which simply detect black or
white.
8.2.4.3.5 Stroboscopic Effects
Strobe effects have been a problem with certain
lights that operate from AC power. The oscillations in
the power levels cause oscillations in the light level.
8.2.4.3.6 Incorrect Perception/Failure to Perceive
Insufficient or unsuitable lighting can affect
perception by casting shadows that leave hazards in
semi or total darkness. When moving from areas of
very different light intensities, it can take the eye a
little while to adapt to the lower or higher light levels.
Moving from a very dark area to a bright area (or vice
versa) very quickly can cause a temporary loss of
vision.
8.2.4.4 Heat
Heat is a measure of energy in terms of quantity.
8.2.4.4.1 Heat Rash
Heat rash often occurs in hot, humid environments
where sweat doesn’t evaporate from the skin. The
sweat ducts become clogged and result in a rash.
Heat rash can be very uncomfortable. Victims of heat
rash will see clusters of red bumps on the skin. The
rash usually appears on the neck, upper chest and
folds of the skin.
8.2.4.4.2 Heat Cramps
Heat cramps may happen alone or with other heat-
related illnesses. They are painful muscle spasms
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
caused by dehydration while performing hard
physical labor in a hot environment. The cramps are
usually caused by too much salt in the body due to
sweating but can also be caused by too little salt.
Tired muscles are also very susceptible to heat
cramps.
8.2.4.4.3 Heat Exhaustion
Heat exhaustion is caused by the loss of large
amounts of fluid. This can happen by sweating and
sometimes with an extensive loss of salt.
8.2.4.4.4 Heat Stroke
Heat stroke is the most serious heat-related illness.
It occurs when the body’s temperature-regulating
system fails, and sweating becomes an inadequate
way of removing excess heat. Heat stroke requires
immediate medical attention and can result in death.
When heat stroke doesn’t kill immediately, it can shut
down major body organs causing acute heart, liver,
kidney and muscle damage, nervous system
problems, and blood disorders.
8.2.4.5 Cold Stress: Health Effects
8.2.4.5.1 Hypothermia
Hypothermia means “low-heat,” which is a
potentially serious health condition. This occurs
when body heat is lost faster than it can be replaced.
When the core body temperature drops below the
Normal body temperature from 37C to 35 C.
When the body temperature drops, heart, nervous
system and other organs can't work normally. Left
untreated, hypothermia can lead to complete failure
of your heart and respiratory system and eventually
to death.
8.2.4.6 Noise
Exposure to excessively loud noise can physically
damage the transmission structures of the ear and
can also cause deterioration of the sensory hairs in
the inner ear. Noise is defined as all sound which can
result in hearing impairment or be harmful to health
or otherwise dangerous.
8.2.4.6.1 Effects of Noise Exposure
a) Tinnitus is a condition where the sufferer
hears “ringing in the ear”.
b) Threshold shift is a reduction in a person’s
ability to hear, they need more sound
intensity to stimulate their hearing. The
condition can be permanent or temporary.
c) Noise-Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is
permanent threshold shift caused by
exposure to excessive noise. Is a condition
that results from failure of the hair cells in the
92
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

cochlea to respond fully to sound intensities e) increase the risk of death from
having frequencies within the human speech cardiovascular disease and cancer.
range.
d) Neuro-psychological disturbances such as
headache, fatigue, insomnia 8.2.4.7.5 Workers who by the Nature of their Work
(sleeplessness) and irritability. have to Stand at Work (DO 178-17)
e) Cardiovascular system disturbances such as 8.2.4.7.5.1 Health Effects
hypertension and cardiac disease.
f) Digestive disorders such as peptic ulcers a) Standing effectively reduces the blood
and colitis. supply to the loaded muscles.
b) Insufficient blood flow accelerates the onset
of fatigue and causes pain in the muscles of
8.2.4.7 Ergonomics the legs, back and neck (these are the
muscles used to maintain an upright
8.2.4.7.1 Musculoskeletal Disorders (MSDs) position).
c) The worker suffers not only muscular strain
When there is a mismatch between the physical but other discomforts also.
requirements of the job and the physical capacity of d) Prolonged and frequent standing, without
the worker, work-related musculoskeletal disorders some relief by walking, causes blood to pool
(MSDs), also called workplace musculoskeletal in the legs and feet.
disorders (WMSDs) can result. MSDs affect the e) When standing occurs continually over
muscles, nerves, blood vessels, ligaments and prolonged periods, it can result in
tendons. inflammation of the veins. This inflammation
may progress over time to chronic and
8.2.4.7.2 Common Symptoms of MSDs painful varicose veins.
f) Excessive standing also causes the joints in
 Painful joints
the spine, hips, knees and feet to become
 Pain, tingling, numbness in hands, wrists,
temporarily immobilized or locked.
forearms, shoulders, knees and feet
g) This immobility can later lead to rheumatic
 Shooting or stubbing pains diseases due to degenerative damage to the
 Swelling or inflammation tendons and ligaments (the structures that
 Fingers or toes turning white bind muscles to bones).
 Back or neck pain
 Stiffness
8.2.4.8 Other Occupational Health Hazards
 Less strength for gripping or hand grasping
 Less range of motion
 Loss of muscle function 8.2.4.8.1 Stress
 Inability to do everyday tasks.
Stress is not a disease but a natural reaction to
8.2.4.7.3 Factors Contributing to MSDs pressure. Pressure is an inherent part of work,
whether it is a deadline that must not be missed, or a
 Awkward and static postures rate of output that must be maintained.
 Repetitive motions
 Forceful 8.2.4.8.1a Causes of stress
 Pressure points and Contact stress
 Vibration  Demands – excessive demands of the job in
terms of workload (too much or too little),
speed of work and deadlines, as well as
8.2.4.7.4 Workers Spend Long Hour Sitting
working hours (excessively long) and work
(Department Order 184-17)
patterns ( changing shift patterns).
8.2.4.7.4.1 Health Hazards of Prolong Sitting
 Control – lack of control over work,
a) obesity and a cluster of conditions — especially where the work is demanding.
increased blood pressure, high blood sugar,
excess body fat around the waist and  Support – lack of support in terms of
abnormal cholesterol levels. information, instruction and training to do the
b) Musculoskeletal disorder. work and having no one to turn to when
c) Anxiety. pressure increases.
d) Diabetes.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 93
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

 Relationships – poor workplace 8.2.4.8.2 Bullying

relationships, in particular bullying and
harassment (whether by managers, peers,
or even subordinates).
 Role – lack of clarity about an individual’s
role, what responsibilities and authority they
have, and how they fit in to the larger
organizational structure.
If a worker feels they’re being singled out for unfair
treatment by a boss or colleague, they’re probably
being bullied. There’s no comprehensive list of
bullying behaviors and no one type of person who’s
likely to be a bully. Bullying can be described as
unfair, offensive, intimidating or insulting behavior
intended to undermine, humiliate or injure someone.

 Change – the threat of change and the 8.2.4.8.2.1 Health Effects and symptoms of
change process itself, whether it is a change Bullying:
that affects just one worker (e.g. demotion,
re-assignment) or the whole organization
(e.g. redundancies, management takeover),  Anxiety
can create huge anxiety and insecurity.  headache
 nausea
 ulcers
8.2.4.8.1b Effects of Stress  sleeplessness
 skin rashes
 Psychological – anxiety, low self-esteem,  irritable bowel syndrome
depression.  high blood pressure
 Physical – sweating, fast heartbeat, high  tearfulness
blood pressure, skin rashes, muscle tension,  loss of self-confidence
headache, dizziness.
 Behavioral – sleeplessness, inability to
concentrate, poor decision-making ability, 8.2.4.8.3 Aggression and violence
mood swings, irritability, increased alcohol
consumption, drug misuse, increased Work-related violence occurs when someone is
absence from the workplace. abused, threatened or assaulted in circumstances
relating to their work. Violence (which includes verbal
abuse, threats or physical attacks) can come from
8.2.4.8.1c Stress Prevention people you know, as well as from strangers.

a) Demands – in terms of workload, speed of Physical attacks are dangerous, but serious or
work and deadlines, etc. - should be persistent verbal abuse can be a significant problem
reasonable and, where possible, set in too, as it can damage an employee’s health through
consultation with workers. anxiety and stress.
b) Control – workers should be given as much
control of their work as possible, especially Verbal abuse is more common than physical attacks
where the work is demanding. and can cause psychological symptoms that can lead
c) Support – workers should be provided with to physical symptoms.
adequate information, instruction and
training; they should have access to
additional support when they need it. 8.2.4.8.3.1 Psychological symptoms can include:
d) Relationships – clear policies should exist  Insomnia
concerning acceptable standards of  loss of confidence
behavior in the workplace; bullying and  agoraphobia
harassment should not be tolerated.  thoughts of self-harm
e) Role – the organization should be clear  Guilt.
about what an individual’s role actually is,  Stress
their responsibilities and authority, and how  Anxiety
they fit in to the larger organizational  irritability
structure. This should be clearly
communicated to the workers and to others
across the organization. 8.2.4.8.3.2 Prevention of Violence
f) Change – there should be careful planning
and preparation of the change process. The first step in managing the risk of work-related
violence is to find out the exact nature of the problem.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 94
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

The extent of the problem can be investigated by: and certain cancers. Healthy eating can help people
a) Collecting and analyzing incident reports. with chronic diseases manage these conditions and
b) Interviewing staff (formally or informally). prevent complications.
c) Staff surveys.

8.2.4.8.4 Substance Misuse at Work 8.2.4.9.2 The Harmful Health Effects of Poor
There are several types of substances that may be Nutrition
misused at work. Notable examples include: a. Overweight and Obesity
a) Alcohol The words "overweight" and "obesity" have specific
b) Legal or Illegal Drugs (Narcotics) meanings and are not interchangeable. They are
based on your body mass index (BMI), a calculation
a. Effects of Drugs and Alcohol based on height and weight, which is statistically
related to body fat. Eating a healthy diet, along with
a) Late attendance. getting enough physical activity and sleep, can help
b) Increased absenteeism. prevent overweight and obesity.
c) Reduction in quality of work.
d) Reduction in work rate. b. Heart Disease and Stroke
e) Dishonesty. Two of the leading causes of heart disease and
f) Theft. stroke are high blood pressure and high blood
g) Irritability and mood swings. cholesterol. Consuming too much sodium can
h) Deterioration in working relationships. increase blood pressure and the risk for heart
disease and stroke.
b. Prevention of Substance Abuse c. Type 2 Diabetes
a) Clear policies. People who are overweight or have obesity are at
b) Random testing where necessary. increased risk of type 2 diabetes compared to those
c) Support for affected workers. at a normal weight because, over time, their bodies
d) Awareness campaigns. become less able to use the insulin they make.
e) Workplace Policy and Program
d. Cancer
c. Department Order 53-03 Series of 2003- An unhealthy diet can increase the risk of some
Guidelines for the Implementation of Drug-Free cancers. Overweight and obesity are associated with
Workplace Policies and Programs for the Private at least 13 types of cancer, including endometrial
Sector. (uterine) cancer, breast cancer in postmenopausal
women, and colorectal cancer.
d. DOLE Department Order No. 37-03 Series of
2002 e. Poor Nutrition Effects in Productivity
a) The DOLE has been designated to provide Employees who have poor nutrition also tend to lack
workplace-based program for the prevention motivation and have lower production rates. An
and control of alcohol and drug abuse in the increase in sick days and long-term illnesses are also
labor force. linked directly to poor eating habits. These all directly
b) To implement the State policy promoting or indirectly effect the companies they work for and
drug-free workplace thru a tripartite their expected lifetime work length.
approach, the Secretary of the DOLE shall
issue Department Order creating a Task
Force consisting of government, labor and
8.2.4.9.3 Physical Inactivity
employers.
c) Drug Abuse Prevention Program in the Physical inactivity is the term used to refer to inability
workplace to be adopted by private to achieve the recommended levels of physical
companies with 10 or more employees. activity for health. Many people worldwide failed to
have the recommended at least 30 minutes of
regular, moderate-intensity physical activity on most
8.2.4.9 Other Health Hazards due to Lifestyle
days throughout a person's life.
8.2.4.9.1 Poor Nutrition
a. Type 2 Diabetes
Adults who eat a healthy diet live longer and have a
lower risk of obesity, heart disease, type 2 diabetes,
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 95
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Inactivity can make your body resistant to insulin,
which makes the body susceptible to diabetes.
b. Obesity
It is no secret that obesity rates are soaring.
Inactivity, coupled with a terrible diet, is to blame.
Obesity has struck people across the age spectrum.
And it is one ailment that opens up your body to a
horde of other illnesses.
c. High Blood Pressure and Arteriosclerosis
A sedentary lifestyle means you are not getting the
exercise your body needs to stay in prime shape.
This is when plaque begins to accumulate along your
blood vessels. This thickens them, and they lose their
elasticity. That is when blood has to force its way
through the narrowed passages, and this exerts
excessive force on the blood vessels. This results in
high blood pressure.
d. Heart Ailments
The organ that bears most of the brunt of inactivity is
the heart. When your blood vessels are narrowed,
and the heart does not get enough blood, its muscles
begin to die gradually. This will trigger a heart attack
in the future. Moreover, when you don’t engage in
rigorous physical activity, the level of LDL or bad
cholesterol spikes, and that has a devastating effect
on your heart.
e. Stroke
This is yet another fall out of inactivity and high blood
pressure. Narrowed blood vessels do not send
enough blood to the brain. The brain needs oxygen
that is contained in the blood. When it doesn’t get
profuse oxygen, it stops functioning, and this brings
on a stroke.
f. Effects of Physical Inactivity at Work
a) increase absenteeism
b) more difficulty in interpersonal relationships
c) poor quality and quantity of work
8.2.4.9.4 Smoking Health Effects
a. Nicotine from cigarettes is as addictive as heroin.
You may feel anxious, irritable, and have strong
cravings for nicotine.
b. Reduced oxygen supply to the cochlea. This may
result in permanent damage to the cochlea and mild
to moderate hearing loss.
c. One of the effects of nicotine from cigarettes
restricts the production of a chemical necessary for
you to be able to see at night. Also, smoking
increases your risk of developing cataracts and
macular degeneration (both can lead to blindness).
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
d. Smokers have more oral health problems than
non-smokers, like mouth sores, ulcers and gum
disease.
e. Smoking can cause your skin to be dry and lose
elasticity, leading to wrinkles and stretch marks. Your
skin tone may become dull and grayish.
f. Smoking raises your blood pressure and puts
stress on your heart. Over time, stress on the heart
can weaken it, making it less able to pump blood to
other parts of your body.
g. Smoking increases the cholesterol and unhealthy
fats circulating in the blood, leading to unhealthy fatty
deposits.
h. Scarred Lungs
i. Emphysema causes severe shortness of breath
and can lead to death.
k. Cancer
One-third of all cancer deaths are caused by
tobacco.
l.Smoking lowers a female’s level of estrogen. Low
estrogen levels can cause dry skin, thinning hair, and
memory problems.
m. Smoking effect at Work productivity
a) Loss of Time. Smoking sessions do
encourage employee-bonding without a
doubt, but these ten-minute smoke breaks at
work affect the efficiency of employees.
b) Loss to Employers. At times, deadlines might
not be met due to the sickness. You may not
come up with the best ideas for a pitch due
to your unhealthy state. Such factors cause
a financial loss for employers.
c) Increased Sick Leaves.
8.2.4.9.5 Good Nutrition
Good nutrition is an important part of leading a
healthy lifestyle. Combined with physical activity, diet
can help to reach and maintain a healthy weight,
reduce risk of chronic diseases and promote your
overall health.
8.2.4.9.5.1 Health Effects of Good Nutrition
 Weight Management. Aim for a balance
between nutrients, calories and portion size
by choosing the most nutrient-dense foods.
 Growth and Development. Sufficient iron
helps ensure ideal learning, attention and
memory, proper development of motor skills,
appropriate emotional expression and
resilience to stress.
96
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
 Anti-Aging. Lifestyle factors such as diet and
exercise account for about half of the
contributing factors to longevity.
 Immune-Boosting. By improving individual
cell function as well as interactions between
cells, adequate nutrition makes you more
resilient to infection.
 Mood. Good nutrition translates to better
moods
8.2.4.9.6 Nutritional Guidelines for Filipinos
 Eat a variety of foods every day.
 Breast-feed infants exclusively from birth to
4-6 months and then give appropriate foods
while continuing breast-feeding for up to 2
years of age or longer.
 Maintain children’s normal growth through
proper diet and monitor their growth
regularly.
 Consume fish, lean meat, poultry or dried
beans. Including them in the daily meals will
not only enhance the protein quality of the
diet but also supply highly absorbable iron,
preformed vitamin A and zinc.
 Eat more vegetables, fruits and root crops.
 Eat foods cooked in edible/cooking oil daily.
 Consume milk, milk products and other
calcium-rich foods such as small fish and
dark green leafy vegetables every day.
 Use iodized salt but avoid excessive intake
of salty foods.
 Eat clean and safe food.
 For a healthy lifestyle and good nutrition,
exercise regularly, do not smoke and avoid
drinking alcoholic beverages.
(Reference: Nutritional Guidelines for Filipinos, FNRI, DOST)
8.2.4.9.7 Physical Activity
Research shows that regular physical activity can
help reduce your risk for several diseases and health
conditions and improve your overall quality of life.
Regular physical activity can help protect you from
the following health problems.
 Daily physical activity can help prevent heart
disease and stroke by strengthening your
heart muscle, lowering your blood pressure,
raising your high-density lipoprotein (HDL)
levels (good cholesterol) and lowering low-
density lipoprotein (LDL) levels (bad
cholesterol), improving blood flow, and
increasing your heart's working capacity.
 Reduce blood pressure in those with high
blood pressure levels.
 Help to prevent and control noninsulin-
Dependent Diabetes.
 helps to reduce body fat by building or
preserving muscle mass and improving the
body's ability to use calories. When
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
combined with proper nutrition, it can help
control weight and prevent obesity.
 helps to prevent back pain.
 promotes bone formation and may prevent
many forms of bone loss associated with
aging.
 reduce depression and anxiety and help to
better manage stress.
 Running and aerobic exercise have been
shown to postpone the development of
disability in older adults.
8.2.4.9.8 Mental Health in the Workplace (DO 208)
Mental Health refers to s state of well-being in which
the individual realizes ones own abilities and
potentials, copes adequately with normal stresses of
life’s, displays resilience in the face of extreme life
events, works productively and fruitfully, and is able
to make positive contribution to the community.
Mental Health Condition refers to a neurologic or
psychiatric condition characterized by the existence
of a recognizable, clinically significant disturbance in
an individual’s recognition, emotional regulation, or
behavior that reflects a genetic or acquired
dysfunction in the neurobiological, psychosocial or
development process underlying mental functioning.
A. Scope and Coverage
a) Shall apply to all workplaces and
establishments in the formal sector including
those which deploy overseas filipino workers
(OFWs).
b) DOLE shall formulate policy and guidelines
that will integrate the promotion of mental
health and the identification and
management of mental health problems.
B. Formulation of mental health policy and
program
It is mandatory for all workplaces and establishment
to formulate a mental health workplace policy and
program which shall include the:
a) Raise awareness, prevent stigma and
discrimination, provide support to workers
who are at risk and/or with mental health
condition and facilitate access to medical
health services.
b) Promote workers well-being towards healthy
and productive lives.
c) Be jointly prepared by management and
workers representative and be made integral
parts of the company’s OSH policies and
programs.
97
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
C. Components and Implementation Strategies
1. Advocacy, Information, Education
Training
a) All workers shall be provided with basic
information and education on menta health.
b) Extent advocacy to workers family and
communities.
c) OSH and HR Officers shall undergo
capacity building on the identification,
recognition of psychosocial hazards and
management of mental health problems.
d) Training of workers and program
implementers.
2. Promotion and enhancement of workers well-
being to have healthy and productive lives.
3. Social Policy
a) Non-discriminatory
b) Confidentiality
c) Disclosure
4. Work Accommodation & Arrangement
5. Treatment, Rehabilitation and Referral System
Workers with mental health condition shall be
referred to a DOH licensed/accredited/recognized
facility.
8.3 Selection of Medical Screening Test
8.3.1 Difference between Medical Screening and
Medical Surveillance and
Medical screening and medical surveillance are two
fundamental strategies for optimizing employee
health, but this term is distinct. Medical Screening
fundamental purpose is early diagnosis and
treatment of individual and it is clinical focus.
Screening tests are usually administered to
individuals without current symptoms, but who may
be at high risk for certain adverse health outcomes.
While the fundamental purpose of medical
surveillance is to detect and eliminate the underlying
causes such as hazards or exposures of any
discovered trends and it is focus on prevention.
Medical surveillance analyzed health information to
look for problems that may be occurring in the
workplace that require targeted prevention.
Surveillance may be based on a single case or
sentinel event, but more typically uses screening
results from the group of employees being evaluated
to look for abnormal trends in health status.
8.3.2.1 Audiometry
Audiometric testing of a worker’s hearing helps
determines if occupational hearing loss is being
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
prevented by the noise control measures. Because
occupational hearing loss happens gradually over
and
time, workers often fail to notice changes in their
hearing ability until a relatively large change occurs.
By comparing audiometric tests from past years,
early changes can be detected, and appropriate
protective measures can be implemented to prevent
further damage.
10.1.2 Chest X-Ray
It is considered a secondary prevention measure,
intended to supplement primary prevention
approaches. Refers to using periodic chest
radiography to detect pneumoconiosis, asbestosis,
silicosis in dust-exposed or potentially exposed
individuals. When positive findings are identified,
further medical evaluation of the affected worker may
be called for, and workplace interventions that
prevent disease progression in the affected individual
or disease development in coworkers may be
advisable.
8.3.2.2 Pulmonary Function Test
Pulmonary function tests (PFTs) are noninvasive
tests that show how well the lungs are working. The
tests measure lung volume, capacity, rates of flow,
and gas exchange.
There are many different reasons why pulmonary
function tests (PFTs) may be done. They are
sometimes done in healthy people as part of a
routine physical. They are also routinely done in
certain types of work environments to ensure
employee health (such as graphite factories and coal
mines) or diagnosis of Asbestosis, a lung disease
caused by inhaling asbestos fibers and Silicosis is a
form of occupational lung disease caused by
inhalation of crystalline silica dust.
8.2.2.3 Neuro-Examination
A neurological exam is made up of a series of tests.
The tests examine your balance, muscle strength,
and other functions of the central nervous system.
Toxins, poisons and chemicals can cause peripheral
neuropathy. This can happen through drug or
chemical abuse or through exposure to industrial
chemicals in the workplace or in the environment.
Common toxins that cause neuropathy include
exposure to lead, mercury, arsenic and thalium.
8.3.2.4 Liver profile
Exposure to organic solvents may induce liver
toxicity because most chemicals are metabolized in
the liver and toxic metabolites generated through the
metabolism are the main cause of liver damage.
98
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

8.4 Data Interpretation and Recommendation
Results are interpreted against a reference value.
One important point to consider is confidentiality of
medical information.
8.4.1 Types of Medical Examination and their
Purpose/Importance
c) Aligned the OSH Polices on and programs
based on the data of Occupational illness
and diseases.
d) Workers knows his/her current health status.
For medical information protection use cases
and statistic rather than the name of the
workers.

8.4.1.1 Pre-employment Physical examination 8.5.2 Communicating results to Individual

shall be conducted: workers

a. to determine the physical condition of the  Give the workers the Initial baseline
prospective employee at the time of hiring: and assessment (preplacement) of a worker’s
health status data.
b. to prevent the placement of a worker on a job  Give idea on development of a follow-up for
where, through some physical or mental defects, he who have shown health changes suggesting
may be dangerous to his fellow workers or to toxicity or experienced an acute exposure.
property
8.4.1.2 Periodic Annual Medical Examinations 8.5.3 Communications of results to OSH
Periodic annual medical examinations shall be Committee
conducted in order to follow-up previous findings, to  It is important to safeguard the confidentiality
allow early detection of occupational and non-
of the information in communicating medical
occupational diseases and determine the effect of
results.
exposure of employees to health hazards.
8.4.1.3 Other Special Examinations  Preventive action development of health
problems caused by exposure to these
Special examinations may be required where there is agents.
undue exposure to health hazards, such as lead,  Assess and help uncover issues within a
mercury, hydrogen sulfide, sulfur dioxide, nitro glycol facility, such as inadequate procedures for
and other similar substances. handling HDs or lack of compliance to
established procedures, ineffective or
misused engineering controls, PPE, or
8.4.1.4 Separation from Employment weaknesses in employee training programs.
Examination
An employee leaving the employment of the 8.6 Record Keeping
company shall, if necessary, be examined by the 8.6.1 Confidentiality
occupational health physician:
Confidential records should not be disclosed to
a) to determine if the employee is suffering from anyone unless authorized by the organizations. It is
any occupational disease. important to protect confidential records of the
b) to determine whether he is suffering from any employees for example are health records of
injury or illness which has not completely occupational diseases and injuries.
healed; and
c) to determine whether he has sustained an 8.6.2 Records
injury.
a) Medical records keeping (Annual Medical
Report, Medical History, Physical
8.5 Communications of Results Examination and Diagnostic
Report/Interpretation).
8.5.1 The Importance of Communicating the b) Evaluation of Exposure (Biological
Medical Screening Results Monitoring and Work Environment
a) It helps to continuously evaluate the OSH Assessment).
Program. c) Report of Control Measures Modifications.
b) Provides a mechanism for continuously 8.6.3 Retention of Records
improving OSH performance of the The employer shall maintain and keep an accident or
organizations. illness records which shall be open at all times for
inspection to authorized personnel as per OSH
Standards.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 99
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Exposure to any toxic substance or harmful physical
agent where recommended to keep records for 30
years.
(Source: Occupational Safety and Health Administration)
All medical records, whether in electronic and/or
paper format, shall be stored for fifteen (15) years.
For medico-legal cases, records shall be stored for a
lifetime.
(Source: Health Privacy Code of the Philippines).
Where there are no recognized national laws or
practice, a period of 30 years is recommended for
keeping medical surveillance records.
(Source: International Labor Organizations)
8.6.4 Storage and Disposal
8.6.4.1 Storage of Records
A. Physical storage
 Should be secure and in suitable
environmental conditions.
 Free from presence of rodents.
 In file cabinet which is suitable to handle the
weight and fire resistant.
B. Disposal of Records
 Disposition, in accordance with the Records
Retention Schedule/polices/regulatory
requirements, may involve storing the record
in its current location, transferring it to
another location, or destroying the record.
 Records to be destroyed should never
simply be discarded as any other refuse.
Most paper records are shredded.
C. Environmental Factors
Light - records in many formats are affected by light.
Paper for instance begins to disintegrate when
affected by the chemicals present in both natural and
artificial light.
Temperature - all records and particularly those
stored on modern records media for example
computer storage mechanisms require cool to
moderate surroundings.
Relative humidity - fluctuating relative humidity can
affect many records media. Attempts should be
made to stabilize humidity levels.
8.6.4.2 How to accomplish Annual Medical Report
Form?
 For report on Occupational Accident/injuries
refer to the records of accident/incident
report, monthly summary of accident/illness
report, employer work accident/illness
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
report, logbook of accident/injury report and
ECC logbook.
 The AMR should be accomplished by the
company Occupational Health Personnel
(OH Nurse and OH Physician).
 Tally the number of male and female which
are affected based on the nature of injuries.
Then total the number of cases for both male
and female.
 The AMR should be submitted on or before
March 31 following the covered year at
DOLE Office having jurisdiction over the
workplace.
8.7 Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Control
Measures
Once hazard controls have been implemented, they
must be evaluated to determine their effectiveness
and to assess if the intent of the control is being met.
It is important that hazard control recommendations
do not inadvertently introduce a subsequent hazard
while taking steps to eliminate, reduce or control
another. An example of this would include the
introduction of anti-fatigue or ergonomic floor mats
that are located at workstations throughout the plant.
8.7.1 An objective way of evaluating the
effectiveness of control would be statistical
analysis of data from different health
examinations, statistical trending of individual
and group results.
9. Role of the safety officer in the implementation
of medical surveillance program
9.1 To have an understanding of the process of
medical surveillance.
9.2 To monitor the compliance and performance.
9.3 Safety officer to solicit management commitment
and employee participation in the program,
9.4 Assist in hazard identification and control,
employee training and program evaluation.
9.5 To monitor the effectiveness of control measure
input as recommended by occupation health
personnel and hygienist.
10. Summary and Conclusion
10.1 The purpose of medical surveillance in OSH
is prevention illness.
100
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

10.2 Workers exposure to hazardous substance

and physical agents manifested early sign of
health effects, medical surveillance is
necessary.

10.3 Biological monitoring and medical

surveillance are strategist that monitor the
workers exposure to hazardous substances.

10.4 Hazardous substances often have an acute

(or short-term) effect, or they may have a
chronic (or long-term) effect.

10.5 Safety Data sheet contain information on the

health effects of exposure to chemicals.

10.6 Safety Officer must classify the risk of the

health hazards before implementing control
measures to correct them.

10.7 Safety officer should help in soliciting

management’s commitment to the program
and employee participation. Assist in hazard
identification and control, employee training
and program evaluation.

10.8 Control and preventive measure should be

evaluated to check its effectiveness.

10.9 Occupational health is a basic element and

constitutes a social and health dimension of
the principle of sustainable development.
Occupational health practices constitute a
set of key activities for such development.
Company policies and programs are
important to protect and monitor workers’
health. Laws, standards and guidelines exist
to promote health and well-being of workers.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 101
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 12: CoVID19 Preventive Measures
Coronavirus disease 2019 is an infectious disease
caused by the virus strain "severe acute respiratory
syndrome coronavirus 2. Identified as the cause of
an outbreak of respiratory illness first detected in
Wuhan, China.
1. People at Risk of Exposure are those Working
in:
a) Healthcare
b) Deathcare
c) Laboratories
d) Airline operations
e) Border protection
f) Solid waste and wastewater management
g) Travel to areas where the virus is spreading
2. Mode of Transmission
Infected people can spread COVID-19 through their
respiratory secretions, especially when they cough or
sneeze. According to the CDC, spread from person-
to-person is most likely among close contacts (about
6 feet). Person-to-person spread is thought to occur
mainly via respiratory droplets produced when an
infected person coughs or sneezes, similar to how
influenza and other respiratory pathogens spread.
These droplets can land in the mouths or noses of
people who are nearby or possibly be inhaled into the
lungs. It’s currently unknown if a person can get
COVID-19 by touching a surface or object that has
the virus on it and then touching their own mouth,
nose, or possibly their eyes.
3. Sign and Symptoms
Patients with confirmed COVID-19 infection have
reportedly had mild to severe respiratory illness with
symptoms such as fever, cough, shortness of breath.
4. Labor Advisory 04-20
a. Guidelines on the 2019 Novel Corona Virus
(2019-nCoV) Prevention and Control in the
Workplace
c) This apply to all employers and workers in
the private sector.
b. Workplace Health
All employers are directed to:
a) Provide information about 2019-nCoV
including transmission, disease outcome
and treatment option to their workers.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
b) Clean the work areas with disinfectant and
make sure that water, soap and sanitizer are
available in all washrooms and toilets.
c) Avoid or reduce direct exposure of workers
to animals, environments and object which
may be possibly carrying the 2019-nCoV.
d) Ensure foods in canteens or similar areas is
properly prepared, handled and cooked.
e) Emphasize to all workers the everyday
actions to stay healthy and keep a clean
workplace, such as:
- Cover the nose and mouth when coughing
and sneezing.
- Wash hands frequently with soap and water
or cleansing of hands with alcohol-based
hand sanitizers.
- Spit at proper places.
- Avoid close contact with sick people.
- Increase the body’s resistance by having
adequate rest and at least eight (8) hours of
sleep.
- Drink plenty of fluids.
- Eat nutritious food.
- Monitor the health of the workers
particularly those with fever and other flu
symptoms and those who have traveled to or
works in countries affected with the 2019-
nCoV.
c. Workplace with Imminent Danger Situations
a) In workplace where workers are evidently at
risk of infections as in healthcare and other
frontline services, the employer shall take
immediate protective measures to avoid,
correct or remove such imminent danger.
b) Workers in the said workplace must take
extra precautionary measures which include
strict hygiene and the use of PPE. Employers
shall ensure that PP (respirator such as
N95,Gowns and Gloves) is properly worn by
the workers while at work and disposed of
accordingly after use.
d. Guidance to Employers for Care of Workers
Who are Sick or with Fever
In the event that a worker is suspected as having
2019-nCoV, the employer shall:
a) Provide the worker with a face mask to
prevent risk of spreading the infection.
b) Isolate the worker immediately in a separate
well-ventilated room in the workplace, away
from other workers.
c) Refer the worker to the company healthcare
provider or to the nearest local health center
or hospital for laboratory confirmation if the
102
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
history, sign and symptoms are consistent
wit a suspected case of 2019-nCoV.
d) Report to DOH (8-711-1001 and 8-711-
1002).
e) Ensure the implementation of
recommendations provided by the DOH on
the management and transport of suspected
case of 2019-nCoV.
f) Observe respiratory precautions when
taking care of patients with flu or flu-like
illness.
g) Decontaminate the work area with
appropriate disinfectant (e.g. chlorine
bleaching solution and 1:100 phenol-based
disinfectant).
In the event that a worker is sick or has fever but
is not suspected to have 2019-nCoV, the
employer must advise the worker to take prudent
measures to limit the spread of communicable
diseases as follows:
a) Stay at home and keep away from work or
crowds.
b) Take adequate rest and take plenty of fluids.
c) Practice personal hygiene to prevent spread
of disease.
d) Seek appropriate medical care if there is
persistent fever, when difficulty of breathing
has started, or when he/she becomes weak.
5. DTI and DOLE Interim Guidelines on
Workplace Prevention and Control of COVID-19
The Interim Guidelines have been issued to help
private institutions that are allowed to operate during
the ECQ and GCQ, to develop minimum health
protocols and standards in work areas, offices and
buildings in light of COVID-19.
A. Increasing workers’ physical and mental
health
a. All workers should be encouraged to stay
healthy by eating nutritious food, drinking
fluids, avoiding alcohol, rest, sleep and
exercise.
b. Employers are also encouraged to provide
workers with medicines and vitamins as well
as a referral service for workers with mental
health concerns.
B. Preventing virus transmission inside and
outside business locations
B.1 Before entering the premises:
a. Employers and workers must
protective face masks at all times.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
b. Vehicles and equipment should be
disinfected.
c. Physical distancing must be observed in long
queues outside the premises.
d. All must sanitize both hands with alcohol
upon entering and use disinfectant foot baths
where possible.
e. The daily heath symptoms questionnaire is
to be completed and submitted to the
designated safety officer of the company.
f. Everyone must undergo thermal scanning
and the temperatures should be recorded in
the health symptoms questionnaire. The
Interim Guidelines provide for circumstances
where body temperatures are > 37.5°C.
B.2 Inside the premises:
a. All work areas, doorknobs and handles
should be disinfected at least every two
hours.
b. Toilets and washrooms should have clean
water supply and soap.
c. Sanitizers should be provided in corridors,
conference areas, elevators, staircases, and
other communal spaces. Canteens and
kitchens should be disinfected regularly.
d. Workers are encouraged to wash their hands
regularly.
e. Workers should practice physical distancing.
f. Workers are advised not to eat in communal
areas. If not possible, physical distancing
should be maintained in dining areas.
B.3 Minimizing physical contact
a. Alternative work arrangements restricting
the number of workers in a space at a time is
encouraged.
b. Interaction between workers and clients is to
be limited. Meetings should require a
minimum number of participants.
Videoconferencing is encouraged.
c. Work areas, offices and/or tables should be
set up to enable distancing.
d. Physical distancing is to be practiced
especially in communal spaces like
elevators. If more than 2 staircases are
accessible, one may be used for going up
and the other for going down.
e. Online systems should be used for
supporting work practices as much as
possible.
f. Roving officers are to be assigned to ensure
policies are implemented within their area of
responsibility.
wear
103
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
B.4 Reducing the risk of infection
If a worker is suspected of having COVID-19:
a. The worker should immediately proceed to
an isolation area set by the company and
ensure the wearing of masks. Clinic staff
assigned to the isolation area should call for
the transport of the affected worker to the
nearest hospital.
b. Companies should have protocols in place
for the transport of suspected COVID-19
cases.
c. Decontaminate the premises immediately.
The Interim Guidelines provide for measures
that should be taken. Work can then resume
after 24 hours from decontamination.
Workers present in the work area with the
affected worker should go on 14 days home
quarantine. They are to be given instructions
by the clinic staff on monitoring the
symptoms. If the suspected COVID-19
worker receives a negative test result, co-
workers may report back to work.
d. If a worker is sick, but is not suspected of
having COVID-19, they should take
appropriate measures for health recovery, to
include seeking medical care.
B.5 Duties of Employers and Workers under the
Interim Guidelines.
Employers shall:
a. Impose company policies for the prevention
and control of COVID-19, relying on
guidance from reputable agencies such as
the DOH and the WHO.
b. Provide soaps, masks, alcohols,
disinfectants, PPEs and other resources and
materials for the safety and health of the
workers in the workplace.
c. Designate a safety officer to monitor the
implementation of COVID-19 company
policies (i.e. wearing of masks, distancing,
thermal scanning, etc).
d. Enhance health insurance provision for
workers.
e. Provide transport services or
accommodation for workers to reduce travel
movement, if possible.
f. Hire from the local community, if necessary.
g. Put in place a COVID-19 Hotline and Call
Center.
Workers shall:
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
a. Comply with all workplace measures for the
prevention and control of COVID-19.
b. Observe proper respiratory etiquette.
c. Cough or sneeze into tissue or into shirt
sleeve, if tissue is unavailable.
d. Dispose used tissues and sanitary products
properly.
e. Wash hands with soap and water or apply
sanitizer immediately after a cough or
sneeze.
Workplace with imminent Danger Situations
For workers in the medical/health field and related
frontline services, employers must comply with the
DOH Department Memorandum No. 2020-0178:
Interim Guidelines on Health Care Provider Networks
during the COVID-19 Pandemic. This Memorandum
provides that workers in such workplaces must take
extra precautionary measures including the use of
appropriate PPEs and strict hygiene habits.
C. COVID-19 testing
Employers may test workers for COVID-19. Testing
kits should be the responsibility of the employer. In
doing such, the testing, interpretation of results and
the company policy should adhere to the DOH
Protocols. Workers with a negative test result should
be allowed to report back to work.
D. At Risk Workers and Vulnerable Groups
People aged above 60 years, or pregnant, or those
with health conditions such as hypertension,
diabetes, cancer or weakened immune system are
considered most at risk of COVID-19. Employers are
highly encouraged to allow workers with any one of
these conditions to work from home without reducing
wages or benefits.
E. Reporting of Illness/Disease/Injuries
In the event a worker suffers from illness, disease, or
injuries, the employer should report the incident to
DOLE’s Regional Office through completion and
submission of the DOLE Work Accident/Illness
Report Form.
104
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 13 : PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT (PPE)
1. Introduction
Condition of the workplace highly depends on the
type of activity that has been undergone. All this
activity can create hazards that may affect the
productivity and accomplishment of the personnel
working in that area. Due to the high risk of the
exposures to hazards at the workplace, awareness
of all personnel should be on high state with
knowledge of hazards control which in the forms of
engineering control, administrative control, ethics of
work practices, removal of hazards if possible, and
last resort the use of Personal Protective Equipment
(PPEs).
1.1 Rule 1081.02
Shall at his own expense furnish his workers with
protective equipment for the eyes, face, hands and
feet, protective shields and barriers whenever
necessary by reason of the hazardous nature of the
process or environment, chemical or radiological or
other mechanical irritants or hazards capable of
causing injury or impairment in the function of any
part of the body through absorption, inhalation or
physical contact.
2. Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course module the participants
will be able to:
 Outline legal requirement of the used of
PPE.
 Identify the different types of PPE.
 Determine the appropriate and approved
type of PPE needed in the construction
workplace.
 Outline the advantage and limitations of
PPE.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 Personal Protective Equipment refers to
protective clothing, helmets, goggles, or other
garments or equipment designed to protect the
wearer's body from injury or infection. The hazards
addressed by protective equipment include physical,
electrical, heat, chemicals, biohazards, and airborne
particulate matter.
3.2 Eye Protections – Protective equipment that
protects wearers eye preventing the entry of foreign
body and provide protection from hazards involving
the eyes.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
3.3 Head Protections – protective equipment uses
to protect wearers head from penetrating materials
from falling or expose materials in workplaces. Can
be a form of protection as well from burns and
electrical hazards.
3.4 Hand and Arm Protections – protective
equipment use to protect arms and hands.
3.5 Body Protections – protective equipment uses
to prevent injury and hazards in the area involving the
trunk of the body.
3.6 Respiratory Protections – protective equipment
use to protect respiratory system from preventing the
entry of harmful substances on the body through
respiration.
3.7 Leg and Foot Protections – protective
equipment use to protect wearer’s legs and foot from
hazards of the ground.
3.8 Fall Protections – protective equipment that
prevent sudden or accidental fall of wearers from
working at heights activity.
4. The Department Order 198-18 of RA 11058
4.1 Section 8. Workers' Right to Personal
4.1.1 Protective Equipment (PPE)
Every employer, contractor or subcontractor,
if any, shall provide his/her workers, free of charge,
PPE for any part of the body that may be exposed to
hazards, and lifeline, safety belt or harness, gas or
dust respirators or masks, and protective shields
whenever necessary by reason of the hazardous
work process or environment, chemical, radiological,
mechanical, and other irritants or hazards capable of
causing injury or impairment in the function of any
part of the body through absorption, inhalation or
physical contact. The cost of PPE shall be part of the
safety and health program which is a separate pay
item pursuant to Section 21 of this Rules.
All PPE shall be of the appropriate type as
tested and approved by the DOLE based on its
standards and/or other means of verification.
The usage of PPE in all establishments,
projects, sites and all other places where work is
being undertaken shall be based on the evaluation
and recommendation of the safety officer as a result
of the workplace hazard assessment.
All PPE must be of appropriate size, weight,
and type to specific workers exposed to hazards from
which PPE are meant to ensure effective protection.
Issuance of PPE shall be supplemented by training
105
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

on the application, use, handling, cleaning and b) environment hazards

maintenance of said PPE in accordance with the c) chemical hazards
manufacturer's recommendations.
d) radiological hazards
Failure to provide appropriate PPE in high
risk activities shall give rise to the right of the worker e) mechanical irritants
to refuse unsafe work.
4.1.7 Categories of PPE

4.1.2 Rule 1080-Personal Protective Equipment Head and Hair Face and eye
(PPE) protection protection
1081.02: All personal protective equipment shall be Hearing protection Respiratory
of the approved design and construction appropriate protection
for the exposure and the work to be performed. Hand and Arm Foot protection
1081.03: The employer shall be responsible for the protection
adequacy and proper maintenance of personal Torso protection Fall protection
protective equipment used in his workplace. Protective Shields
1081.04: No person shall be subjected or exposed to ointments
a hazardous environmental condition without Barriers Restraints
protection.
4.1.3 Selecting Personal Protective Equipment 4.1.8 ANSI standards of some PPE
(PPE) a) Eye and Face Protection: ANSI Z87.1
4.3.1 Guideline in the Selection of the PPE b) Head Protection: ANSI Z89.1
1) Identify the Hazards c) Foot Protection: ANSI Z41.1
2) Understand the Effect
3) Recommend the Proper Equipment d) Hand Protection: ANSI/ISEA 105-2016
4) Train on the Proper Use and Maintenance of
PPE
4.2 Head Protection
4.1.4 Responsibilities of Employer
Protecting employees from potential head
1) performing a "hazard assessment" of the injuries is a key element of any safety program. A
workplace to identify and control physical head injury can impair an employee for life, or it can
and health hazards be fatal. Wearing a safety helmet or hard hat is one
2) identifying and providing appropriate PPE for of the easiest ways to protect an employee’s head
employees from injury. Hard hats can protect employees from
3) training employees in the use and care of the impact and penetration hazards as well as from
PPE electrical shock and burn hazards.
4) maintaining and replacing worn or damaged
PPE 4.2.1 Considered use of hard hats in the area
5) periodically reviewing, updating and
evaluating the effectiveness of the PPE a) If there is a possibility of falling materials
program from above works.
b) Workers / Personnel may bump their head
4.1.5 Responsibilities of Employees with the exposed structures like beams and
1) properly wearing PPE pipes.
2) attending training sessions on PPE c) A possibility of contacts with electrical
3) caring for, cleaning and maintaining PPE hazards or hot surfaces.
4) informing a supervisor of the need to repair
d) Possibilities of being struck by at materials
or replace PPE
collapse.
e) Some examples of occupations in which
4.1.6 Where is PPE Required? employees should be required to wear head
PPE is required wherever the conditions protection include construction workers,
listed below are encountered that can cause injury or carpenters, electricians, linemen, plumbers
impairment by being absorbed, inhaled, or physically and pipefitters, timber and log cutters,
contacted. welders, among many others

a) hazards of processes 4.2.2 OSHS Rule 1084.01: Head Protection

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 106
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
(1) Hard hats for the protection of workers from
impact penetration from falling and flying objects,
blows, and from limited electric shock and burns shall
be provided where there is reasonable probability of
exposure to such hazards.
(2) Hard hats shall be made of non-combustible or
slow-burning materials and when used in electrical
environment shall be non-conductor of electricity.
(3) The total weight of complete hard hat should not
be more than 0.45 kgs. (16 ounces).
(4) Hard hats shall have a brim all around to provide
protection for the head, face and back of the neck.
(5) Hard hats without brims and low crowns
may be allowed only in confined spaces.
(6) The cradle and sweatband of hard hats shall be
detachable and replaceable.
(7) For work in excessive moisture, hard hats shall
be water-proof-material.
(8) For the purpose of proper selection, design,
construction, testing and use of head protectors the
American National Standards Safety Requirement
for Industrial Head Protection (ANSI-z59-1-1969) is
adopted.
4.2.3 Types of Hard Hats
A. Impact Helmets
Type I: A helmet of Type I is designed to provide
protection only to the top of the head. It is not
intended to provide impact from side impacts. (This
is by far the most commonly used type of hard hat in
use.)
Type II: A helmet of Type II is designed to provide
protection against both top and side impacts.
B. Electrical Classes
a) Class G (General): Class G helmets are
intended to reduce the danger of contact
exposure to low voltage conductors. Test
samples are proof tested at 2200 volts
(phase to ground). However, this voltage is
not intended as an indication of the voltage
at which the helmet protects the wearer.
b) Class E (Electrical): Class E helmets are
intended to reduce the danger of exposure to
high voltage conductors. Test samples are
proof tested at 20,000 volts (phase to
ground). However, this voltage is not
intended as an indication of the voltage at
which the helmet protects the wearer.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
c) Class C (Conductive): Class C helmets are
not intended to provide protection against
contact with electrical conductors.
C. Bump Caps
Bump caps/skull guards should be issued and worn
for protection against scalp lacerations from contact
with sharp objects. However, it's very important to
understand that they must not be worn as substitutes
for safety caps/hats because they do not provide
protection from impact forces or penetration by falling
objects.
4.2.4 Parts of Hard Hat
a) Suspension System includes the headband
and straps on the inside of the hat. This
system absorbs and distributes the force of
impact.
b) The hard-outer shell protects the head from
sharp objects, such as falling tools. It also
absorbs part of the force of impact, since it’s
somewhat flexible.
c) Chin strap secure the hard hat to wearer’s
head.
d) Brim redirects the direction of the falling
object.
4.2.5 Replacing Hard Hat
a) Perforation, cracking, or deformity of the
brim or shell
b) Indication of exposure of the brim or shell to
heat, chemicals or ultraviolet light and other
radiation (in addition to a loss of surface
gloss, such signs include chalking or flaking).
c) Always replace a hard hat if it sustains an
impact, even if damage is not noticeable.
107
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
d) Hard hat manufacturers recommend
replacing hard hats every five years
regardless of outside appearance.
e) Work under extreme conditions, such as
exposure to high temperatures, chemicals,
or sunlight, may require hard hats to be
replaced after two years of use.
f) Some manufacturers recommend replacing
hard hat suspensions every 12 months.
4.2.6 Care and Maintenance of Hard Hat
a) A daily inspection of the hard hat shell,
suspension system and other accessories
for holes, cracks, tears or other damage.
b) Never drill holes, paint or apply labels to
protective headgear as this may reduce the
integrity of the protection.
c) Wash with mild soap and water.
d) Paints, paint thinners and some cleaning
agents can weaken the shells of hard hats
and may eliminate electrical resistance.
e) Do not store protective headgear in direct
sunlight.
4.3 Hearing Protection
Human hearing is amazingly sensitive. Our
ears can distinguish 400,000 different sounds and
can detect sounds so quiet that they cause the
eardrum to vibrate less than 1/80,000,000th of an
inch.
Your workplace must have a hearing-
conservation program when employees are exposed
to noise levels that are equal to or greater than 85
dBA averaged in more than an eight-hour period.
And, if your workplace has noise levels that are
greater than those shown in the table below, you
must use engineering or administrative controls to
reduce employee exposures. If these controls aren't
effective, employees must also use hearing
protectors to reduce exposures to safe levels.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
(Sources: OSH Standards as amended)
4.3.1 Selection of Hearing Protection
It is essential to the success of the program
to have someone responsible for the selection of
hearing protection devices and the supervision of
their use. They must be able to evaluate and select
appropriate devices for each employee, based on
proper fit, the employee's noise exposure, hearing
ability, communication needs, personal preferences
and other constraints imposed by job tasks or work
environment.
4.3.2 Types of Hearing Protection
Earplugs are made of sound absorbent material and
fit into the ear. They can be reusable of disposable
and are able to fit most people and can easily be
used with safety glasses and other personal
protective equipment. Their effectiveness depends
on the quality of the fit in the ear which, in turn,
depends on the level of training given to the wearer.
Permanent earplugs come in a range of sizes so that
a good fit is obtained. The effectiveness of earplugs
decreases with age and they should be replaced at
the intervals specified by the supplier. A useful
simple rule to ensure that the selected ear plug
reduces the noise level at the ear to 87 dB(A) is to
choose one with a manufacturer’s rating of 83 dB(A).
This should compensate for any fitting problems. The
main disadvantage of ear plugs is that they do not
reduce the sound transmitted through the bone
structure which surrounds the ear and they often
work loose with time.
a) Single-use earplugs are made of waxed cotton,
foam, silicone rubber or fiberglass wool. They are
self-forming and, when properly inserted, they work
as well as most molded earplugs.
b) Pre-formed or molded earplugs must be
individually fitted by a professional and can be
disposable or reusable. Reusable plugs should be
cleaned after each use.
108
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Ear Defender (Earmuffs) require a perfect seal
around the ear. Glasses, facial hair, long hair or facial
movements such as chewing may reduce the
protective value of earmuffs.
4.3.3 Fitting the Soft Foam Ear Plug
1.Roll the earplug up into a small, thin "snake" with
your fingers. You can use one or both hand.
2.Pull the top of your ear up and back with your
opposite hand to straighten out your ear canal. The
rolled-up earplug should slide right in.
3.Hold the earplug in with your finger. Count to 20 or
30 out loud while waiting for the plug to expand and
fill the ear canal. Your voice will sound muffled when
the plug has made a good seal.
4.Check the fit when you're all done. Most of the foam
body of the earplug should be within the ear canal.
Try cupping your hands tightly over your ears. If
sounds are much more muffled with your hands in
place, the earplug may not be sealing properly. Take
the earplug out and try again.
4.3.4 Fitting the Earmuff
a) Read and follow all earmuff
instructions
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
b) Remove all hair underneath ear cushions
c) Avoid overprotection in minimal noise
environments – in selecting the best earmuff
for your situation, consider noise levels and
your need to communicate with co-workers
or hear warning signals on the job.
4.3.5 Care of Hearing Protection
4.3.5.1 For Earplug
a) Regularly inspect earcups and ear cushions
for cracks and leaks – discard if earcups are
visibly damaged or compromised.
b) Clean earcups and ear cushions regularly
with mild soap and water.
c) Replace ear cushions and foam inserts
every 6-8 months under normal wear, every
3-4 months with heavy use or in
humid/extreme climates.
d) Wash Multiple-Use earplugs with mild soap
and warm water only. Pat dry with a towel
and store in a case when not in use. Do not
treat with any other substances, as the
earplugs may degrade and compromise use.
With proper maintenance, Multiple-Use
earplugs can last for 2-4 weeks.
4.3.5.2 For Earmuff
a) Regularly inspect earcups and ear cushions
for cracks and leaks – discard if earcups are
visibly damaged or compromised
b) Clean earcups and ear cushions regularly
with mild soap and water
c) Replace ear cushions and foam inserts
every 6-8 months under normal wear, every
3-4 months with heavy use or in
humid/extreme climates
4.3.6 The Noise Reduction Rate (NRR)
Noise Reduction Rating (NRR) is a unit of
measurement used to determine the effectiveness of
hearing protection devices to decrease sound
exposure within a given working environment.
Classified by their potential to reduce noise in
decibels (dB), a term used to categorize the power or
density of sound, hearing protectors must be tested
and approved by the American National Standards
(ANSI) in accordance with the Occupational Safety &
Health Administration (OSHA) or local OSH
Standard. The higher the NRR number associated
with a hearing protector, the greater the potential for
noise reduction.
4.3.6.1 How does NRR change decibels of
exposure?
fitting When hearing protection is worn, your level of
exposure to noise is based on the NRR rating of the
109
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
protection device being used. Keep in mind,
however, that while the NRR is measured in decibels,
the hearing protector being used does not reduce the
surrounding decibel level by the exact number of
decibels associated with that protector’s NRR. For
example, if you are at a rock concert where the level
of noise exposure is 100 dB and you are wearing
earplugs with an NRR 33dB, your level of exposure
would not be reduced to 67 dB. Instead, to determine
the actual amount of decibel deduction applied (when
decibels are measured dBA which is the most
common), you take the NRR number (in dB), subtract
seven, and then divide by two. Given the previous
example, your noise reduction equation would look
like the following: (33-7)/2 = 13. This means that if
you are at a rock concert with a level of noise
exposure at 100 dB and you are wearing a hearing
protector with an NRR 33 dB, your new level of noise
exposure is 87 dB. If you are wearing a product with
an NRR of 27 it would deduct 10 decibels (27-
7/2=10).
When hearing protectors are worn in combination
(i.e. earplugs AND earmuffs), rather than adding the
two NRR numbers together, you simply add five
more decibels of protection to the device with the
higher NRR.
4.4 OSHS Rule 1082: Eye and Face Protection
4.4.1 OSHS Rule 1082.01
Eyes and face protective equipment shall be
required where there is reasonable probability of
exposure to such hazards. In such cases, the
employer shall furnish a type of protective equipment
suitable for the work to be performed and the
employees shall use such equipment. Eye protection
shall be provided where the processes or operations
present hazards of flying objects, liquids, injurious
radiation, glare or a combination of these hazards.
Employees can be exposed to a large
number of hazards that pose danger to their eyes
and face. OSH standard requires employers to
ensure that employees have appropriate eye or face
protection if they are exposed to eye or face hazards
from flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals,
acids or caustic liquids, chemical gases or vapors,
potentially infected material or potentially harmful
light radiation.
4.4.2 OSHS Rule 1082.02: Eye and face protective
equipment shall conform with the following
minimum requirements:
(1) provide adequate protection against the particular
hazard for which they are designed or intended;
(2) be reasonably comfortable to use;
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
(3) fit snugly and shall not unduly interfere with the
movements of the user;
(4) be durable, easily cleaned and capable of being
disinfected;
(5) be kept clean and in good condition, and
(6) be of the approved type
4.4.3 Eye and Face Hazards
a) Dust, dirt, metal or wood chips entering the
eye from activities such as chipping,
grinding, sawing, hammering, the use of
power tools or even strong wind forces.
b) Chemical splashes from corrosive
substances, hot liquids, solvents or other
hazardous solutions.
c) Objects swinging into the eye or face, such
as tree limbs, chains, tools or ropes.
d) Radiant energy from welding, harmful rays
from the use of lasers or other radiant light
(as well as heat, glare, sparks, splash and
flying particles).
4.4.4 Effects of Occupational Eye and Face
Hazards
1) Temporary and Permanent loss of vision
2) Inflamed eyes
3) Skin burns
4) Lacerations
5) Fractures
6) Broken Teeth
4.4.5 Selection of Eye and Face Protection
a) Ability to protect against specific workplace
hazards.
b) Should fit properly and be reasonably
comfortable to wear.
c) Should provide unrestricted vision and
movement.
d) Should be durable and cleanable.
e) Should allow unrestricted functioning of any
other required PPE
4.4.6 Types of Eye and Face Protection
a. Safety spectacles. These protective eyeglasses
have safety frames constructed of metal or plastic
and impact-resistant lenses. Side shields are
available on some models.
b. Goggles. These are tight-fitting eye protection that
completely cover the eyes, eye sockets and the facial
area immediately surrounding the eyes and provide
110
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

protection from impact, dust and splashes. Some 4.5.1 OSHS Rule 1083: Respiratory Protection
goggles will fit over corrective lenses. 4.5.1.1 OSHS Rule 1083.01
c. Welding shields. Constructed of vulcanized fiber The primary corrective measure in the
or fiberglass and fitted with a filtered lens, welding control of occupational diseases caused by harmful,
shields protect eyes from burns caused by infrared or dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays or
intense radiant light; they also protect both the eyes vapors shall be to prevent atmospheric
and face from flying sparks, metal spatter and slag contamination. This shall be accomplished through
chips produced during welding, brazing, soldering the use or application of accepted engineering
and cutting operations. control measures, like enclosure or confinement of
the operation, general and local ventilation and
d. Laser safety goggles. These specialty goggles substitution of less toxic materials or a combination
protect against intense concentrations of light of these. When effective engineering control
produced by lasers. The type of laser safety goggles measures are not feasible or while they are in
an employer chooses will depend upon the process of being instituted, appropriate respirators
equipment and operating conditions in the shall be used.
workplace.
e. Face shields. These transparent sheets of plastic 4.5.2 Respiratory Hazards
extend from the eyebrows to below the chin and
across the entire width of the employee’s head.
a) Dusts
Some are polarized for glare protection. Face shields
b) fogs
protect against nuisance dusts and potential
c) fumes
splashes or sprays of hazardous liquids but will not
d) mists
provide adequate protection against impact hazards.
e) gases
Face shields used in combination with goggles or
f) smokes
safety spectacles will provide additional protection
g) sprays
against impact hazards.
h) vapors

4.4.7 Care of Eye Protection 4.5.3 Selection of RPE

a) Keep eye and face protection clean so that
your vision is not blurred or blocked.
b) Soap and water are the most common way
to clean eye and face protection.
c) Special cleaning products can be purchased
that contain anti-fog chemicals.
d) If exposed to dust or liquid chemicals when
wearing goggles, be sure to clean the top rim
of the goggles before removing them so that
any accumulations of dust or chemicals do
not drip or fall into your eyes when the
goggles are removed.
e) Dispose of eye and face protection when
they become scratched and distort your
vision or become otherwise damaged so that
they do not fit correctly or adequately protect
against the hazard.
4.5 Respiratory Protection
The use of Respiratory Protective Equipment
(RPE) to prevent the inhalation of harmful airborne
contaminants constitutes an extensive subject in its
own right, so here we shall concentrate on the
various types of respiratory protection available and
the factors affecting selection.
4.5.3.1 Many factors have to be taken into account
when choosing RPE. The main factors are:
a) Atmosphere-/substance-related factors.
b) Level of protection required and the
Assigned Protection Factor (APF).
c) Task and work-related factors.
d) Wearer-related factors.
e) Quality-related factors.
4.5.4 The Types and Group of Respiratory
Protective Equipment
4.5.4.1 Main Group of RPE
a) Tight-fitting facepieces (often referred to
as masks) rely on having a good seal with
the wearer’s face. These are available as
both non-powered and powered respirators
and BA. A face fit test should be carried out
to ensure the RPE can protect the wearer.
b) Loose-fitting facepieces rely on enough
clean air being provided to the wearer to
prevent contaminant leaking in (only
available as powered respirators or BA).
Examples are hoods, helmets, visors,
blouses and suits.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 111
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
4.5.4.2 Two Main Types of RPE
1. Respirators (filtering devices) use filters to
remove contaminants from the air being breathed in.
They can be either:
a) non-powered respirators – relying on the
wearer’s breathing to draw air through the
filter.
b) powered respirators – using a motor to
pass air through the filter to give a supply of
clean air.
2. Breathing apparatus needs a supply of
breathing-quality air from an independent source
(e.g. air cylinder or air compressor).
a) Fresh Air Hose BA
Fresh air hose BA can be described as a
breathing apparatus that provides a supply of
unpressurised fresh air from an uncontaminated
source. The user is connected to a fresh air supply
by an air hose of up to 20 meters and draws air
through by breathing effort. The system is not self-
contained, so it enables work to be carried out over
an indefinite period, provided it is only a short
distance from fresh air.
b) Compressed Airline BA
Compressed airline BA is similar in design
to fresh air systems, but the respirable air comes
from a compressed air source. The compressed air
supply may be from a cylinder or from a compressor.
Cylinders are often mounted on a trolley and provide
a mobile supply unit. Air from compressors is more
usual in static situations where it can be piped around
a site with outlet connectors at convenient points.
4.5.4.3 There are two types of respirator design
for compressed airline systems:
1. The constant flow BA, which receives a
continuous flow of air from the supply. Any air not
used for respiration is exhausted from the face-piece.
This system is used only where there is a
compressor supply considered to be inexhaustible. It
cannot be considered a very economical way to use
compressed air.
2. The demand flow BA, which is a very economical
system in that respirable air only flows into the mask
when the user inhales.
c) Self-Contained BA (SCBA)
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
provides air or oxygen to the user from cylinders or
some other form of container which is carried in a
harness on the user’s chest or back. The system
provides respiratory protection in toxic, corrosive,
dusty and oxygen-deficient atmospheres.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
There are three main types of self-contained
breathing apparatus, classified mainly based on
duration of use:
1. Escape
2. General
3. Re-circulating
4.5.4.4 Specific requirements for RPE use
RPE at work should:
a) adequately control inhalation exposure to
provide the wearer with effective protection
b) be suitable for the intended use
c) be of an approved type/standard
d) be used by properly trained people who are
supervised
e) be properly stored, cleaned and checked
regularly to ensure it remains effective
4.5.4.5 Care and Maintenance of RPE
a) Respirators must be regularly cleaned and
disinfected.
b) Respirators must be stored in a convenient,
clean, and sanitary location.
c) Routinely used respirators must be
collected, cleaned, and disinfected as
frequently as necessary to ensure that
proper protection is provided for the wearer.
d) Replacement or repairs must be done only
by experienced persons with parts designed
for the respirator. No attempt must be made
to replace components or to make
adjustments or repairs beyond the
manufacturer's recommendations. Reducing
or admission valves or regulators must be
returned to the manufacturer or to a trained
technician for adjustment or repair.
e) Respirators placed at stations and work
areas for emergency use should always be
quickly accessible and should be stored in
compartments built for the purpose. The
compartments should be clearly marked.
Routinely used respirators, such as dust
respirators, may be placed in plastic bags.
4.5.4.6 OSHS Rule 1083.04: Respiratory
Protective Program
To effectively implement the provisions of Rule 1083,
the employer shall institute a respiratory protective
program which shall include the following:
(1) Proper selection of respirators based on the
hazards to which the workers exposed;
112
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

(2) Sufficient instruction and training in the proper c) area requiring protection (hand only,
use and the limitations of respirators; forearm, arm)
(3) When practicable, the assignment of respirators d) grip requirements (dry, wet, oily)
to individual workers for their exclusive use; e) thermal protection
(4) Regular cleaning and disinfecting of the f) size and comfort
respirators. Respirators issued for the exclusive use
of one worker shall be cleaned after each day’s use g) abrasion/resistance requirements
or as often as necessary. Those used by two or more
workers shall be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected 4.7.3 Four Groups of Gloves
after each use;
1) Gloves made of leather, canvas or metal mesh:
(5) Appropriate examination and testing of the Sturdy gloves made from metal mesh, leather or
conditions of the work area to assure that the canvas provide protection against cuts and burns.
allowable degree of employee exposure is Leather or canvas gloves also protect against
maintained, and to determine the effectiveness of the sustained heat.
control measures.
2) Fabric and coated fabric gloves: Fabric and
coated fabric gloves are made of cotton or other
4.6 Hair protection (OSHS Rule 1082.02) fabric to provide varying degrees of protection.

4.6.1 All persons with long hair employed around 3) Chemical- and liquid-resistant gloves:
machinery shall completely cover their hair with well- Chemical-resistant gloves are made with different
fitting caps or other equivalent protection. kinds of rubber: natural, butyl, neoprene, nitrile and
fluorocarbon (viton); or various kinds of plastic:
4.6.2 Caps shall be of materials not easily polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinyl alcohol and
flammable and sufficiently durable to polyethylene. These materials can be blended or
withstand regular laundering, disinfecting laminated for better performance. As a general rule,
and cleaning. the thicker the glove material, the greater the
chemical resistance but thick gloves may impair grip
and dexterity, having a negative impact on safety.
4.7 Hand and Arm Protection
If a workplace hazard assessment reveals employee 4) Insulating rubber gloves
face potential injury to hands and arms that cannot
be eliminated through engineering and work practice
controls, employers must ensure employees wear 4.7.4 Common Types of Gloves and Hazards they
appropriate protection including the following: can Guard.
gloves, finger guards and arm coverings or elbow- a) Disposable Gloves: Disposable gloves,
length gloves. usually made of light-weight plastic, can help
guard against mild irritants.
b) Fabric Gloves: These gloves are made of
4.7.1 Hand and Arm Hazards cotton or fabric blends. They're generally
a) Absorption of harmful substances used to improve grip when handling slippery
objects. They also help insulate hands from
b) Chemical burns
mild heat or cold.
c) Rashes cuts or lacerations c) Leather Gloves: These gloves are used to
d) Abrasions guard against injuries from sparks or
scraping against rough surfaces. They are
e) Punctures also used in combination with an insulated
f) thermal burns liner when working with electricity.
d) Metal Mesh Gloves: These gloves are used
g) harmful temperature extremes to protect hands from accidental cuts and
scratches. They are used most commonly by
4.7.2 Selecting Hand and Arm Protection persons working with cutting tools or other
The following are examples of some factors that may sharp instruments.
influence the selection of protective gloves for a e) Aluminized Gloves: These gloves made of
workplace. aluminized fabric are designed to insulate
hands from intense heat. These gloves are
a) type of chemicals handled
most commonly used by persons working
b) nature of contact (total immersion, splash, molten materials.
etc.) f) Chemical Resistance Gloves: These
gloves may be made of rubber, neoprene,
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 113
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
polyvinyl alcohol or vinyl, etc. The gloves
protect hands from corrosives, oils, and
solvents. The glove chart on the next page
may serve as a guide to the different types of
glove materials and the chemicals they can
be used against. When selecting chemical
resistance gloves, be sure to consult the
manufacturer's recommendations,
especially if the gloved hand will be
immersed in the chemical.
4.7.5 OSHS Rule 1085: Hand and Arm Protection
1085.01: When selecting gloves, consideration
should be given to the hazards to which the wearer
may be exposed to and the ease and free movement
of the fingers.
1085.02: Gloves shall not be worn by workers
operating drills, punch presses or other machinery in
which the hand may be caught by moving parts.
1085.03: Gloves, mittens, and leathers or pads for
workers handling sharp edged or abrasive objects
shall be made of tough materials and where
necessary provided with special reinforcement.
1085.04: Gloves, mittens and sleeves for workers
handling hot metals shall be made of suitable heat
resisting material.
1085.05: Gloves and sleeves for electrical workers
shall be made of rubber or other suitable materials
conforming with the test requirements on dielectric
strength.
1085.06: Gauntlets for workers handling corrosive
substances, such as acids and caustics, shall be
made of natural rubber, synthetic rubber or pliable
plastic material resistant to corrosion.
1085.07: Gauntlets for protecting workers against the
action of toxic, irritating or infectious substances
shall:
(1) cover the forearm as much as possible,
(2) have a close ft at the upper end and
(3) not have the slightest break. Gloves torn during
use shall be replaced immediately
4.7.6 Care of Hand and Arm Protection
a) Work gloves should fit comfortably and never
be too tight or too loose. The material must
be appropriate for the type of work
performed and should stand up to the tasks
involved.
b) Workers should have all the relevant
information pertaining to their gloves,
including whether or not they are reusable. If
they are, workers must know how long the
gloves can be used. For example, chemical-
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
resistant gloves can be reused but the
choice to do so needs to be made with care,
taking into consideration the gloves’
absorptive qualities, the toxicity of the
chemicals they come in contact with and
even the duration of exposure, storage
conditions and temperature.
c) Never wash or reuse disposable gloves.
d) Keep gloves clean and dry.
e) Store gloves in appropriate conditions for
their use. For example, rubber-insulated
gloves should be stored in a cool, dark area
that is far from any sources of heat or steam.
Nothing should be placed on top of gloves as
that might distort their shape.
f) Make sure backup pairs are always available
in case gloves get damaged or need to be
washed or dried.
g) Check for holes, tears, cracks, discoloration,
stiffness and other damage or signs of
damage before each use. A visual inspection
might be enough in many cases, but
sometimes, depending on the type of glove,
a more thorough inspection can be
performed (for example, filling some gloves
with water can reveal pinhole leaks).
h) The correct use and disposal of gloves in
health care settings require extra attention
due to the possibility of contamination.
i) Replace worn or damaged gloves right
away. Don’t try to fix or patch them unless
the type of glove lends itself to repairs as
certified by the manufacturer.
4.8 Body Protection
Employees who face possible bodily injury of any
kind that cannot be eliminated through engineering,
work practice or administrative controls, must wear
appropriate body protection while performing their
jobs. In addition to cuts and radiation, the following
are examples of workplace hazards that could cause
bodily injury:
a) temperature extremes
b) hot splashes from molten metals and other
hot liquids
c) potential impacts from tools, machinery and
materials
d) hazardous chemicals
4.8.1 Body Protection Materials
Protective clothing comes in a variety of materials,
each effective against particular hazards, such as:
114
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
a) Paper-like fiber used for disposable suits
provide protection against dust and
splashes.
b) Treated wool and cotton adapts well to
changing temperatures, is comfortable, and
fire-resistant and protects against dust,
abrasions and rough and irritating surfaces.
c) Duck is a closely woven cotton fabric that
protects against cuts and bruises when
handling heavy, sharp or rough materials.
d) Leather is often used to protect against dry
heat and flames.
e) Rubber, rubberized fabrics, neoprene and
plastics protect against certain chemicals
and physical hazards. When chemical or
physical hazards are present, check with the
clothing manufacturer to ensure that the
material selected will provide protection
against the specific hazard.
4.9 Foot and Leg Protection
Workers shall be provided with approved safety
shoes and leg protection whenever necessary as
determined by the nature of work.
4.9.1 OSHS Rule 1087: Use of Safety Shoes
Workers shall be provided with approved safety
shoes and leg protection whenever necessary as
determined by the nature of work.
4.9.2 Foot Hazard
a) Wet, hot and cold conditions
b) electrostatic build-up
c) slipping
d) cuts and punctures
e) falling objects
f) heavy loads
g) metal and chemical splash
h) vehicles.
4.9.3 Selection of Foot Protection
1. Impact protection.
Safety shoes or boots with impact protection would
be required for carrying or handling materials such as
packages, objects, parts or heavy tools, which could
be dropped; and, for other activities where objects
might fall onto the feet.
2. Compression protection.
Safety shoes or boots with compression protection
would be required for work activities involving skid
trucks (manual material handling carts) around bulk
rolls (such as paper rolls) and around heavy pipes,
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
all of which could potentially roll over an employee's
feet.
3. Puncture protection.
Safety shoes or boots with puncture protection would
be required where sharp objects such as nails, wire,
tacks, screws, large staples, scrap metal etc., could
be stepped on by employees causing a foot injury.
4.9.4 Classes of Foot and Leg Protection
1. Leggings protect the lower legs and feet from heat
hazards such as molten metal or welding sparks.
Safety snaps allow leggings to be removed quickly.
2. Safety shoes have impact-resistant toes and
heat-resistant soles that protect the feet against hot
work surfaces common in roofing, paving and hot
metal industries. The metal insoles of some safety
shoes protect against puncture wounds. Safety
shoes may also be designed to be electrically
conductive to prevent the buildup of static electricity
in areas with the potential for explosive atmospheres
or nonconductive to protect employees from
workplace electrical hazards.
3. Safety Boots is a durable boot or shoe that has a
protective reinforcement in the toe which protects the
foot from falling objects or compression, usually
combined with a mid-sole plate to protect against
punctures from below.
4.9.5 Types of Safety Shoes
4.9.5.1 Safety-toed shoes
This is a very common type of safety
footwear that is found with a special covering around
the toe area that is capped with a special material to
keep the toes safe from hazardous accidents and
mishaps. People who work in factories and mills and
places where heavy industrial materials and
equipment are being handled every day usually wear
these.
4.9.5.2 Steel insole shoes
These shoes help in keeping the foot
stabilized and prevents it from shifting and moving
around too much, in turn preventing joint and bone
problems. It is also one of the most comfortable
safety footwear.
4.9.5.3 Metal Instep footwear
Safety footwear ensures that the feet are
kept protected from all outward injuries, accidents
and harmful objects. This type of safety footwear has
been designed specially to protect and safeguard the
feet from sharp and pointy objects like nails, glass
pieces and other metal objects.
115
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

5.4 PPE should be provided free of charge as

4.9.5.4 Metatarsal Shoes
required by the standards by the employer. The
These shoes are special safety shoes that employer primary duty is to provide and train
have been specifically designed and created to personnel on the proper use PPE for their
protect the upper part of the foot and bones. It protection against the hazards in the workplace
reduces and prevents injuries from accidents and
mishaps that can occur due to heavy equipment
falling or dropping down on the feet.
4.9.5.5 Electric hazard shoes
Employees that work with electricity, circuits,
wiring and high voltage machines and devices,
specially wear this kind of footwear. They are
specially made with a sole that helps reduce the
potential of any employee receiving an electric shock
when exposed to high voltage circuits and electricity.

4.9.6 Care of Foot Protection

a) Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.

b) To maintain the shoe’s gripping component,
remove any mud or snow encrusted into the
sole, as well as any gravel or piece of metal.
c) Brush your shoes to remove stains and dirt,
or use a damp cloth to clean them, but steer
clear of soap—leather is not a fan!
d) Leave your shoes to dry in a warm, dry and
ventilated room, but keep them away from
any direct heat, such as electric baseboards.
Do not leave them out to dry in the sun.
e) If they are made of leather, apply a leather-
recommended quality grease or silicone
polish to dry-proof them.
f) If they are made of synthetic fabric, clean
them by hand with water and mild soap. Use
the same drying instructions as for leather.

5. Summary and Conclusion

5.1 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) includes

articles such as eye, face, head and extremity
protection; protective clothing; respiratory
devices; protective shields; and barriers for
mechanical, chemical, radiological or other
workplace environmental hazards.

5.2 PPE is required wherever the conditions listed

below are encountered that are capable of
causing injury or impairment by being absorbed,
inhaled, or physically contacted, hazards of
processes, environment hazards, chemical
hazards, radiological hazards and mechanical
irritants.

5.3 OSHS Rule 1080, DO 198 and DO13 are the

common laws that regulate the used of PPE in
the country.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 116
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 14: Demolition Safety
1. Introduction
Demolition requires adequate preparation with
regards to the health and safety of the workers. The
person in-charge has to make sure that the task is
properly prepared involving the overall planning of
the demolition job, including the methods to be used
to bring the structure down, the equipment necessary
to do the job, and the measures to be taken to
perform the work safely.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Discuss the types of demolition (mechanical,
explosives)
 Outline the hazards of demolition worked.
 Identify the control measures of hazards on
demolition worked.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 Demolition is the dismantling, razing, destroying
or wrecking of any building or structure or any part
thereof.
3.2 Pre-stressed concrete is defined as concrete in
which there have been introduced internal stresses
of such magnitude and distribution that the stresses
resulting from given external loadings are
counteracted to a desired degree.
4. OSHS Rule 1417: Demolition
4.1 1417.01:
All demolition operations of building or other structure
over six (6) meters high shall be under supervision of
a competent person. No person except the workers
who are directly engaged in the demolition shall enter
a demolition area to within a distance equal to 1 1/2
times the height of the structure being demolished,
where this distance is not possible the structure shall
be fenced around and no unauthorized person shall
be allowed within the fenced area.
4.2 Preparatory Operations
Before the start of every demolition job, the manager
and safety personnel for the demolition contractor
should take a number of steps to safeguard the
health and safety of workers at the job site. These
preparatory operations involve the overall planning of
the demolition job, including the methods to be used
to bring the structure down, the equipment necessary
to do the job, and the measures to be taken to
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
perform the work safely. Planning for a demolition job
is as important as actually doing the work.
5. Hazard Associated with Demolition
5.1 Premature Collapse
Premature collapse of buildings and structures is the
main cause of accidents in demolition work and may
be due to poor planning in the initial stages.
5.2 Falls and Falling Materials
This can also be quite common in the workplace.
Poor planning may contribute to workers devising
their own means of access and methods of work.
Falling materials may be done by workers
intentionally dropping materials, or an unexpected
collapse of a structures or loads. Insecure loads
being transported to or from the structure, such as
cranes, may fall especially in adverse weather
conditions.
5.3 Plant, Vehicle and other Equipment
Overturning
Transport accidents can happen because of poor
traffic management. Weather conditions and lack of
spillage control may also be a contributing factor. The
ground may also be unstable and uneven for vehicles
and plant. Operating vehicles at high speed in poor
conditions may lead to overturning.
5.4 Dust and Fumes
During the demolition process dust and fumes can be
produced. The dust is of great concern as it could be
toxic or corrosive. Dust produced include silica,
cement, and in some cases asbestos. Fumes can be
generated by processes which involve heating and
melting of metals.
5.5 Manual Handling
Poor work postures and doing repetitive twisting of
the torso, bending, kneeling, and lifting arms above
shoulder height can all contribute to MSDS which can
affect the back, knees, shoulders and neck.
5.6 Noise and Vibration
The type of work being carried out will bring
excessive noise and some vibration. This will affect
people on site and may also affect people in the
surrounding areas.
5.7 Existence of Services
Existing services such as gas, electricity and water
will have to be considered before any demolition
starts. All types of services must be identified and
117
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
located so arrangements can be put into the
demolition plan.
5.8 Hazardous Substances
Several types of hazardous substances may be
present in the form of asbestos, lead paint,
flammable liquids and other unidentified materials.
These can all pose a serious hazard to the workers.
A method statement and demolition plan should
outline measures to identify the substances and how
to safely dispose of them.
5.9 Dilapidation
Structures that have been dilapidated may present
unstable or weakened structural members. Due to
the decaying of the structure which has suffered
neglect and lack of maintenance, the structure could
be classed as unsafe and premature collapse and
the falling of materials could be released.
6. Primary Types of Accidents
The most common types of accidents that result from
the hazards associated with demolition are:
a) falls from elevated work surfaces
b) exposure to hazardous air contaminants
c) being struck by falling or collapsing
structures
d) electrical shock
7. Types of Demolition
A. Manual Demolition
Used of handheld tools.
B. Mechanical Demolition
Refers to demolition using equipment like a
jackhammer or wrecking ball, rather than explosives
C. Blasting (Explosive)
8. Control of Demolition Hazards
8.1 OSHS Rule 1417.02: Demolition Work
(1) On every demolition work, danger signs shall be
posted around the structure and all doors and
opening giving access to the structure shall be kept
barricaded or guarded.
(2) Demolition work shall not commence until:
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
(a) all necessary steps have been taken to prevent
injury to any person or damage to adjoining property,
and
(b) all existing gas, electrical and other services likely
to endanger a worker shall have been shut off or
disconnected.
(3) Prior to demolition all glass shall:
(a) be removed from windows and other locations, or
(b) otherwise shall be protected so that there is no
possibility of breakage at any stage of the demolition.
(4) Shoring or other necessary measures shall be
taken to prevent the accidental collapse of any part
of the building or structure being demolished or any
adjacent building or structure endangering the
workers.
(5) Demolition shall proceed systematically, storey by
storey, in a descending order and the work on the
upper floors shall be completely over before
removing any of the supporting members of the
structure on the lower floor. This shall not prohibit the
demolition on section, in the same descending order
if means are taken to prevent injury to workers and
damage to property.
(6) All precautions shall be taken to avoid damage
from collapse of a building being demolished or any
part of it when any part of the framing is removed
from a framed or partly framed building.
(7) No building or any part of the structure shall be
overloaded with debris or materials to render it
unsafe and hazardous to persons working.
(8) Adequate precautions shall be taken to avoid
danger from any sudden twisting, springing or
collapse of any steel or ironwork cut or released.
(9) No workers shall stand on top of wall, pier or
chimney more than six (6) meters (18 ft.) high unless
safe flooring or adequate scaffolding or staging is
provided on all sides of the wall, three (3) meters (9
ft.) away from where he is working.
(10) A truss, girder, or other structural member shall
not be disconnected until it has been:
(a) relieved of all loads other than its own weight, and
(b) provided with temporary supports.
(11) Stairs and stair railings, passageways and
ladders shall be demolished last.
(12) When demolition is suspended or discontinued
all access to the remaining part of the building shall
be fenced or barricaded.
8.2 Special Structures Demolition
118
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
8.2.1 Demolition of Prestressed Concrete
Prestressed concrete is an architectural and
structural material that has tremendous strength. Its
unique properties allow predetermined engineering
stresses to be placed in members to counteract
stresses that occur when the unit is subjected to
service loads.
The most important aspect of demolishing a
prestressed concrete structure takes place during the
engineering survey. During the survey, a qualified
person should determine if the structure to be
demolished contains any prestressed members.
Workers should be informed of the hazards of
deviating from the prescribed procedures and the
importance of following their supervisor's instruction.
8.2.2 Separately Stressed Units
Before breaking up, units of this type should be
lowered to the ground, if possible. It is advisable to
seek the counsel of a professional engineer before
carrying out this work, especially where there are
ungrouted tendons.
8.3 Safe Work Practices When Demolishing a
Chimney, Stack, Silo, or Cooling Tower.
8.3.1 Inspection and Planning
When preparing to demolish any chimney, stack, silo,
or cooling tower, the first step must be a careful,
detailed inspection of the structure by an
experienced person. If possible,
architectural/engineering drawings should be
consulted. Particular attention should be paid to the
condition of the chimney or stack. Workers should be
on the lookout for any structural defects such as
weak or acid-laden mortar joints, and any cracks or
openings. The interior brickwork in some sections of
industrial chimney shafts can be extremely weak. If
stack has been banded with steel straps, these
bands shall be removed only as the work progresses
from the top down. Sectioning of the chimney by
water, etc. should be considered.
8.3.2 Debris Clearance
If debris is dropped inside the shaft, it can be
removed through an opening in the chimney at grade
level. When removing debris by hand, an overhead
canopy of adequate strength should be provided. If
machines are used for removal of debris, proper
overhead protection for the operator should be used.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Excessive debris should not be allowed to
accumulate inside or outside the shaft of the chimney
as the excess weight of the debris can impose
pressure on the wall of the structure and might cause
the shaft to collapse.
8.3.3 Demolition by Deliberate Collapse
Another method of demolishing a chimney or stack is
by deliberate collapse. Deliberate collapse requires
extensive planning and experienced personnel and
should be used only when conditions are favorable.
There must be a clear space for the fall of the
structure of at least 45 degrees on each side of the
intended fall line and 1½ times the total height of the
chimney. Considerable vibration may be set up when
the chimney falls, so there should be no sewers or
underground services on the line of the fall.
Lookouts must be posted on the site and warning
signals must be arranged. The public and other
workers at the job site must be kept well back from
the fall area.
The use of explosives is one way of setting off
deliberate collapse. This type of demolition should be
undertaken only by qualified persons. The entire
work area shall be cleared of nonessential personnel
before any explosives are placed.
8.4 1418: Mechanical Demolition
The demolition area where work is done by
mechanical devices such as weight balls or power
shovels shall:
(a) be barricaded for a minimum distance of 1 1/2
times the height of the structure.
(b) not allow entrance of unauthorized persons.
(c) arranged and maintained so the mechanical
devices used shall not cause any damage to
adjacent structures, power lines or public road.
8.5 1419: Explosives
8.5.1 1419.01: Supervision
(1) A competent person shall be appointed in charge
of and personally present at a blasting operation who
shall supervise the fixing of all charges and other
blasting, activities.
(2) The names of persons designated to handle,
transport, prepare or use dynamite or other high
explosives shall be posted in the field office and on
or in the magazine.
(3) No person inexperienced in handling dynamite or
other high explosives shall handle, transport, prepare
or use dynamite, unless the inexperienced person
119
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
work under the personal supervision of a person with
experience in blasting operations.
(4) A record of explosives received and used shall be
properly maintained and open for inspection by the
enforcing authority.
8.5.2 Proper Use of Explosives
Certain precautions must be taken to prevent
accidental discharge of electric blasting caps from
current induced by radar, radio transmitters,
lightning, adjacent power lines, dust storms, or other
sources of extraneous or static electricity.
8.5.2.1 These precautions shall include:
 Ensuring that mobile radio transmitters on
the job site that are less than 100 feet away
from electric blasting caps, in other than
original containers, shall be de-energized
and effectively locked.
 The prominent display of adequate signs,
warning against the use of mobile radio
transmitters, on all roads within 1,000 feet of
the blasting operations.
 Maintaining the minimum distances
recommended by the IME between the
nearest transmitter and electric blasting
caps.
 The suspension of all blasting operations
and removal of persons from the blasting
area during the approach and progress of an
electric storm.
8.5.3 Procedures After Blasting
8.5.3.1 Inspection After the Blast
Immediately after the blast has been fired, the firing
line shall be disconnected from the blasting machine
and short-circuited. Where power switches are used,
they shall be locked open or in the off position.
Sufficient time shall be allowed for dust, smoke and
fumes to leave the blasted area before returning the
spot.
8.5.3.2 Disposal of Explosives
Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies
that are obviously deteriorated or damaged should
not be used; they should be properly disposed of.
8.5.3.3 Transportation of Explosives
8.5.3.3.1 Vehicle Safety
All vehicles used for the transportation of explosives
shall have tight floors, and any exposed spark-
producing metal on the inside of the body shall be
covered with wood or some other nonsparking
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
material. No passengers should be allowed in any
vehicle transporting explosives. In transporting
explosives, congested traffic and high-density
population areas should be avoided, where possible,
and no unnecessary stops should be made. Vehicles
carrying explosives, blasting agents, or blasting
supplies shall not be taken inside a garage or shop
for repairs or servicing. No motor vehicle transporting
explosives shall be left unattended.
8.5.3.3 Storage of Explosives
8.5.3.3.1 Inventory Handling and Safe Handling
All explosives must be accounted for at all times and
all not being used must be kept in a locked magazine.
A complete detailed inventory of all explosives
received and placed in, removed from, and returned
to the magazine should be maintained at all times.
Appropriate authorities must be notified of any loss,
theft, or unauthorized entry into a magazine.
8.5.3.3.2 Storage Conditions
Providing a dry, well-ventilated place for the storage
of explosives is one of the most important and
effective safety measures. Exposure to weather
damages most kinds of explosives, especially
dynamite and caps. Every precaution should be
taken to keep them dry and relatively cool.
Dampness or excess humidity may be the cause of
misfires resulting in injury or loss of life. Explosives
should be stored in properly constructed fire and
bullet-resistant structures. Detonators should never
be stored in the same magazine with any other kind
of explosives.
9. Summary and Conclusion
9.1 One of the most important elements of the pre-
job planning is the location of all utility services.
All electric gas, water, steam, sewer, and other
services lines should be shut off, capped or
otherwise controlled at or outside the building
before demolition work is started.
9.2 A “fire plan” should be set up prior to a demolition
job. The plan should outline the assignments of
key personnel in a fire and provide an evacuation
plan for workers.
9.3 Mechanical demolition refers to demolition using
equipment like a jackhammer or wrecking ball,
rather than explosives.
9.4 Prior to the blasting of any structure or portion
thereof, a complete written survey must be made
by a qualified person of all adjacent
improvements and underground utilities.
9.5 When there is a possibility of excessive vibration
due to blasting operations, seismic or vibration
120
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

tests should be taken to determine proper safety

limits to prevent damage to adjacent or nearby
buildings, utilities, or other property.

9.6 All explosives must be accounted for at all times

and all not being used must be kept in a locked
magazine.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 121
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 15: Safety Inspection
1. Introduction
Safety inspections are undoubtedly the
oldest of all accident prevention techniques. Safety
inspections are a necessary segment of a complete
occupational safety and health program.
Safety inspections provide for an evaluation
of the workplace’s present condition and may involve
the observation of work practices as well. However,
inspections need to go beyond the mere detection of
an unsafe condition or an unsafe work practice, they
need to provide for an analysis of why unsafe
conditions and practices exist and provide
recommendations for the eliminating or mitigating of
the hazards detected.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Assess the effectiveness of the OSH
Program.
 Identify Types of Inspection, Stages of
Inspection and Priority Category.
 Discuss the inspection checklist.
3. Definition of terms
3.1 Safety inspection is a documented or formalized
procedure that is often carried out by a safety
specialist to identify potential hazards.
3.2 Safety Audit is a systematic and independent
examination to determine whether quality activities
and related results comply with planned
arrangements and whether these arrangements are
implemented effectively and are suitable to achieve
objectives.
3.3 Active monitoring is about checking to ensure
that standards are met and that the workplace is, in
fact, safe and free of health risks before any
unwanted event takes place.
3.4 Safety tours - general inspections of the
workplace.
3.5 Safety sampling - systematic sampling of
particular dangerous activities, processes or areas.
3.6 Safety surveys - general inspections of
particular dangerous activities, processes or areas.
4. Safety Inspection
A safety inspection is an on-site walk through to
identify potential hazards to occupants and
personnel and options for remedial action. Safety
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
inspections are also important for property insurance
issues. A review of safety equipment (Emergency
eyewash, shower, fire extinguishers, first aid kits,
etc.) is also completed to verify proper working order.
4.1 What Is the Difference Between a Safety
Inspection and a Safety Audit?
4.1.1 A safety inspection involves a thorough
and systematic examination of the physical
conditions and workplace practices of an
organization. This will include and
examination of all equipment to determine
whether safeguards are operating and to
identify any potential hazards. The inspector
will also observe workplace practices to
ascertain whether any unsafe procedures
are being carried out. The goal of safety
inspection is to identify hazards in order to
eliminate, guard or protect against them.
4.1.2 A safety audit is carried out in order to
gauge the effectiveness of an organization's
safety inspections processes. It will also
analyze the effectiveness of training plans
and systems within the organization.
Whereas a safety inspection is carried out by
someone familiar with the workplace, a
safety audit is done by someone external to
the organization.
4.2 Purpose of Safety & Health Inspection
4.2.1 Identify health and safety hazards
4.2.2 Injury prevention – Proactive
4.2.3 Productive workplace
4.2.4 Positive Performance Indicator
4.2.5 Assist with legislative compliance
4.2.1 Types of Inspection
1. The routine inspection of a workplace to
determine if general standards of health and
safety are acceptable, or if corrective action
is necessary.
2. The statutory inspection of an item by a
competent person to fulfil a legal
requirement.
3. The periodic inspection/ Interval
Inspection/planned inspections-of plant
and machinery as part of a planned
maintenance program.
- Regular Inspections
- General Inspections
4. The pre-use checks carried out by workers
before they use certain items of plant and
machinery.
5. Continuous Inspection/informal
inspection -An inspection conducted as part
122
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

of the workers job responsibilities in noting d) 4th - Programmed Inspections

and correcting potential danger.
6. Emergency Inspection
7. Technical Safety Inspection 4.4.5 Inspection consists of phases:

4.3 Who is Involved in the Inspection? 1. Arrival

2. Opening conference
a) Workplace Manager and Supervisor 3. Walk-around inspection
b) Safety Officers/Safety professional 4. Closing conference
c) Occupational Health Personnel 5. Citation and response and
d) Health and Safety Representatives 6. Follow-up inspection.
e) Occupational Health, Safety & Environment
Committee Members 5. During the Inspection
f) Staff working in the area to be inspected
g) Other staff members with expertise a) Document
b) Inspection issues
c) Corrective actions
4.4 OSHS RULE 1047 (5) One of the duties of a d) Assign responsibility to each task
Safety Man (Safety Officer) Conducts health and e) Indicate the priority as low, medium or high
safety inspection as member of the committee. f) Assign a Timeframe to be completed

4.4.1 The inspectors must:

6. Summary and Conclusion
a) Have sound knowledge of the
facility/workplace 6.1 Plan a program of inspections - you and your
b) Be knowledgeable of the relevant standards, representatives can plan a program of
codes and regulations inspections in advance.
c) Be familiar with the organization’s accident 6.2 Agree the number of representatives - agree
experience and potentials the number of representatives taking part in
d) Possess the ability to make intelligent any one formal inspection.
decisions for corrective action 6.3 Co-ordinate inspections - plan inspections if
e) Exercise diplomacy in handling personnel there is more than one representative,
and situations because they can then co-ordinate their
inspections to avoid unnecessary
duplication.
4.4.2 How frequent inspections should be done? 6.4 Inspect together - it will help your relationship
with the representatives if you inspect
a) A daily inspection regime together.
b) A weekly inspection regime 6.5 Consult specialists - if there is a safety officer
c) A monthly inspection regime or specialist advisers.
d) Quarterly-Semi-Annual 6.6 Break down tasks - for larger workplaces, it
e) An annual inspection regime may not be practical to conduct a formal
inspection of the entire workplace in a single
session.
4.4.3 Tools Used in Inspection 6.7 The Safety Inspection was a good practice to
identify hazards in the workplace and
a) Inspection forms/sheet/checklists corrective action are initiated when the
b) Clipboards hazards are identified.
c) Pens/pencils 6.8 Management Role are support the
d) Lock-out/tag-out equipment inspection program.
e) Measuring tape/ruler
f) Flashlight
g) Cameras, video cams and/or tape recorder
h) Personal Protective Equipment

4.4.4 Priority Category of Inspection

a) 1st - Imminent Danger

b) 2nd - Fatality/Catastrophe
c) 3rd - Complaints/Referrals
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 123
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 16: Job Hazard Analysis (JHA)
1. Introduction
1.1 Why is job hazard analysis important?
Managing workplace safety and health can add value
to your business, your job, and your life. You can help
prevent workplace injuries and illnesses by looking at
your workplace operations, establishing safe job
procedures, and ensuring that all employees are
trained properly.
1.2 What is the value of a job hazard analysis?
Supervisors can use the findings of a job hazard
analysis to eliminate and prevent hazards in their
workplaces. This is likely to result in fewer worker
injuries and illnesses; safer, more effective work
methods; reduced workers' compensation costs; and
increased worker productivity. The analysis also can
be a valuable tool for training new employees in the
steps required to perform their jobs safely.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Explain why JHA’s are important
 Recognize how the JHA can be a valuable
planning, production, profit and safety tool.
 Identify the five-step process of JHA.
3. Definition of terms
3.1 Job hazard analysis is a technique that focuses
on job tasks as a way to identify hazards before they
occur. It focuses on the relationship between the
worker, the task, the tools, and the work
environment.
3.2 Probability is defined as the chance that a given
event will occur.
3.3 Severity - The degree of injury or illness which is
reasonably predictable.
4. Job Hazard Analysis
Job Hazard Analysis is a procedure used to review
job methods and uncover hazards:
– That may have been overlooked in the layout of the
plant or building and in the design of the machinery,
equipment, tools, workstations, and processes, or
– That may have developed after production started,
or
– That resulted from changes in work procedures or
personnel.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5. Use of JHA
5.1 Create and Improve the standard operating
procedure.
5.2 Guide in observing employee performance.
5.3 In conducting Accident/incident investigation.
5.4 In conducting Safety Inspection.
6. Member/Team of JHA
6.1 Supervisor
6.2 Employee familiar with the job
6.3 Other employee who perform the job
6.4 Expert or specialist
7. Priority on JHA
7.1 Jobs with the highest injury or illness rates
7.2 Jobs with the potential to cause severe or
disabling injuries or illness, even if there is no
history of previous accidents
7.3 Jobs in which one simple human error could lead
to a severe accident or injury
7.4 Jobs that are new to your operation or have
undergone changes in processes and
procedures
7.5 Jobs complex enough to require written
instructions.
8. Employees Are Prone to Use Their "Own"
Procedures When Not Being Supervised
It is very important to involve your employees
in the JHA process because they have a unique
understanding of the job and this knowledge is
invaluable for finding hazards. Involving employees
will help minimize oversights, ensure a quality
analysis, and get workers to "buy in" to the solutions
because they've helped in some way to develop the
procedures. If they are not involved in developing the
JHA, they will not be as likely to "own" the safe job
procedures. As a result, they may not want to use
safe procedures and practices that they believe have
been "imposed" on them.
8.1 Tips on Conducting the JHA
a) Be sure to record enough information to describe
each job action without getting too detailed at this
point. You will include more detail later in the safe
job procedure.
b) Avoid making the breakdown of steps so detailed
that it becomes unnecessarily long. don't make it
so broad that it does not include basic steps.
c) Get input from other workers who have
performed the same job.
d) Review the job steps with the employee to make
sure you have not omitted something.
e) Point out that you are analyzing the task, not
evaluating the employee’s job performance.
124
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

f) Include the employee in all phases of the
analysis—from reviewing the job steps and
procedures to discussing hazards and solutions.
g) We strongly suggest that you videotape the
worker performing the job. Have them explain
each step and why they do it that way.
9. Steps in JHA
1. Identify the basic steps to the job
2. Determine Associate Hazards
3. Make recommendations to control
hazards
d) Can the employee fall from one level to
another or even on the same level?
e) Can pushing, pulling, lifting, lowering,
bending, or twisting cause strain?
f) Is the work environment hazardous to safety
or health?
g) Are there concentrations of toxic gas, vapor,
fumes, or dust?
h) Are there potential exposures to heat, cold,
noise, or ionizing radiation?
i) Are there flammable, explosive, or electrical
the hazards?

9.1 The JHA Format

9.1.1 JHA format includes three columns:
 Basic Job Step
 Hazards Present
 Preventive Measures

9.1.1.1 Basic Job Step

9.1.1.1.2 Preventive Measures

a) Engineering Control Strategy
b) Management Control Strategy
c) Personal Protective Equipment
9.1.1.1.1 Hazards Present

A job hazard analysis is an exercise in detective

work. Your goal is to discover the following:

 What can go wrong?

 What are the consequences?
 How could the hazard arise?
 What are other contributing factors?
 How likely is it that the hazard will occur?

A. Don't Forget to Look for Potential Hazards

To ensure all hazards are identified, analyze each
step to uncover potential as well as actual hazards
produced by both work environment and the action.
Be sure to consider the following:
a) Is there danger of striking against, being
struck by, or otherwise making harmful
contact with an object? 10. WRITE THE SAFE JOB PROCEDURE
b) Can the worker be caught in, by, or between The safe job procedure is the result or product of the
objects? JHA process. The safe job procedure is an excellent
c) Is there potential for a slip or trip? document to use as a training lesson plan. In fact,

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 125
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

you might include the safe job procedures you've

developed as part of the safety-training plan.
If the safe job procedure isn't easy to understand, the
JHA may not be effective as an on-the-job training
tool. It's important to write a clear, concise, and
concrete safe job procedure.

10.1 Points to Remember When Writing the Safe

Job Procedure
a) Write in a step-by-step format
b) Point out the hazard
c) Identify the safety precautions
d) Paint a word picture - concrete vs. abstract
e) Write in the second person
f) Write in the present tense
g) Write as clearly as possible

11. Summary and Conclusion

11.1 Job hazard analysis is a technique that

focuses on job tasks as a way to identify hazards
before they occur. It focuses on the relationship
between the worker, the task, the tools, and the
work environment.

11.2 JHA is a very effective tool in preventing

workplace incidents/accidents.

11.3 Safety practitioners must be well verse in

11.4 Identifying workplace hazards and mitigating

it.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 126
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Module 17: Accident Investigation 4.3.2 to identify the cause of the accident and/or
incident to stop it happening again
4.3.3 to get information needed for an insurance
1. Introduction claim
4.3.4 to find out the cost of an accident.
Most people when they hear there has been an
accident tend to think that an accident investigation
is all that will be required. And, although an accident
investigation is necessary to determine the causative 4.1.1 Category of Incident
factors of an accident, it is by no means the only
consideration. Because, fact of the matter is an 1. Near miss
accident investigation will generate an accident 2. Accident
report a report that will either support a company’s 3. Injury accident
safety position. 4. Damage-only accident – where the
unplanned, unwanted event leads to
2. Learning Outcomes equipment or property damage but not
personal injury.
 Assist stewards and safety committee 5. Dangerous occurrence – a specified event
members in conducting an incident that has to be reported to the relevant
investigation. authority by statute law.
6. Ill-health – a disease or medical condition
 Determine the root cause of the incident: that is directly attributable to work (e.g.
WHY did the incident occur? dermatitis as a result of exposure to skin
irritants).
 Develop recommendations for prevention of
injuries and illnesses.
4.1.2 How do accidents and incidents happen?
3. Definition of terms
Immediate causes – unsafe actions or lack of action
3.1 Investigation is a systematic, minute, and (for example, operating equipment with missing
thorough attempt to learn the facts about something guards and bypassing interlocks, using the wrong
complex or hidden; it is often formal and official. personal protective equipment) and unsafe
conditions (for example, damaged tools and
3.2 Accident -an undesired event that results in equipment, or high noise and low lighting levels).
injury and/or property damage.
Underlying causes – factors that allow the unsafe
3.3 Incident – an event or condition that doesn’t actions and conditions to happen. The majority of
cause harm but has the potential to do so. these are related to the way the organization
manages health and safety and how people perceive
risk.
4. Accident Investigation
4.1 Why conduct an "investigation"?
4.1.3 WHO SHOULD CONDUCT AND
Does your organization conduct accident PARTICIPATE IN THE INCIDENT
investigations for the same reason as DOLE-OSHC? INVESTIGATION?
It shouldn't be. The answer to this question is key to a) Management
the success of the entire program. To determine the b) Members of the safety committee (both labor
purpose of a process, it's important to look at the and management members)
"output" of that process. c) Union steward and or union representative
d) someone familiar with the work location
When employers investigate to place blame, analysis e) a supervisor or manager from the work
stops, and the employer does not continue an location
effective analysis process to fix root causes in the f) a senior manager with authority or influence
safety management system. g) a health and safety expert
h) an employee representative
i) a person involved in the accident or incident
4.3 There are a number of reasons to investigate (if possible)
accidents and incidents, including: j) a technical expert (engineering or medical),
if necessary.
4.3.1 to collect the information, you need to pass
on to the enforcing authority
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 127
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

4.1.4 Benefits of Investigation 5.1 Secure and Document the Accident Scene
a) Reduce danger to employees. a) Secure the scene so you can have time to
b) Prevent company resource loss. make sketches, take photos, take
c) Prevent further mishaps. measurements and obtain other necessary
d) Respond to management needs. information. To secure the accident scene,
e) Prevent loss of trained personnel. use yellow caution tape or warning cones.
f) Develop costing information.
g) Improve operating efficiency.
h) Provide answers to public concern. 5.1.1 There are four categories of information that
i) Define operating errors. will provide facts about the accident:
j) Define management errors. b) Physical Evidence. Collect facts about the
k) Satisfy company rules. tools, equipment, machinery, facilities, and
l) Reduce work process disruption. environment that caused or somehow
m) Provide protection against litigation. contributed to the accident.
n) Satisfy insurance requirements.
o) Improve company products. c) Paper Evidence. Examine written
p) Educate supervisors and managers. documentation, such as policies,
q) Develop cost information. procedures, work instructions, training
r) Anticipate government interest. records, maintenance records, previous
s) Identify errors in procedures. accident records, HSE alerts and bulletins,
t) Comply with workers’ compensation. risk assessments, job hazard analyses and
u) Satisfy regulatory requirements. tailgate/safety meetings records.
v) Improve quality control and reliability.
w) Isolate design deficiencies. d) People Evidence. To gather people
x) Satisfy news media. evidence, make sure you get written eye/ear
witness information. Conduct interviews with
4.1.5 What is needed for an Investigation? all parties, such as the victim(s), co-workers,
supervisors, maintenance workers, and
a) Camera and Film-Record scene. trainers.
b) Paper, Pencil, Forms & Clipboard-Record
information. e) Picture Evidence. Take photos of material
c) Copy of Regulations and Operating evidence where it is. Also, take photos of the
Procedures-Provide interpretation. accident scene starting with far-away shots
d) Magnifying Glass-Examine minute pieces. and moving in close.
e) Gloves-Protect yourself and not contaminate
evidence. 5.1.2 Written Statements
f) High Visibility Tape-Mark off the scene.
g) Cassette Recorder and Tapes-Record It is a good idea to obtain written statements
statements (if given permission). from witnesses. Written statements can be quite
h) Graph Paper-Sketch or draw scene to scale. valuable in writing follow-up questions for interviews.
i) Tape Measurer-Record distances Inform witnesses that their written statements,
accurately. although shared, will be used for accident prevention
j) Identification Tags-Label items. purposes only.
k) Scotch Tape-Hold identification tags in
5.2 Conduct interviews
place.
l) Specimen Containers-Hold samples without After the site visit, interview the “eye-ear
further contamination. witnesses” and others. Eyewitnesses may be your
m) Compass-Establish directions. best or only source of information for determining the
accident sequence of events. It is important to
5. Six-step Process for Conducting Accident interview as soon as possible.
Investigations.
5.2.1 Questioning the Interviewee
5.1 Secure and Document the accident scene
5.2 Conduct interviews a) What did you see and hear?
5.3 Develop the sequence of events b) Can you tell me more about that?
5.4 Conduct cause analysis c) What you think might have caused the
5.5 Determine the solutions accident?
5.6 Write the report d) How can we prevent this accident in the
future?

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 128
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.2.2 Interview Do’s
a) Read the witness’ written statement (if
available) before the interview. Develop
questions from the statement.
b) Explain who you are and what you are doing.
c) Be sensitive to the emotional state of the
individual. Allow witnesses to tell the story in
their own words (do not interrupt).
d) Distinguish “thoughts” from “feelings.” They
are not the same. Ask for both. Thoughts
reflect ideas. Feelings describe how the
person felt about something.
e) Tell the interviewee why he or she is being
interviewed. Tell them why it’s important to
get at the facts and that they can be a great
help in that effort.
f) Explain you need his or her help to
understand, as accurately as possible, what
happened.
g) Emphasize open-ended questioning and
requests rather than closed “yes-no”
response questions.
h) The most important question "and then what
happened?"
i) Asking “why” questions, such as, “Why did
the equipment stop working?” is fine. Use the
“5-whys” technique discussed in the
Uncovering Root Causes section in this
guide. Keep asking why to each response.
This technique can help you uncover root
causes.
j) Take notes and, when finished, let the
interviewee read, add information, and sign
or initial that the notes are accurate.
k) When possible "walk through" the actions of
the individual. People recall things best in
order of occurrence.
l) Take your time. You are after quality as well
as quantity of data.
m) Whenever possible, limit team members
participating in the interview to two
members.
n) Remember, you are trying to create a mental
movie.
5.2.3 Interview Don’ts
a) Resist asking “why-you” questions, such as,
“Why did you fail to reset the switch?” Doing
so may cause the interviewee to think you
are accusatory. If that happens, the
interviewee will become defensive or
suspect you are really searching to find fault.
b) If the interviewee appears defensive, it may
indicate they perceive what you’ve said or
your tone of voice as accusatory, belittling or
otherwise blaming. Apologize if needed and
rephrase the question.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
c) Do not come across as trying to establish
truth from lies. Most of the time, people will
tell you the truth. If you come across as
judgmental or accusatory, the interviewee
will be more likely to be untruthful in some
way.
d) Do not prejudge a witness. Keep an open
mind so you can be receptive to all
information, regardless of its nature. Be
serious. Maintain control of the interview.
Don’t make promises you can’t keep. Avoid
contemptuous attitudes. Avoid controversial
matters. Respect the emotional state of the
witness.
e) Avoid collective interviews (interviewing
more than one witness at a time). Be a good
listener. Be unobtrusive when taking notes.
Maintain your self-control during interviews.
Don’t become emotionally involved in the
investigation.
f) Do not assist the witness in answering
questions.
g) Avoid revealing items discovered during the
investigation to the witness.
5.2.4 Seven "Rights" of the Interview Process
5.2.4.1 Be sure you ask the:
a) Right people the
b) Right questions at the
c) Right time in the
d) Right place in the
e) Right way for the
f) Right reason to uncover the
g) Right facts
5.2.4.2 Below are some people you may want to
consider interviewing.
a) The victim: To determine the immediate
events leading up to and including the
accident.
b) Co-workers: To establish what actual vs.
appropriate procedures are being used.
c) Direct supervisor: To get background
information on the victim. He or she can
provide procedural information about the
task that was being performed, the training
provided, workload, scheduling, and
resources being provided.
d) Manager: To get information on related
operational and safety management
programs/systems.
e) Training department: To get information on
quantity and quality of training the victim and
others have received.
f) Personnel department: To get information
on the victim's and other employees' work
history, discipline, appraisals.
129
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
g) Maintenance personnel: To determine
background on corrective and preventive
maintenance.
h) Emergency responders: To learn what
they saw and did when responding to the
accident.
i) Medical personnel: To get medical
information (as allowed by law).
j) Coroner: Can be a valuable source to
determine type/extent of fatal injuries.
k) Police: If they filed a report.
l) Other interested persons: Anyone
interested in the accident may be a valuable
source of information.
m) The victim's spouse and family: They may
have insight into the victim's state of mind or
other work issues.
5.3 Develop the sequence of events
There are four categories of events:
1. Actual Events. These are events that you are able
to determine actually occurred.
2. Assumed Events. These are events that must
have happened but have not yet been verified. Flag
these somehow as a reminder that more
investigation is needed.
3. Non-Events. Although these describe events that
did not occur, they should be captured because they
may help discover conditions and behaviors relevant
to the investigation.
4. Simultaneous Events. It is possible for two
events to occur at the same time. Each event would
describe different actors and actions.
5.4 Uncover the Surface and Root Causes
5.4.1 The Surface Cause of the accident describes
a unique, individual, or single hazardous workplace
condition or unsafe/inappropriate employee behavior
that directly causes or contributes to the accident.
There are two types of surface causes: 1) surface
cause conditions, and 2) surface cause behaviors.
5.4.2 A Root Cause is generally defined as, "The
most fundamental reason(s) for the failure or
inefficiency of a process." Examples of root causes
are safety program design and performance
weaknesses and generally include missing or
inadequate supervision, training, accountability, and
resources.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.5 Determine the solutions
5.5.1 It's important to divide your
recommendations into the categories below:
 Immediate or short-term corrective actions to
eliminate or reduce the hazardous conditions
and/or unsafe behaviors related to the
accident.
 Long-term system improvements to create or
revise existing safety policies, programs,
plans, processes, procedures and practices
identified as missing or inadequate in the
investigation.
5.6 Write the report
 You must report your findings to those who
have authority, accountability, and can take
action.
7. OSHS Rule 1053: Report Requirements
1053.01:
All work accidents or occupational illnesses
in places of employment, resulting in disabling
condition or dangerous occurrence as defined in
1053.2 shall be reported by the employer to the
Regional Labor Office or duly authorized
representative in duplicate and a copy furnished the
employee or his duly authorized representative using
form DOLE/BWC/HSD -IP-6. The formal report shall
be submitted by the employer on or before the 20th
day of the month following the date of occurrence of
the accident or when the illness, is established and
an investigation report in the prescribed form shall be
submitted by the Regional Office or duly authorized
representative on or before the 30th day of the same
month.
7.1 Recommend Corrective Actions and Program
Improvements.
To "furnish a safe and healthful workplace," means
to design the workplace so tools, equipment,
machinery, materials, and the work environment are
free (if feasible) from hazards that could cause injury
or illness.
The most corrective action plan is to control the
hazard because, after all, if you can get rid of the
hazard, you don't have to control employee exposure
to the hazard. We do this through sound engineering.
130
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

7.2 There are three hazard control strategies:

1. Elimination
2. Substitution
3. Engineering

8. Summary and Conclusion

8.1 The Six Step of Accident Investigation: Secure

and Document the accident scene, conduct
interviews, Develop the sequence of events,
conduct cause analysis, Determine the
solutions.

8.2 An "event," occurs when one "actor" (one

person/thing) performs an "action" (does
something).

8.3 A person or thing (equipment, tools, materials,

etc.) will do something that results in a change of
state.

8.4 An accident may be the result of many factors

(simultaneous, interconnected, cross-linked
events) that have interacted in some dynamic
way.

8.5 When an accident, or some other type of

incident, occurs in the workplace it should be
investigated and the investigation recorded. The
accident investigation report should be
considered an open document until all of the
essential components have been completed.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 131
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 18: Role of Safety Officer
1. Introduction
The goal of a workplace health and safety officer is
to maintain a safe work environment for all
employees of a business. Health and safety officers
or technicians are responsible for implementing the
laws.
2. Learning Outcomes
 The aim of this module is to identify and
discuss the roles and responsibilities of the
Safety and Health Officer in the workplace.
3. Definition
3.1 Safety Officer
 Refers to any employee/worker trained and
task to implement Occupational Safety and
Health programs in the workplace in
accordance with the provision of the
standards and shall be synonymous to the
term Safety Man.
 Is a person engaged in the prevention of
accidents, incidents and events that harm
people, property or the environment.
 Is one who applies the expertise gained from
a study of safety sciences, principles and
practices and from professional safety
experiences.
4. The Primary Duty of a Safety Officer
 Is the prevention of harm to people, property
and environment rather than responsibility
for responding to harmful events.
4.1 Role of a Safety Officer
4.1.1 Control
Human performance
Machine performance
Physical environment
4.1.2 Control = Prevention and Correction (of
unsafe conditions and actions) market safety
as a management responsibility.
4.1.3 Helps develop/ establish policies,
procedures and practices, under which every
member of management will clearly
understand that safety of the employee is a
primary responsibility at all times and that it
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
is not to be sacrificed or jeopardized in any
way.
5. Scope and Functions of a Safety Officer
1. Anticipate, identify & evaluate hazardous
conditions and practices.
2. Develop hazard control designs, methods,
procedures and programs.
3. Implement, administer & advise others on
hazard control & hazard control programs.
4. Measure, audit & evaluate the effectiveness
of hazards control and hazard control
programs.
5. Act in an advisory capacity for management.
6. Conduct training/develop course module.
7. Conduct audit/inspection/investigation.
8. Develop/Implement/Evaluate OSH Program.
9. Prepare compliance reports on OSH for the
employer / company
10. Acts as link between management and
government.
11. Provide technical assistance to government
Inspecting authorities.
6. Qualifications of a Safety Officer
6.1 Trained and educated in the discipline of
accident prevention and loss control.
6.2 With fundamental knowledge on physical,
chemical, biological and behavioral
sciences, mathematics, business, training
and educational techniques, engineering
concepts and other related fields.
6.3 With knowledge on OSH
standards/regulations
7. Survival Skills for Safety Officers
7.1 Communicator
7.2 Trainor
7.3 Mediator
7.4 Leader
8. Summary and Conclusion
8.1 The health and safety officer’s main aim are to
prevent accidents, injuries and work-related
illnesses in the workplace. Their role is to create
and implement health and safety policies in
accordance with the latest legislation and to
ensure that these policies are implemented by
management and employees.
8.2 The health and safety officer will create this
document and ensure it’s regularly updated to
132
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

reflect any changes to the law. It’s their

responsibility to ensure that each member of staff
is aware of and adheres to this policy.

8.3 One of their most importance roles is undertaking

regular inspections and risk assessments and
ensuring that any hazards or defects are rectified
immediately. They will also keep an accident
book and must record and thoroughly investigate
any accident, recommending any improvements
in safety standards if required.

8.4 Another key role of the health and safety officer

in the workplace is training all staff in safety
issues and advising them on protective clothing
and equipment where necessary. They also act
as a key point of contact for any member of staff
who has a query or concern regarding the safety
of the workplace.

8.5 The health and safety officer work very closely

with management, as well as health and safety
inspectors and trade unions. Depending on the
nature of the business, the health and safety
officer’s duties could involve safeguarding
machinery, fire safety, occupational health,
noise, control of hazardous substances, manual
handling, working with display screen
equipment, and environmental health.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 133
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Module 19: OSH Trainer & Communications 4.5 Instructor: Presenting safety information and
directing structured learning experiences.
4.6 Manager: Planning, organizing, staffing,
1. Introduction controlling safety training and development
operations/projects.
Learning in adults is different in the sense that they 4.7 Marketer: Selling safety training and
bring experiences and self-awareness unlike the development viewpoints, programs, and
young learners. Understanding adult leaning services.
requires understanding on the learning domains, 4.8 Media Specialist: Producing audio-visual
learning styles, and how and why adult learns. materials for safety training.
4.9 Analyst: Defining gaps between ideal and actual
Many problems in health and safety arise due to poor safety performance and specifying the cause of
communication. It is not just a problem between the gaps.
management and workforce it is often a problem the 4.10 Program Administrator: Ensuring that the
other way or indeed at the same level within an facilities, equipment, materials, participants
organization. are present, and that program logistics run
smoothly.
4.11 Designer: Preparing objectives, defining
2. Learning Outcomes content, and selecting and sequencing
activities for specific safety training.
At the end of the course module the participants 4.12 Strategist: Developing long-range plans for
will be able to: safety training and development.
4.13 Task Analyst: Identifying safety-related
 Outline the role and skills of OSH Trainer. activities to attain specific results.
 Identify the presentation materials and 4.14 Theoretician: Developing and testing
delivery. theories of learning, training, and
 Confidently deliver OSH topics for development.
Presentation. 4.15 Transfer Agent: Helping individuals apply
 Identify the evaluation level of OSH Training new safety-related learning to their work.
effectiveness. 4.16 Conduct of OSH Trainings, facilitation of
meetings are among the roles of Safety
3. Training of Trainers Officers.

3.1 Education
The term "educate" originates from the Latin, Ed-u-
cer-e(ey-doo-ker-ey), which means "that which leads
out of ignorance." Education is actually anything that
brings us out of ignorance and helps to improve our
skills, knowledge and attitudes (SKA).
5. Basic Skills of Trainer
For a professional trainer, the greatest measure of
success is the success of the participants. Therefore,
it’s essential for a professional trainer to have a
special set of skills designed to impact the course
participants in the desired way.

3.2 Training 5.1 Presentation Skills

Be able to create presentations and deliver them
A more specialized form of education that focuses on clearly and confidently.
developing or improving skills. While training
incorporates educational theories, principles and 5.2 Facilitation
practices, its focus is on performance. The goal of Know how to engage, manage and direct people and
training is for learners to be able to do something new teams.
or better than before.
5.3 Communication Skills
4. Role of OSH Trainer Communicate with clarity, precision and influence.
4.1 Evaluator: Identifying the extent of the impact of
a safety training program.
4.2 Facilitator: Managing group discussion and 5.4 Creativity
group process. Use creativity to handle situations on the spot.
4.3 Counselor: Helping an employee assess
personal safety competencies, values, and
goals. 5.5 Measuring Results from Training
4.4 Writer: Preparing written learning and Identify and measure the different results of training.
instructional materials.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 134
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
5.6 Public Speaking
To speak to an audience with confidence and control.
5.7 Active Listening
Listen in a way to understand and respond suitably.
5.8 Continuous Learning
Engage in learning continuously to develop skills
further.
5.9 Organizational Skills
Organize tasks to save time and effort.
5.10 Time Management
Prioritize, set goals, and delegate for better
productivity.
6. Presentation Materials and Delivery
Techniques
6.1 Developing and Designing your Presentation
a) Remember your course level. Use plain
English to get your point across – for
example if your course is an awareness-
level, consider using the terms ‘getting in’ or
’getting out’ rather than ‘access’ or ’egress’.
b) Use a clear font type that’s easy to read – for
example, Arial. And keep it consistent
throughout your presentation.
c) Try to keep your text size above 30pts –
remember it will look very different when
projected onto a large screen. Always test
that your presentation works. The best way
to do this is to test it through a projector
before you deliver your course.
d) Avoid long sentences and don’t use too
many words on your slides or they’ll appear
unclear and cluttered. Bullet points are an
effective way of focusing key points but
remember to keep them short.
e) Choose colors and backgrounds carefully
contrasting colors work well. For example, a
light background with dark text.
f) Good graphics and images can help your
delegates understand the point you’re
making. Make sure you obtain copyright
permissions for any images that you include.
g) Animation is great for keeping delegates’
attention, but too much can cause confusion
for you and your delegates – use it to
emphasize your point, but don’t overdo it.
h) Look at your delegates’ individual needs – for
example, delegates with any form of visual
impairment or learning difficulties. You may
want to consider a pre-course delegate
questionnaire to establish whether your
delegates have any specific.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
6.2 Delivery Style
6.2.1 Facilitator
6.2.2 Tutor
6.2.3 Instructor
6.2.4 Presenter
6.2.5 Lecturer
6.2.6 Trainer
6.3 Presentation Materials
6.3.1 Trainer Notes
A section dedicated for trainer's notes so that a
presenter can have a private view of what he needs
while the audience stays focused and listened
6.3.2 Workbook and Textbook
A textbook is a book containing facts about a
particular subject that is used by people studying that
subject. A workbook is a book to help you learn a
particular subject which has questions in it with
spaces for the answers.
6.3.3 Visual Aids
There are many different types of visual aids. The
following advice will help you make the most of those
most commonly used.
a) PowerPoint (or equivalent)
Microsoft PowerPoint is probably now the most
commonly used form of visual aid. Used well, it can
really help you in your presentation; used badly,
however, it can have the opposite effect.
b) Overhead projector slides/transparencies
Overhead projector slides/transparencies are
displayed on the overhead projector (OHP) - a very
useful tool found in most lecture and seminar rooms.
The OHP projects and enlarges your slides onto a
screen or wall without requiring the lights to be
dimmed.
c) White or black board
White or black boards can be very useful to help
explain the sequence of ideas or routines, particularly
in the sciences. Use them to clarify your title or to
record your key points as you introduce your
presentation (this will give you a fixed list to help you
recap as you go along).
d) Paper handouts
Handouts are incredibly useful. Use a handout if your
information is too detailed to fit on a slide or if you
135
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
want your audience to have a full record of your
findings.
e) Flip chart
A flip chart is a large pad of paper on a stand. It is a
very useful and flexible way of recording information
during your presentation - you can even use pre-
prepared sheets for key points.
f) Video (DVD/CD)
Video gives you a chance to show stimulating visual
information. Use video to bring movement, pictures
and sound into your presentation. Always make sure
that the clip is directly relevant to your content. Tell
your audience what to look for. Avoid showing any
more film than you need.
g) Props
Remember that this will take time and that when an
audience is immersed in looking at an object, they
will find it hard to listen to your talk. Conceal large
props until you need them; they might distract your
audience's attention.
6.4 Logistics Before Training
Review the "when, where, what, who, how and
why"
a) Firm up the "when": Determine the day,
date, time needed for training (including set-
up and tear-down). If you're conducting the
training "on-site" at your facility, reserve your
training location (room, work area, etc.) a few
weeks to a month (or longer) before the
training date.
b) Decide where you will be training: How far
away is the training, and how long will it take
to get there? Make sure you get the correct
street address, telephone number and
contact person. You may need to make
travel arrangements for attendees. As you
can see, the logistics of off-site training can
be a real challenge.
c) Decide on what kind of training is best for
the subject: Some safety subjects, like
confined space entry, might be conducted
on-site at the location of the confined spaces
you're training employees to enter. You
might be able to teach the subject in a
classroom and create a "mock" confined
space. However, online training would not be
the venue of first choice because you can't
conduct the "hands-on" portion of the
training that's typically required for confined
space entry, fall protection, personal
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
protective equipment, electrical safety, etc.
Make sure you have the necessary training
resources (equipment, devices, and
materials) needed for the training.
d) Determine who will be participating in the
training: Most likely, you will be training new
employees and experienced employees.
Each category presents its own set of
challenges and will determine the type of
training presented. What interests new
inexperienced employees may be totally
boring for the "old heads" in the company.
6.5 The ABCs of Room Arrangements
A training room must be arranged to support the
learning objectives as well as the number of students
participating.
a) Accessible: Make sure the room is
accessible to everyone including those with
disabilities.
b) Acoustics: A large room with poor
acoustics, students may not be able to hear
or understand what you're saying. Poor
acoustics can dull the sound or cause
echoes, especially in large "halls" with wood
floors and walls. You may have to use a
microphone to make sure everyone can hear
what you're saying.
c) Convenience: The training room should be
nearby to restrooms, telephones, snack
area, lunchroom. It's important to have those
areas convenient to the training room so that
when students take breaks, they don't have
to spend a lot of time getting to and from
break areas.
d) Climate control: Be careful to set the
temperature in the training room just a little
bit cool. If it's too warm, you'll have students
falling asleep. If it's too cold, students will let
you know. You're not going to please
everyone. It's a good idea to know where the
thermostat is located and how to operate it.
If sunlight is entering through windows, make
sure it's not causing discomfort to students.
The optimal room temperature usually
depends on its use. While living or working
rooms should be around 20 to 22 degrees
Celsius, other rooms should be warmer.
e) Distractions: The training room should have
windows, but make sure there isn't a lot of
activity going on outside to distract students.
The more you're able to keep distractions
and noise, both external (talking) or internal
(noisy equipment), out of the room, the
136
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

better. Never train in a room with a telephone is too large can be as bad as one that may be too
without disabling the ringer somehow. small.

f) Furniture: Make sure the chairs are
comfortable and in good repair. You don't
want your students falling out of their chairs
during a safety training session. How would
that look! Make sure you place a table in the
"front" of the room for your supplies and
equipment. Don't allow too much space
between the instructor table and the front
participant row. Reducing the amount of
space between you and the learners will help
you "connect" with your students and they
will also be able to see, hear and follow you
better. You may also want to consider
positioning a table for refreshments in the
back of the room.
6.5.1.8 Workable walls: Most trainers hang flipchart
pages on the walls: the session objectives, small
group work, and so on. Is wall space available or do
windows surround the room? Does art cover the
walls or are they open? Usually the front of the
training room should be opposite the entrance to
avoid distractions when people come and go. Is that
possible in the room you're considering? Use
markers that absolutely do not bleed through so there
is no danger of ruining walls.
6.6 How to make your course interactive,
interesting and fun.

Trainers and delegates tell us that games and

6.5.1 Positioning student tables:
6.5.1.1 Boardroom arrangement is used often, but
not well suited for training because many students
are located far from the trainer and all students must
turn to watch the instructor.
6.5.1.2 A classroom setup allows 10-150
participants to take notes and works best for lecture,
presentation, or demonstration. This arrangement
requires a lot of space per participant.
quizzes are the best parts of the course because they
get everyone involved.
Remember to include plenty of interactivity to keep
your delegates interested that way they all enjoy
learning and remember what they have learn when
revising for assessments or completing self-study
elements in a blended learning course. Research
tells us that on average a person’s attention span is
20 minutes.

6.5.1.3 Small group arrangement is great for small

classes. This arrangement encourages interaction.
The trainer will be able to connect with students very
easily.

6.5.1.4. A group horseshoe arrangement

facilitates breakout sessions for group interaction
when there is only one room for plenary and small
group discussion sessions. Seats may be placed all
around the table or only around the half facing the
stage to make switching between presentation and
group discussion easier.
6.6.1 Ice Breaker
6.5.1.5 Obstructions: Have you ever taught a class
Ice breakers, energizers, and engaging activities
in a room that contains structures such as posts or
heighten the effectiveness of training sessions when
pillars that may obstruct student views? it can be a
targeted to the training, speaking, or facilitation topic
challenge.
and the needs of the learners or participants. These
6.5.1.6 Lighting: Make sure there is enough light in ice breaker exercises make it easy for the presenter
the room. Too little light makes it difficult to take to segue into the topic of the session.
notes, and can invite "sleepy-heads" to doze off. If
Ice breakers are also useful to start out meetings and
the room has windows, make sure you can adjust the
encourage interpersonal communication. You can
amount of light entering the room. Sunlight coming
use an ice breaker unrelated to the topic to start off
from behind your projection screen may wash out the
the meeting with laughter and positive interaction.
image on the screen.
For example, "In one word, how do you feel when you
6.5.1.7 Size: Arrange for a room to accommodate the are asked to introduce yourself to a room full of
number of participants. Remember that a room that strangers?"
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 137
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
6.7 Trainer Appearance
 Look professional.
 Should dress according to the type of
instruction being given and to whom its being
given.
 Trainers should not stand out from the crowd
but should keep your dress standards higher
than those of the rest of the group.
 A trainer should look organized.
6.7.1 Where the trainer should stand?
If you are going to stand while you present the
session, you should stand in front of the group.
However, if you stand too still, you can lose the
groups attentions, so move around a little, not too
much, just enough to keep the participants watching
you.
Don’t try to hide yourself behind the chair, desk,
lectern or overhead projector. This can create a
barrier to your communication and therefore to
learning. Stand in front or to the side of any
equipment so that the participants can see all of you
if they want to.
If you stand in front of your training aids, you must
ensure that everyone in the group can see around
you. If they cannot, your body has become a physical
and mental barrier to learning. Also, the participants
may not let you know that you are obscuring their
view, it is up to you to notice.
If you are sitting in front of the group, the same
principles apply. Allow the group to see all of you. It
shows the group that you are open to them and not
hiding anything from them.
6.8 Learning Style
Peter Honey and Alan Mumford developed the
Learning Styles Theory.They identified four different
styles of learning: "activist," "theorist", "reflector" and
"pragmatist." According to the theory, different
people naturally gravitate toward a particular learning
style. Therefore, to achieve optimum learning, they
argue that one must identify his natural learning style,
understand it and find ways to learn that complement
the style.
6.8.1 Activists
Activists are "do-ers" and "go-getters." They need to
take action, get involved and fully immerse
themselves in a learning situation. Activists are open-
minded when it comes to learning, too. They are
willing to try new things without pre-judgment. They
approach new tasks with eagerness and excel in
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
high-pressure situations. Learning activities most
suited to activists include teamwork, role-play and
participating in competitions. Activists thrive when
working with people and when there is drama and a
new challenge at hand.
6.8.2 Theorists
Theorists tend to think carefully and logically about
situations, preferring to work within a given system or
model. They do not allow their emotions to affect the
conclusions they make when learning and instead
question everything. They do not make assumptions
without undertaking thorough research and analysis.
Theorists shy away from creativity and prefer to work
in logical and practical terms, basing their learning on
established concepts, theories and methods.
Theorists respond well to learning activities that
enable them to use statistics, compile evidence and
ask questions.
6.8.3 Reflectors
Reflectors like to take a step back from a situation
and learn by observation rather than jumping into
action and making snap decisions. Instead of getting
actively involved in a discussion or event, reflectors
tend to sit back, listen, look at things from different
perspectives and then take some time to mull things
over before coming to a conclusion. Reflectors learn
best through questionnaires, interviews, feedback
and observational activities. They prefer to take part
in activities that allow them to think before acting,
undertake research and watch events unfold from the
sidelines.
6.8.4 Pragmatists
Pragmatists prefer to apply knowledge and theories
in a practical and literal sense and to the world
around them. They learn by testing and
experimenting ideas and solving problems. They
prefer not to take part in discussions about how
theories work. Instead, they like to put things into
action. Pragmatists respond well to learning that can
be directly and easily applied to the world around
them. They welcome the opportunity to experiment
and apply what they have learned in a practical way.
6.9 Bridging the Learner Gap
6.9.1 Baby Boomers
Like a competitive environment, with a goal in sight.
They are a generation used to hierarchal structure
and can struggle with today’s workplace flexibility
trends as they believe in meeting colleagues in
person rather than working remotely.
138
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Learn well from games that encourage competition,
point scoring and badges. When they are ranked
against their colleagues, competition will encourage
them to improve.
Are self-reliant and independent because they grew
up in an era of reform and believe they can change
the world. They have become used to questioning
authorities and changing the status quo, which
translates to challenging workplace practices and not
being afraid of confrontation.
Prefer to cover a particular topic in-depth before
moving on to the next. With a strong work ethic, this
generation are motivated to learn as much as they
can, even if this means uni The majority of baby
boomers are well-organised and enjoy structure,
because it is something they are have grown up with.
While they will like the independence of e-learning, it
is important to also provide them with a structured
learning course that provides a schedule and
deadlines for completing tasks.ntentionally
overloading their mental processes.
6.9.2 Traditionalist
Traditionalists are known as the "silent generation"
because children of this era were expected to be
seen and not heard. They're those who were born
between 1927 and 1946.
This generation believes that promotions and
advancement should be the result of tenure and
proven productivity. They distrust flash-in-the-pan
successes. Traditionalists are civic-minded and loyal
to their country and to their employers
Don't expect your silent generation employee to be a
whiz at operating his new smartphone. Of all the
generations active in today's workplaces,
traditionalists are the slowest to change their work
habits and to adapt to new, more efficient ways of
doing things. This is particularly the case when those
efficient ways involve technology.
They have more respect for brick-and-mortar
educational institutions and traditional lecture
formats than online, web-based education and
training. This generation favors conventional
business models in the legal workplace and a top-
down chain of command. Work ethic and reliability
are important to them.
6.9.3 Generation X
6.9.3.1 Generation X Learner Traits.
a) tends to be Skeptical and Cynical.
b) Independent and self-reliant
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
c) Entrepreneurial thinkers
d) Resourceful / problem solvers
e) Defy authority
f) Reject the “pay your dues” mentality
g) Loyal to individuals, not organizations
h) Reality driven: how will a class help them in
the real world?
i) Have a distaste for “touchy feely” teaching
methods
j) Competent with technology
k) Intolerant of bureaucracy
l) Value freedom as the best reward
m) Multi-takers / balance work and life
6.9.3.2 Offer direct / immediate communication
(emails and phones)
a) Get to the point and provide clear
instructions
b) Avoid micromanaging them
c) Make assignments “real world”
d) Provide opportunity for individual work
e) Incorporate technology when possible
f) Use games and case studies
6.9.4 Millenials
It is certainly not new knowledge that Millennials are
heavily attached to mobile devices. Search engines
and social media are this generation’s go-to
resources for information, regardless of the subject.
They are constantly sharing knowledge and insights
with one another through these media, which allows
them to give and receive near-instant feedback.
Organizations should employ technologies and
methodologies that mimic the approach Millennials
have become so accustomed to. By doing so, they
promote greater connection and collaboration
between Millennials and their co-workers, while
breaking down knowledge silos.
Microlearning is becoming one of the most
successful learning methods for Millennials as it
provides bite-sized, quick, and easily digestible bits
of information best presented through short videos.
The presentation of information in small chunks
reduces cognitive load, eases the perceived burden
of learning, and gives learners a sense of
empowerment. These shorter sessions of learning
allow for Millennials to engage frequently throughout
a busy week when they have a few minutes between
meetings or phone calls.
139
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
lennials are always looking to learn and are
responsive to mentor programs. Having trainers and
managers provide their younger peers with regular
feedback and keeping the lines of communication
open is helpful.
6.10 Tips to Reduce Anxiety
To help ease your nervousness, make sure you are
totally finished setting up and ready to start the
training. Below are some ways to help you do this
while preparing to train.
a) Arrive at least 30 minutes early (I always
arrive one hour early).
b) Open the classroom, turn on the lights, give
the room a quick scan.
c) Arrange tables and chairs and make sure
you have enough of each.
d) Look for the audio-visual equipment. Make
sure it's working.
e) Set up your equipment and determine the
location from which you will be presenting.
f) Pass out training materials (workbooks,
pens, pencils, name tents, etc.)
g) Go through your lesson plan once again
h) Check all slides, etc. to make sure nothing is
missing
i) After you are sure you're ready, greet each
student as he or she arrives with a big smile!
6.11 Answering Questions
Answering questions in an appropriate and
thoughtful manner is critical to a successful training
session. Make sure you answer all questions
presented. The worst thing you could do as a trainer
is to ignore the question or minimize the question's
importance. To do so sends very negative messages
to your students.
1. Repeat the question: Paraphrase or repeat
back the question so the entire class can
hear it before you answer it. This also helps
to ensure that you understand the question.
Initially focus on the person who asked the
question and then shift eye contact to the
general audience.
2. Answer clearly: Don't turn the answer into
a general lecture. Try to make sure your
answer is brief, clear, and specific.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
3. Commend the student: It takes courage
sometimes to ask a question in front of
others. When a student asks a question,
compliment it with "That's a great question"
or "I'm glad you asked that."
4. Be sincere: Make sure you answer students
questions sincerely. Your students will
usually know when your response isn't
genuine.
5. Be Honest: If you don't know the answer to
a question, let the student know that you will
find out and respond later. You can always
ask if one of the other students might know
the answer to the question. Remember, you
don't need to be the fountain-of-all-
knowledge!
6. Get back to the student: Finish up your
answer by transitioning back to the student
who asked the question.
7. Get feedback: Ask the student if you
answered the question and if the answer was
helpful. A positive response from the student
gives you permission to move on to the next
topic or question.
6.12 Handling Issues During Training
6.12.1 Too much participation: Students may not
be able to fully participate in group or class activities
when an individual student is too vocal.
6.12.2 Too little participation: When one participant
is too vocal, others may not feel confident, adequate
or otherwise comfortable participating so they remain
silent. A non-participative student's valuable input
may be lost from the group.
6.12.3 Hostility
Problem situations may occur when student behavior
is perceived by the trainer as inappropriate. A student
may express hostility towards the trainer, the
company, or another student. Don't assume that
such behavior on the part of students is a reflection
of their hostility toward you or your training.
7. Overview of the OSH Module for Presentation
7.1 Please see OSH Module Template for OSH
Training for Safety Officer 1 (SO1).
8. Practice Exercise (Actual
Presentation/Critiquing for improvement)
140
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

8.1 Five levels of measurement: message. If their association with a message

or even a sender has resulted in a bad
8.1.1 Kirkpatrick - Levels 1-4
experience, then they are going to “tune out”
and only hear part of the message, if any at
8.1.1.1 Reaction - did the learner like the safety
all.
training?
c) Mood – when a receiver of a message has
8.1.1.2 Learning - did the training increase the
other things on their mind, they may not
learner's safety knowledge, skills, and
understand the intent of the message. In
abilities (KSAs)?
cases like this it is best to have the receiver
8.1.1.3 Application - did the learner successfully
repeat the message.
apply the KSAs to the job?
8.1.1.4 Results - did the safety training have a
positive impact on business key
9.1.1 Methods of Communication
performance indicators (KPIs)?
9.1.1.1 Verbal – message given orally.
8.1.2 Phillips - Level 5
9.1.1.2 Non-Verbal – message given through a
person’s actions, such as hand gestures,
8.1.2.1 Return - did the company show a positive
etc.
return on the training investment (ROI)
9.1.1.3 Written – message presented in the form of
expressed as a cost/benefit ratio?
a policy, program, procedure, plan or rule.
According to this five-level model, methods to
evaluate should always include the measurement of
9.1.2 We retain:
student reaction and measure sequentially through
learning, application, results, and returns. Now let's
a) 10% of what we read
look at each of these levels of evaluation.
b) 20% of what we hear
c) 30% of what we see
9. Communication
d) 50% of what we hear and see
A process by which information is exchanged e) 70% of what we say
between individuals through a common system of f) 90% of what we say and do
(sounds), symbols, signs, or behavior.” Webster
Dictionary.
9.1.3 Types of Communications
9.1 Elements of Communication
9.1.3.1 PERSONAL- Personal communication is the
There are four basic elements of communication we one-one one exchange of information between
need to understand to communicate safety people.
effectively: the sender – the message – the
receiver – feedback. 9.1.3.2 GROUP- is an important method of ensuring
successful supervisor/team leader-employee
a) Sender – person wishing to communicate communications, by making effective use of
with another. communication time, allowing employee participation
b) Message – content of information the sender and providing equal exposure to vital information.
wishes to get across to the receiver.
c) Receiver – person receiving the message.
d) Feedback – the sender receiving input from 9.2 Toolbox Meeting
the receiver that the message was
understood. A Toolbox Talk is an informal safety meeting that
focuses on safety topics related to the specific job,
The receiver of a message may not always such as workplace hazards and safe work practices.
understand the message as intended, because of Meetings are normally short in duration and are
various filters. Some common filters that interfere generally conducted at the job site prior to the
with the sender’s messages are knowledge, bias, commencement of a job or work shift. Toolbox Talks
and mood. are also intended to facilitate health and safety
discussions on the job site and promote your
a) Knowledge – understanding the receiver’s organization’s safety culture. Toolbox talks/meetings
level of knowledge and understanding of the are sometimes referred to as tailgate meetings or
language the message is being sent in; will safety briefings.
assist the sender in developing a message 9.2.1 Toolbox Meeting
that will be understood.
b) Bias – a person’s past experience will
determine how receptive they are to a
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 141
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

9.2.1.1 10-15-minute on-the-job meeting held to 10.1 Training is teaching, or developing in

keep employees alert to work-related oneself or others, any skills and knowledge
accidents and illnesses. that relate to specific useful competencies.
9.2.1.2 Proven Technique for safe work Habit.
10.2 Lesson plan is the instructor's road map of
9.2.2 Planning for Toolbox Meeting what students need to learn and how it will
be done effectively during the class time.
9.2.2.1 When should the meeting be held?
9.2.2.2 Who will be required to attend the meeting?
9.2.2.3 What topics will be discussed at the 10.3 Purpose of evaluation is making sure that the
meeting? training program is accomplishing its goals.
9.2.2.4 What kind of preparations will be required
for the meeting? 10.4 Four level of measurement are reaction,
9.2.2.5 What kind of records will be kept at the learning, application and results.
meeting? 10.5 A Safety Officer must be a proficient
instructor and educator of his/her co-worker,
9.2.3 Who should attend the Toolbox management and public for the purpose of
Meeting? eliminating hazards in the workplace.
Expanding knowledge on the hazard’s
9.2.3.1 All Employees identification will create positive safety
9.2.3.2 For different trades or for employees
culture in the organizations.
assigned to different areas

9.2.4 Conducting Toolbox Meeting 10.6 The key to effective presentation is being
able to adapt your natural presentation style
9.2.4.1 Prepare the workers so that it best fits the needs/wants of the
9.2.4.2 Define the job audience.
9.2.4.3 Reminders on What and How to do the job
Safely 10.7 Education is a process through which
9.2.4.4 Be done before the start of the day’s work learners gain new understanding, acquire
shift or start of new activity new skills, and/or change their attitudes.
9.2.4.5 Should be performed by the Supervisor,
Lead man, or Safety Officer 10.8 Training incorporates educational theories,
9.2.4.6 Workers should participate actively
principles and practices, its focus is on
performance. The goal of training is for
9.3 Safety Committee Meetings (OSHS Rule 1040) learners to be able to do something new or
better than before.
9.3.1 1043.01: Health and Safety Committee
10.9 The educational process can be quite
9.3.1.1 Conducts safety meetings at least once a
complex and learning usually takes place on
month.
many levels.

10.10 An educational program can be successful

9.4 Communication in OSH Program even if the learners can't do anything new or
different at the end of the program.
 Company’s OSH program should be
communicated in all levels of the
organization and all stakeholders
(employers, workers, subcontractors,
service providers, clients).
 Good communication is important in the
effective implementation of a company’s
OSH program.

10. Summary and Conclusion

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 142
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Module 20: Workplace Emergency perform rescue and medical tasks, or delay
Preparedness evacuation after alarms sound to shut down critical
equipment.
1. Introduction
4. Types of Emergences
If possible, emergency planning should aim to 4.1 Natural
prevent emergencies from occurring, and failing that,
should develop a good action plan to mitigate the a) Flood
results and effects of any emergencies. As time goes b) Earthquake
on, and more data becomes available, usually c) Typhoon
through the study of emergencies as they occur, a d) Tsunami
plan should evolve. The development of emergency
e) Volcanic Eruption
plans is a cyclical process, common to many risk
f) Lightning
managements disciplines, such as Business
Continuity and Security Risk Management, etc. g) Fire
h) Sandstorm
2. Learning Outcomes i) Landslide/Mudslide
j) Drought
 Demonstrate how to respond in workplace
emergencies.
4.2 Man-made
 Participate during the conduct of
emergency drills. a) Arson
b) Civil unrest
3. Work Related Emergency Preparedness
c) Terrorism
d) Workplace violence
The NDRRMP covers four thematic areas, namely,
e) Strikes
(1) Disaster Prevention and Mitigation; (2) Disaster
f) Hostage Situation
Preparedness; (3) Disaster Response; and (4)
Disaster Rehabilitation and Recovery, g) War
h) Sabotage
3.1 Emergency Preparedness Plan (ERP) is a plan i) Transportation Accident
to organize employer and employee actions during
workplace emergencies. 5. Elements of the EAP

3.2 Disaster – refers to a serious disruption of the

functioning of a community or a society causing
widespread human, material, economic, or
environmental losses and impacts, which exceed the
ability of the affected community or society to cope
using its own resources.
3.3 A workplace emergency is an unforeseen
situation that threatens your employees, customers,
or the public; disrupts or shuts down your operations;
or causes physical or environmental damage.
Emergencies may be natural or manmade. A
workplace emergency is a situation that threatens
workers, customers, or the public; disrupts or shuts
down operations; or causes physical or
environmental damage.
3.4 A simple Emergency Preparedness Plan will
work in offices, small retail shops, and small
manufacturing settings where there are few or no
hazardous materials or processes, and employees
evacuate when alarms sound or when notified by
public address systems. More complex plans may be
required in workplaces containing hazardous
materials or workplaces where employees fight fires,
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5.1 Means of reporting fires and other emergencies,
5.2 Evacuation procedures and emergency escape
route assignments,
5.3 Procedures for employees who remain to
operate critical plant operations before they
evacuate,
5.4 Accounting for all employees after an emergency
evacuation has been completed,
5.5 Rescue and medical duties for employees
performing them, and
5.6 Names or job titles of persons who can be
contacted
6. Developing Emergency Preparedness Plan
a) Conduct a hazard assessment of the
workplace to identify any physical or
chemical hazards that may exist and could
cause an emergency. Be sure to consider
the impact of these internal and external
emergencies on the workplace's operations.
b) Procedures to be followed.
c) Develop Rescue and Medical Assistance
Strategies.
d) Important Communications Considerations.
143
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
e) Reporting Emergencies.
f) Alerting Employees.
g) Training should be offered employees when
you develop your initial plan and when new
employees are hired. Employees should be
trained or retrained as required when your
plan changes due to a change in the layout
or design of the facility, when new
equipment, hazardous materials, or
processes are introduced that affect
evacuation routes, or when new types of
hazards are introduced that require special
actions.
h) Conducting Drills and Retraining.
i) Provision of suitable equipment.
j) Duties and Responsibilities of the ERP
Team.
k) Determine Specific Evacuation Routes and
Exits
l) Assisting People During Evacuations.
m) Accounting for all Employees and visitor.
n) Establish a Chain of Command.
o) Designate Evacuation Coordinators
p) Coordinating with other Organizations.
q) Review and Update ERP.
7. Roles of Occupational Safety and Health
Personnel
a) Assessing the situation to determine whether
an emergency exists requiring activation of
your emergency procedures.
b) Supervising all efforts in the area, including
evacuating personnel.
c) Coordinating outside emergency services,
such as medical aid and local fire
departments, and ensuring that they are
available and notified when necessary.
d) Directing the shutdown of plant operations
when required.
e) Activate the Emergency Response team.
f) Activate additional response contractors and
local resources.
g) Evaluate the Severity, Potential Impact,
Safety Concerns, and Response
Requirements based on the initial
information provided by the First Person On-
Scene.
h) Confirm safety aspects at site, including
need for personal protective equipment,
sources of ignition, and potential need for
evacuation.
i) Communicate and provide incident briefings
to company superiors, as appropriate
j) Coordinate/complete additional internal and
external notifications.
k) Communicate with Emergency Response
Team, as the situation demands
l) Direct response and cleanup operations.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
m) OH Personnel is to keep the injured casualty
alive until professional medical assistance
can take over.
n) OH Personnel participate in Disaster and
emergency planning.
o) Ensure the medical and emergency
equipment, supply and medicine are
substantial and working.
p) Update and review the ERP Program.
8. Common Emergency/Disaster in the
Philippines
8.1 Earthquake
The Philippines are within the "Pacific Ring of Fire".
Three tectonic plates meet in the Philippines'
underground.
The movements of these 3 tectonic plates are the
reason for the very frequent earthquakes in the
Philippines. We count 9 to 18 earthquakes per day.
Most of them are weak and nobody feels them. But
zero to three times per year a strong to devastating
earthquake shakes our islands.
An earthquake is a weak to violent shaking of the
ground produced by the sudden movement of rock
materials below the earth’s surface. The earthquakes
originate in tectonic plate boundary. The focus is
point inside the earth where the earthquake started,
sometimes called the hypocenter, and the point on
the surface of the earth directly above the focus is
called the epicenter. There are two ways by which we
can measure the strength of an earthquake:
magnitude and intensity. Magnitude is proportional to
the energy released by an earthquake at the focus. It
is calculated from earthquakes recorded by an
instrument called seismograph. It is represented by
Arabic Numbers (e.g. 4.8, 9.0). Intensity on the other
hand is the strength of an earthquake as perceived
and felt by people in a certain locality. It is a
numerical rating based on the relative effects to
people, objects, environment and structures in the
surrounding. The intensity is generally higher near
the epicenter. It is represented by Roman Numerals
(e.g. II, IV, IX). In the Philippines, the intensity of an
earthquake is determined using the PHIVOLCS
Earthquake Intensity Scale (PEIS).
There are two types of earthquakes: tectonic and
volcanic earthquakes. Tectonic earthquakes are
produced by sudden movement along faults and
plate boundaries. Earthquakes induced by rising lava
or magma beneath active volcanoes is
called volcanic earthquakes.
8.1.1. Destructive Earthquakes in the Philippines
 Bohol Earthquake (2013 Ms 7.2)
 Negros Oriental Earthquake (2012 Ms 6.7)
 Masbate Earthquake (2003 Ms 6.2)
144
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
 Palimbang Earthquake (2002 Ms 6.8)
 Bayugan Earthquake (1991 Ms 5.1)
 Mindoro Earthquake (1994 Ms 7.1)
 Luzon Earthquake (1990 Ms 7.9)
 Panay Earthquake (1990 Ms. 7.1)
 Laoag Earthquake (1983 Ms 6.5)
 Casiguran Earthquake (1968 Ms 6.3)
 Moro Gulf Earthquake (1976 Ms 7.9)
 Ragay Gulf Earthquake (1973 Ms 7.0)
8.1.2 Before Earthquake
8.1.2.1 KNOW THE HAZARDS IN YOUR AREA:
 Familiarize yourself with the following:
 Fire extinguishers
 Medical kit
 Exit Routes
 Evacuation Plan
▪ Check your house for weak points and have
them repaired if necessary.
▪ Store harmful chemical and flammable
materials properly.
▪ Secure heavy furniture and hanging objects.
▪ Prepare your family’s GO BAG containing
items needed for survival.
▪ Participate in office and community
earthquake drills.
8.1.3 During Earthquake
WHEN INSIDE A BUILDING, STAY CALM AND:
▪ DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RUN. Duck under a
strong table and hold on to it. Stay alert for
potential threats.
▪ Stay away from glass windows, shelves and
heavy objects.
▪ After the shaking stops, exit the building and
go to the designated evacuation area.
8.1.3.1 WHEN YOU ARE OUTSIDE, MOVE TO AN
OPEN AREA!
▪ Stay away from buildings, trees, electric
posts and landslide prone areas.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
▪ If you’re in a moving vehicle: stop and exit
the vehicle then go to an open area.
8.1.4 After Earthquake
▪ STAY ALERT FOR AFTERSHOCKS!
Assess yourself and others for injuries.
Provide first aid if necessary.
▪ Prioritize the needs of older persons,
pregnant women, PWDs and children.
▪ If in a coastal area and there is threat of a
tsunami, evacuate immediately
▪ Check for spills of toxic and flammable
chemicals.
▪ Stay outside of the building until advised that
it is safe to return.
▪ Check for damages in water and electrical
lines, and gas or LPG leaks.
8.2 Volcanic Eruption
A volcanic eruption occurs when hot materials such
as lava, rocks, dust, ash and gases are expelled from
a volcano.
8.2.1 Before
8.2.1.1 KNOW THE SIGNS OF AN IMPENDING
ERUPTION.
 Increase in the frequency of volcanic
quakes accompanied by rumbling sounds.
 Change in color of steam emission from
white to gray.
 Drying up of vegetation, springs and wells
around the volcano.
 Development of new thermal areas or
reactivation of old ones.
8.2.1.2 KNOW THE COMMUNITY’S SAFETY
PLANS.
 Always monitor the volcano updates and
watch out for advisories and warnings.
 Know the location of the evacuation site
and the fastest and safest way to go there.
 Prepare your family’s GO BAG containing
items needed for survival. During
8.2.1.3 STAY AWAY FROM DANGER ZONES.
 When notified, immediately evacuate to
safer grounds.
 Assist in evacuating children, pregnant
women, PWDs and older people.
 Cover your mouth with wet cloth and wear
protective goggles. Keep your pets in their
145
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
shelter or inside to avoid them from inhaling
ash.
 Stay away from rivers and streams for
possible lahar flow.
8.2.2 After
8.2.2.1 REMAIN ALERT AND BE CAUTIOUS.
 Leave the evacuation area only when
authorities say it is safe.
 Wear masks when cleaning.
 Scrape the accumulated ash in roofs to
prevent collapse.
 Shake loose ash from plants before
watering.
8.3 Fire
The purpose of the fire prevention plan is to prevent
a fire from occurring in a workplace. It describes the
fuel sources (hazardous or other materials) on site
that could initiate or contribute both to the spread of
a fire, as well as the building systems, such as fixed
fire extinguishing systems and alarm systems, in
place to control the ignition or spread of a fire.
8.3.1 Fire Prevention
 Befriend a fireman.
 Ensure that fire alarms and sprinklers work.
 Practice your evacuation plan and
participate in fire drills.
 Turn Off LPG Tanks when not is use.
 Hire an electrician to check on your
electrical wirings at least once a year.
 Unplug appliances and gadgets after using
or charging.
 Do not leave lighted candles and cigarettes
unattended.
 Learn how to use fire extinguisher.
8.3.2 Quick Response in case of Fire
 Stay calm and evacuate immediately.
 Sound the fire alarm and call for assistance
(BFP).
 If you’re in the building use stairs and do
not use elevator.
 Before opening doors check handle first if
hot do not open as the room may already
be on fire.
 If there is smoke, get down low and cover
your mouth and nose with damp cloth.
 If your cloth catches fire, stop running. Drop
to the floor and roll to put out the flames.
 If trapped, stay in the room and signal for
help using bright colored cloth at the window
or make noise.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
 After the fire. Do not return inside your house
or building unless authorities deemed it safe.
 Have your self-check for injuries.
8.4 Tropical Cyclone/Typhoon
Tropical cyclone is defined as a non-frontal,
synoptic-scale cyclone developing over tropical and
sub-tropical waters at any level and having a
definitely organized circulation. In other parts of the
world, these are referred to as hurricanes, typhoons
or simply tropical cyclones depending on the region.
8.4.1 Effect of Tropical Cyclone
8.4.1.1 STRONG WINDS
8.4.1.2 RAINFALL AND FLOODING
Rainfall associated with tropical cyclones is
both beneficial and harmful. Although the
rains contribute to the water needs of the
areas traversed by the cyclones, the rains
are harmful when the amount is so large as
to cause flooding.
8.4.1.3 STORM SURGE
The storm surge is an abnormal rise of water
due to a tropical cyclone and it is an oceanic
event responding to meteorological driving
forces. Potentially disastrous surges occur
along coasts with low-lying terrain that allows
inland inundation, or across inland water
bodies such as bays, estuaries, lakes and
rivers.
8.4.2 Quick Response Tropical Cyclone/Flooding
8.4.2.1 Before
 Monitor the news for weather updates.
 Know the early warning and evacuation plan.
 Check the integrity of the structure.
8.4.2.2 During
 Stay calm and stay indoors and tune for the
latest news and weather updates.
 Turn off main electrical switch and valves.
 Use flashlight or emergency lamp. Be
cautious in using candle and gas lamps.
 Stay away from glass window.
8.4.2.3 After
 Stay away from fallen trees, damaged
structure and power lines.
146
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
 Do not go sightseeing as you may hinder the
work of emergency services.
 Be cautious in checking and repairing
damage structure.
 Check for wet and submerged electrical
outlets and appliance before turning on
electricity.
8.5 Landslide
A landslide is defined as the movement of a mass of
rock, debris, or earth down a slope. Landslides are
type of "mass wasting," which denotes any down-
slope movement of soil and rock under the direct
influence of gravity.
8.5.1 Quick Response Landslide
8.5.1.1 Before
 Know the landslide prone areas and learn
the early signs of impending landslide.
 Monitor the news for weather updates,
warnings and advisories.
 Know location of the evacuation site.
 When notify evacuate immediately to safer
grounds.
8.5.1.2 During
 When inside a house or building and
evacuation is not possible, stay inside and
get under sturdy table.
 When outside, avoid affected areas and got
to a safer place.
 When landslide cannot be avoided. Protect
your head.
 When driving, do not cross the bridges and
damaged roads.
8.5.1.3 After
 Avoid landslide affected areas.
 Watch out for possible flashfloods due to
clogging of creeks or rivers.
 Check for missing persons and report it to
authorities.
 Bring the injured and sick to nearest hospital.
 Check your structure for possible damages
and repair as necessary.
 Report fallen trees and electric post to proper
authorities.
8.6 Bomb Threats
All bomb threats will be treated as a serious
matter. Statistics show most bomb threats are meant
to disrupt normal activities. However, this does not
mean a bomb threat should not be considered " real
". The decision to evacuate a building will be made
by the proper authorities after evaluating the
situation.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
8.6.1 Quick Response Bomb Threat
8.6.1.1 Emergency Actions - when a bomb threat
is received by phone:
 Keep the caller on the line and talking as long
as possible (pretend to have difficulty in
hearing - ask the caller to repeat what he/she
said).
 Try to get as much information as possible
about the location of the bomb and a
description of the bomb and the caller.
 Use the Bomb Threat Checklist to record all
information.
 Stay on the line as long as the caller
continues to provide useful information. If
possible, have someone else use another
line to call Police.
 If an evacuation of the building is ordered,
take the Bomb Threat Checklist with you and
give it to the Police.
8.6.1.2 Emergency Actions - when a suspicious
object or potential bomb is discovered:
 Do not touch, move or disturb any suspicious
object you feel might be a bomb.
 Keep people away from the area where the
suspicious object is and call the Police
 Be sure to include a description of the object
and its location when reporting.
8.6.1.3 Emergency Actions - when an evacuation
is ordered:
 Collect your personal belongings (ie. purse,
briefcase, etc.) and take them with you as
you exit the building.
 Look around your desk and/or office for any
suspicious items. Do not touch anything
suspicious, instead report it to the Police
after you exit the building.
 After evacuation, report to an Emergency
Assembly Area.
 Do not reenter the building until instructed to
do so by appropriate personnel.
8.6.1.4 Bomb threat call—checklist
 Time of the call
 Length of the call
 Name of person taking the call
 Exact wording of the threat
 Age and gender of caller
 Ask the caller
 When will the bomb explode?
 Where is the bomb?
 What does it look like?
147
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
 What will cause it to explode?
 What building is it in?
 What floor is it on?
 What is your name and address?
 Did you place the bomb? Why?
-Background sounds
-Caller’s voice
-Threat language
8.7 Hazardous Materials
8.7.1 Quick Response Hazardous Materials
8.7.1.1 Chemical Spills Procedures:
 Do not enter the contaminated area.
 Alert people in the area to evacuate.
 If spilled material is flammable, turn off
ignition and heat sources.
 Close doors to affected area.
 Locate appropriate safety data sheets.
 Have persons knowledgeable of area assist
emergency personnel.
 Make sure to provide Safety Data Sheets
(SDS) to emergency personnel.
 Wear appropriate PPE.
8.7.1.2 For Minor Spills:
 Alert people in the immediate area of the spill
and avoid breathing vapors from the spill.
 Begin cleaning up immediately.
 Wear appropriate PPE and disposed
according to legal requirements.
8.7.1.3 Biological (Blood) Spills Procedures:
 Health care or housekeeping personnel
trained in spill cleanup should follow
established protocols.
 For blood or body fluid spills in residence
halls, academic buildings, administrative
buildings, or on outside surfaces, contact
housekeeping in area.
8.7.1.4 Procedures:
 Wear disposable gloves and absorb fluids
with disposable towels.
 Clean area of all visible fluids with detergent
(soap/water).
 Decontaminate area with an appropriate
disinfectant.
 Place all disposable materials into plastic
leak-proof bag. DO NOT throw bag in trash.
8.7.1.5 Medical Emergency / Personal Injury
Medical emergencies include:
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
 Any life-threatening situation.
 Loss of consciousness.
 Chest pain.
 Excessive bleeding.
 Seizures.
 Head injury.
 Compound fractures.
 Allergic reactions with shortness of breath,
excessive swelling.
 Ingestion or inhalation of a toxic substance.
 Lacerations of the eyeball.
8.7.1.6 Quick Response
 Call Assistance
 Do not move victim unless safety dictates.
 If trained, use pressure to stop bleeding.
 Use CPR if no pulse and not breathing.
 State that medical aid is needed and provide
the following information:
 Location of injured person (eg.
which building, room, number, etc.).
 Type of injury or problem.
 The individual's present condition.
 The sequence of events leading to
the emergency.
 Medical history and name of injured
person's doctor, if known.
 The phone number where you are.
 Stay on the phone with the
dispatcher.
9. Conduct of Emergency Drills
9.1 Reporting Emergencies
9.1.1 Employees must know how to report
emergencies. Some use internal telephone
numbers, intercom, or public address
systems to notify other employees.
9.1.2 It is important for employees to also notify
the proper authorities such as fire, medical,
or rescue services, if your company relies on
this type of assistance during an emergency.
9.2 Evacuation Procedures
9.2.1 Always have a plan to evacuate or shelter-
in-place Develop procedures for evacuation,
shelter-in-place, and other responses to
emergencies.
9.2.2 Evacuation policies, procedures, and
escape route assignments are put into place
so that employees understand who is
authorized to order an evacuation, under
what conditions an evacuation would be
148
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
necessary, how to evacuate, and what
routes to take.
9.2.3 Exit diagrams are typically used to identify
the escape routes to be followed by
employees from each specific facility
location.
9.2.4 Evacuation procedures also often describe
actions employees should take before and
while evacuating such as shutting windows,
turning off equipment, and closing doors
behind them.
9.3 Designate Evacuation Coordinators
9.3.1 It is critical that employees know who the
coordinator is and understand that person
has the authority to make decisions during
emergencies.
9.4 Assisting Others to Evacuate
9.4.1 Develop plan to assist visitors and others in
an emergency.
9.4.2 Many employers designate individuals as
evacuation wardens to help move
employees from danger to safe areas during
an emergency. Generally, one evacuation
warden for every 20 employees should be
adequate, and the appropriate number of
wardens should always be available during
working hours.
9.5 Employees Who May Remain to Shut Down
9.5.1 Designate those who will shut down in an
emergency. Large companies may have
certain equipment and processes that must
be shut down in stages or over time.
9.5.2 smaller enterprises may require designated
employees to remain behind briefly to
operate fire extinguishers or shut down gas
and/or electrical systems and other special
equipment that could be damaged if left
operating or create additional hazards to
emergency responders.
9.6 Accounting for Employees
a) Designate assembly areas or areas
Assembly areas, both inside and outside the
workplace, are the locations where
employees gather after evacuating.
b) Internal assembly areas within the building
are often referred to as "areas of refuge."
Make sure the assembly area has enough
space to accommodate all employees.
c) Exterior assembly areas, used when the
building must be partially or completely
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
evacuated, are typically located in parking
lots or other open areas away from busy
streets. Try and designate assembly areas
so that employees will be up-wind of the
building.
d) Take a head count after the evacuation.
Accounting for all employees following an
evacuation is critical.
e) Identify the names and last known locations
of anyone not accounted for and pass them
to the official in charge.
f) Assembly area design. When designating an
assembly area, consider (and try to
minimize) the possibility of employees
interfering with rescue operations.
g) Account for others. Establish a method for
accounting for non-employees such as
suppliers and customers.
h) Additional evacuation. Establish procedures
for further evacuation in case the incident
expands. This may consist of sending
employees home by normal means or
providing them with transportation to an
offsite location.
9.6 Fire, Rescue, and Medical Services
If external departments or agencies, such as
the local fire and police departments, medical clinics
or hospitals, and ambulance services, are used,
make sure they are prepared to respond as outlined
in the EAP.
9.6 Exit Route Requirements
a) An exit route must be permanent. Each exit
route must be a permanent part of the
workplace.
b) An exit must be separated by fire resistant
materials.
c) Openings into an exit must be limited. An exit
is permitted to have only those openings
necessary to allow access to the exit from
occupied areas of the workplace, or to the
exit discharge.
d) Opening must be protected. An opening into
an exit must be protected by a self-closing
fire door that remains closed or automatically
closes in an emergency upon the sounding
of a fire alarm or employee alarm system.
e) The number of exit routes should be
adequate.
f) At least two exit routes should be available
in a workplace to permit prompt evacuation
of employees and other building occupants
during an emergency.
g) Each exit discharge must lead directly
outside or to a street, walkway, refuge area,
public way, or open space with access to the
outside.
149
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

h) An exit door should be unlocked from the 10.6 Your company’s safety plan should address
inside. chemicals that are used on your worksites
i) Employees should always be able to open and what should be done in the event of a
an exit route door from the inside without spill. How that plan is structured depends
keys, tools, or special knowledge. both on the specific chemicals that are being
j) A side-hinged exit door should be used. used and how workers may come in contact
k) A side-hinged door should be used to with them.
connect any room to an exit route.
l) The capacity of an exit route should be
adequate.
m) Exit routes must support the maximum
permitted occupant load for each floor
served.
n) The capacity of an exit route may not
decrease in the direction of exit route travel
to the exit discharge.
o) An exit route must meet minimum height and
width requirements.
p) An outdoor exit route must have guardrails to
protect unenclosed sides if a fall hazard
exists

10. Summary and Conclusion

10.1 Emergency Preparedness Plan (ERP) is a

plan to organize employer and employee
actions during workplace emergencies.

10.2 Disaster – refers to a serious disruption of

the functioning of a community or a society
causing widespread human, material,
economic, or environmental losses and
impacts, which exceed the ability of the
affected community or society to cope using
its own resources.

10.3 An organization should develop emergency

procedures to deal with foreseeable
incidents such as fire, bomb threat and
chemical spill.

10.4 The best emergency action plans include

employees in the planning process, specify
what employees should do during an
emergency, and ensure that employees
receive proper training for emergencies.
When you include your employees in your
planning, encourage them to offer
suggestions about potential hazards, worst-
case scenarios, and proper emergency
responses.

10.5 Common Emergency/Disaster are

Flooding, Typhon, Chemical Spill, Fire,
Earthquake, Landslide, Bomb Threat.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 150
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 21: Employees Compensation
Program (PD 626)
1. Introduction
The ECC is a government corporation. It is attached
to the Department of Labor and Employment for
policy coordination and guidance.
It is a quasi-judicial corporate entity created to
implement the Employees’ Compensation Program
(ECP). The ECP provides a package of benefits for
public and private sector employees and their
dependents in the event of work-connected
contingencies such as sickness, injury, disability or
death.
As implementor of the Employees Compensation
Program, ECC is mandated by law to provide
meaningful and appropriate compensation to
workers. Its main functions are:
1. To formulate policies and guidelines for the
improvement of the employees’
compensation program
2. To review and decide on appeal all EC
claims disapproved by the Systems
3. To initiate policies and programs toward
adequate occupational health and safety
and accident prevention in the working
environment
2. Learning Outcomes
At the end of the modules the participants will:
a. Identify the EC Benefits.
b. Understand the employee’s compensation
program and its main functions.
c. Identify the process of claiming the benefits.
3. Definition of Terms
3.1 System means the SSS or GSIS, as the case
may be.
3.2 Beneficiaries means the dependent spouse until
he remarries and dependent children, who are the
primary beneficiaries.
3.3 Disability means loss or impairment of a physical
or mental function resulting from injury or sickness.
3.4 Compensation means all payments made under
this Title for income benefits and medical or related
benefits.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
3.5 Income benefit means all payments made under
this Title to the employee or his dependents.
3.6 Medical benefit means all payments made
under this Title to the providers of medical care,
rehabilitation services and hospital care.
3.7 Appliances means crutches, artificial aids and
other similar devices.
3.8 Monthly salary credit means the wage or the
salary base for contributions as provided in Republic
Act numbered eleven hundred sixty-one, as
amended, or the wages or salary.
4. Employees Compensation Commission
The Employees’ Compensation Program (ECP) is a
government program designed to provide a
compensation package to public and private
employees or their dependents in the event of work-
related sickness, injury, or death.
Registration Every employee shall be registered to
the GSIS or the SSS through his employer within one
month or thirty (30) days from the date of
employment. However, no EC claim of any employee
shall be rejected on the basis alone of absence of
GSIS or SSS registration or EC contribution.
4.1 Coverage
a) Private sector workers who are registered as
compulsory members of the Social Security
System (SSS) except self-employed
b) Overseas seafarers
c) Government sector employees who are
registered members of the Government
Service Insurance System (GSIS) including
elective government officials who are
receiving regular salary
d) Uniformed personnel of the Armed Forces of
the Philippines (AFP), the Philippine National
Police (PNP), Bureau of Fire Protection
(BFP), and the Bureau of Jail Management
and Penology (BJMP).
4.2 Registration
Every employee shall be registered to the
GSIS or the SSS through his employer within one
month or thirty (30) days from the date of
employment. However, no EC claim of any employee
shall be rejected on the basis alone of absence of
GSIS or SSS registration or EC contribution.
If the sickness, disability, or death occurs after the
prescribed 30-day period of registration and before
151
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
the GSIS or the SSS receives any report of the name
of the concerned employee, the employer shall be
liable to the GSIS or to the SSS for the lump sum
equivalent to the benefits to which such employee or
his dependents may be.
4.3 Contributions
4.4 For an occupational disease and the resulting
disability or death to be compensable, all the
following conditions must be satisfied:
a) the employee’s work and/or the working
conditions must involve risk/s that caused
the development of the illness
b) the disease was contracted as a result of the
employee’s exposure to described risks
c) the disease was contracted within a period of
exposure and under such factors necessary
to contract it
d) there was no deliberate act on the part of the
employee to disregard the safety measures
or ignore established warning or precaution.
4.4.1 The Increased Risk Theory
There is an increased risk if the illness is
caused or precipitated by factors inherent in the
employees’ nature of work and working conditions. It
does not include aggravation of a pre-existing illness.
To establish compensability of the claim under the
Increased Risk Theory, the claimant must show proof
of work-connection. The degree of proof required
varies on a case to case basis.
4.5 Pre-Employment and Periodic Medical
Examination
The employer shall require pre-employment
medical examination of all prospective employees
and provide periodic medical examination to
employees who are exposed to occupational
diseases.
5. Work-related Injuries
For the injury and the resulting disability or
death to be compensable, the injury must be the
result of an accident arising out of and in the course
of employment.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
6. Injuries or death resulting from any of the
following shall also be compensable:
a) Injuries resulting from an accident which
happened at the workplace.
b) Injuries resulting from an accident which
happened while the employee is performing
his official function.
c) Injuries resulting from an accident which
happened outside of the workplace but while
the employee is performing an order of his
employer.
d) Injuries resulting from an accident which
happened while going to or coming from the
place of work.
e) Injuries resulting from an accident which
happened while ministering to personal
comfort
f) Injuries resulting from an accident while the
employee is inside the company shuttle bus
g) Injuries resulting from an accident which
occurred during a company-sponsored
activity
h) Death of an Employee Due to Assault
7. Excepting Circumstances
No compensation shall be allowed to the
employee or his/her dependents in cases when the
sickness, injury, disability, or death was occasioned
by any of the following: Intoxication, Notorious
Negligence and Willful Intent to Injure Oneself or
Another.
8. Benefits of the ECC
8.1 Loss of Income Benefit
Under the ECP, it is the disability, or the
incapacity to work, which is being compensated and
not the illness or the injury.
8.1.1 There are three types of loss of income
benefit:
1. Temporary Total Disability (TTD)
For a disability that prevents an employee
from performing his work for a continuous period not
exceeding 120 days. The amount of daily income
benefit shall be ninety percent (90%) of the
employee’s average daily salary credit as determined
by the Systems.
2. Permanent Total Disability (PTD)
A monthly income benefit granted for
disabilities, such as, but not limited to, complete loss
152
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

of sight of both eyes, loss and function loss of both
limbs, and brain injury resulting to imbecility or
insanity. The amount of monthly income benefit for
PTD shall be determined by the Systems based on
the average monthly salary credit or average monthly
compensation (AMSC/AMC).
3. Permanent Partial Disability (PPD)
A monthly income benefit is granted for
disabilities that result in physical loss (amputation) or
8.2.1 Hospital Confinement
The benefits for each day of confinement in
an accredited hospital shall only be forward services.
The benefit in case of sickness and injury shall not
exceed the actual cost of ward services in accredited
hospital equipped with facilities necessary for the
treatment of the disease and injury. Confinement
shall be counted in units of a full day, with the day of
admission counted as a full day but not the day of
discharge.

functional loss of a body part. 8.2.2 Medicines

After the allowable HMO and/or PhilHealth

8.1.2 Table of Charge for Permanent Disability
benefits, if any, have been completely exhausted for
Complete and Permanent No. of Months a particular confinement or consultation, only the out-
Loss of Use of of-pocket expenses of the employee with work-
One Thumb 10 related sickness or injury shall be the subject of claim
for EC medical reimbursement.
One Index Finger 8
One Middle Finger 6 Claim for EC medical reimbursement from
One Ring Finger 5 the employer may only be allowed in case the
One Little Finger 3 employer has paid the hospitalization expenses of
One Big Toe 6
the employee with work-related sickness or injury.
Ant toe 3 8.2.3 Carer’s Allowance
One Arm 50
A supplemental pension of P575/month is
One Hand 39
provided to pensioners under the ECP who suffer
One Foot 31 from work connected PPD and PTD.
One Leg 46
One Ear 10 8.2.4 Rehabilitation Services/KaGabay Program
Both Ears 20 Persons with work-related disabilities
Hearing of One Ear 10 (PWRD) with an approved EC TTD, PPD or PTD are
Hearing of Both Ears 50 qualified to avail of the benefits and services under
Sight of One Eye 25 the Katulong at Gabay sa Manggagawang May
Kapansanan, or KaGabay Program.

Under this program, qualified beneficiaries are

8.2 Medical Services
entitled to:
It includes reimbursement of the cost of i. Physical Restoration
medicines for the illness or injury, payment to
providers of medical care, hospital care, surgical Provision of physical or occupational therapy
expenses, and the costs of rehabilitation appliances services to PWRDs including assistive devices,
and supplies. The medical services are limited to subject to funding limitations.
ward services of hospitals duly accredited by the
Department of Health (DOH). ii. Skills Training for Re-employment

8a The following are not included:
a) Extra charge for more comfortable
accommodations such as private and semi-
private rooms
b) Personal comfort or convenience such as
charges for the use of telephone, radio, or
television; and
c) Private duty nurses (PDN)
PWRDs can acquire new competencies, subject to
his/her potential and residual functional capacity.
iii. Entrepreneurship Training
PWRDs who want to set up their own livelihood
undertaking are given the chance to take part in
entrepreneurship training.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 153
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
9. Death Benefits
The beneficiaries of the deceased employee
are entitled to an income benefit if the employee died
as a result of a work-related injury or sickness. They
shall receive an income benefit paid at the beginning
of the month of death of the member and will continue
for as long as they are entitled there to. The surviving
legitimate spouse is entitled to receive income
benefit until he or she remarries. Each dependent
child, not exceeding five, counted from the youngest
and without substitution, shall receive ten percent
more as dependent’s pension.
10. Funeral Benefits
An amount of P20,000 may be granted for
the Private Sector upon the death of an employee
who died as a result of a work-related accident or
disease.
11.EC LOGBOOK
Every employer shall keep a logbook to record
chronologically the sickness, injury, or death of their
employees containing the names of the employees;
dates, places, and nature of contingency; and
absences. Entries in the logbook should be made
within five (5) days from notice of knowledge of the
contingency.
Within five (5) days after entry in the logbook, the
employer shall report to either SSS or GSIS only
those contingencies he deems to be work-related.
In case of the employer’s failure to record in the
logbook an actual sickness, injury or death of any of
his employees within the period prescribed by the EC
Law or gives false information or withholds material
information provided by the employer in relation to
his employee’s claims for EC benefits, sanction shall
be imposed on the employer. These shall include a
liability for a 50 percent of the lump sum benefit
and/or a fine ranging from P500-P5000 and
imprisonment ranging from six months to one year.
12. Filing of EC Benefits Claim
Proceed to the nearest SSS and GSIS
branch to file for the EC benefits claims. Fill out the
prescribed forms and prepare supporting documents
for your benefits claim.
13. Appeal for Denied Claims
EC claims denied by the SSS or GSIS may
be appealed to the Employees’ Compensation
Commission (ECC) through a simple letter of appeal.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
14. Prescriptive Period
No claim for compensation shall be given
due course unless said claim is filed with the System
within three years from the time the cause of action
accrued.
15. Reckoning Date of the Prescriptive Period
1. For sickness, it is the time the employee lost his
earning capacity.
2. For injury, it is from the time it was sustained.
3. For death, at the time of death of the covered
employee.
16. Non-Registration of Employee
If the sickness, disability, or death occurs
after the prescribed 30-day period of registration and
before the GSIS or the SSS receives any report of
the name of the concerned employee, the employer
shall be liable to the GSIS or to the SSS for the lump
sum equivalent to the benefits to which such
employee or his dependents may be entitled.
17. Safety Devices
The employer shall comply with safety and
health laws and shall take the necessary precautions
for the prevention of work-related disability or death.
In case an employee gets injured or dies due
to failure of the employer to comply with the safety
devices requirement, the employer shall pay the
State Insurance Fund a penalty of 25 percent of the
lump sum of equivalent of the monthly income benefit
due to the employee.
18. Summary and Conclusion
18.1 The Employees’ Compensation Program
(ECP) is a government program designed to
provide a compensation package to public and
private employees or their dependents in the
event of work-related sickness, injury, or death.
18.2 Benefits under ECC are Loss of Income,
Medical, Death, Funeral, Carer’s Allowance
and Rehabilitation Services.
18.3 Three Types of Disabilities: Temporary,
Partial and Permanent.
18.4 No claim for compensation shall be given
due course unless said claim is filed with the
154
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

System within three years from the time the

cause of action accrued.

18.5 The State Insurance provide employees'

compensation program whereby employees and
their dependents, in the event of work-connected
disability or death, may promptly secure
adequate income benefit, and medical or related
benefits.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 155
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Module 22:Salient features of the OSHS,
D.O. 198-18, and & D.O.13-98
1. Introduction
Body of standards rules and regulations shall
hereafter be referred to as “Standards”. Promulgated
for the guidance and compliance of all concerned.
The study of health and safety involves the study of
many different subjects including the sciences
(chemistry, physics and biology), engineering,
psychology, sociology and the law.
2. Learning Outcomes
 Explain the legal framework of the OSH in
the Philippines.
 Outline the salient feature of DO 13-98, DO
198-18 & RA 11058, DO 187, OSH
Standards.
 Identify the mandatory OSH sign in the
workplace.
3. Definition of Terms:
3.1 Health shall connote a sound state of the body
and mind of the worker, which enables him to
perform his job normally, in a state of well-being.
3.2 Safe or Safety shall refer to the physical or
environmental conditions of work or employment,
which substantially comply with the provisions of this
Standards.
3.3 Certified first aider refers to any person trained
and duly certified to administer first aid by the
Philippine Red Cross or any organization authorized
by the Secretary of Labor and Employment.
3.4 Covered workplaces refer to establishments,
projects, sites and all other places where work is
being undertaken wherein the number of employees,
nature of operations, and risks or hazards involved
in the business.
3.5. General safety and health inspection refer to
an examination of the work environment, including
the location and operation of machinery other than
those covered by technical safety audits, adequacy
of work space, ventilation, lighting, conditions of
work environment, handling, storage or work
procedures, protection facilities and other possible
sources of safety and health hazards in the
workplace.
3.8 Risk the likelihood of a hazardous events
occurring in combination with the consequence of
that event.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
3.9 High risk establishment refers to a workplace
wherein the presence of hazard or potential hazard
within the company may affect the safety and/or
health of workers not only within but also persons
outside the premises of the workplace. There is high
level of exposure to safety and health hazards, and
probability of a major accident resulting to disability
or death or major illness is likely to occur if no
preventive or control measures are in place.
3.10 Imminent danger refers to a situation caused
by a condition or practice in any place of employment
that could reasonably be expected to lead to death
or serious physical harm.
3.11 Low risk establishment refers to a workplace
where there is low level of danger or exposure to
safety and health hazards and not likely or with low
probability to result in accident, harm or injury, or
illness.
3.12 Medium risk establishment refers to a
workplace where there is moderate exposure to
safety and health hazards and with probability of an
accident, injury or illness, if no preventive or control
measures are in place.
3.13 Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) refers to
establishments employing less than ten (10)
employees, and the establishments employing less
than one hundred (100) employees, respectively,
regardless of capitalization.
3.14 Occupational Health (OH) personnel refer to
a qualified first-aider, nurse, dentist or physician
engaged by the employer to provide occupational
health services in the establishment, project, site or
workplace.
3.15 Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
consultant refers to a qualified Safety Officer 4 or its
equivalent, duly certified by DOLE to perform and/or
render consultative services on occupational safety
and health in at least two (2) fields of specialization
as determined by DOLE.
3.16 Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
practitioner refers to a qualified Safety Officer 3 or
its equivalent, duly certified by DOLE to render
occupational safety and health services in a defined
and specific scope or core competency.
3.17 Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
standards refers to a set of rules issued by DOLE
which mandates the adoption and use of appropriate
practices, means, methods, operations or
processes, and working conditions reasonably
necessary to ensure safe and healthful employment.
156
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
3.18 Safety and Health Audit refers to a regular and
critical examination of project sites, safety programs,
records, and management performance on program
standards on safety and health conducted by the
safety officer.
3.19 Safety and Health Committee refers to a body
created within the workplace tasked with the
authority to plan, develop and implement OSH
policies and programs, monitor and evaluate the
OSH program, and inspect and investigate all
aspects of the work pertaining to the safety and
health of workers.
3.20 Safety and Health Program refers to a set of
detailed rules to govern company policies,
processes and practices in all economic activities to
conform with OSH standards, including the
personnel responsible, and penalties for any
violation thereof.
4. Salient Feature of Department Order 13,
series of 1998 (DO13)
Section 5: Construction Safety and Health
Program
Before the start of the actual construction, the
construction project manager shall prepare and
submit to DOLE a comprehensive construction safety
and health program which shall include, but not
limited to:
 Composition of the construction safety and
health committee
 Specific H&S policies within the construction
site
 Penalties for violation
 Training of workers
 Waste disposal
 Cost of implementing CSHP integrated on
Project Construction cost
Section 6: Personal Protective Equipment
All employers (shall at his own expenses) must
provide personal protective equipment for all
employees needing such equipment. All other
persons entering the construction site must wear the
necessary protective equipment.
Section 7: Safety Personnel
A means of coordination was established wherein the
main or general contractor shall have over-all
management and coordination of all safety and
health officers/personnel working within the
construction site. All full-time safety and health
personnel must be accredited by DOLE.
General Contractor must provide Full Time Safety
Officer and must provide additional Construction
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Safety and Health Officer/s in accordance with the
requirements of Rule 1033 as amended by DO 16.
General Contractor must provide 1 CSHO for every
10-heavy equipment.
Section 8. Emergency Occupational Health
Personnel and Facilities
Construction project owner or his duly authorized
representative shall provide competent emergency
health personnel within the worksite duly
complemented by adequate medical supplies,
equipment and facilities.
 Certified first aider – total workers at fifty (50)
or less.
 Full-time registered nurse - total number of
workers exceeds fifty (50) but not more than
two hundred (200).
 Full-time registered nurse, a part-time
physician and a dentist, and an emergency
clinic when the total number of workers
exceeds two hundred (200) but not more
than three hundred (300).
 full-time registered nurse, a full-time
physician, a dentist and an infirmary or
emergency hospital with one (1) bed
capacity when the Number of employees
exceed three hundred (300). In addition,
there should be one (1) bed capacity for
every one hundred (100) employees in
excess of three hundred (300).
 Where an employer provides only a
treatment room, he shall provide for his
workers in case of emergency, access to the
nearest medical/dental clinic or to a
medical/dental clinic located within five (5)
kilometers radius from the workplace and
can be reached in twenty-five (25) minutes of
travel.
Section 9. Construction Safety Signage’s
Provided to warn the workers and the public of
hazards existing in the workplace.
Signage’s shall be posted in prominent positions at
strategic location.
Signage’s should be regularly inspected and
maintained in good condition.
Section 10. Safety on Construction Heavy
Equipment
General Constructor must ensure that appropriate
certification is obtained from DOLE duly accredited
organizations such as TESDA NC II Certificate of
Operator and 3rd Party Inspection Certificate.
The General Constructor and the equipment owner
shall maintain a separate logbook for data on
maintenance, repairs, tests and inspections for each
heavy equipment.
157
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Section 11. Construction Safety and Health
Committee
Shall at the start of the construction have a
construction safety and health committee composed
of the following personnel:
 Project Manager or his representative as the
chairperson ex officio
 General Construction Safety and Health
Officer
 Construction Safety and Health Officers
 Safety representatives from each
subcontractor
 Doctors, Nurses and other Health personnel)
 Workers’ representatives (minimum of 3,
union members if organized, not necessarily
from one employer).
Section 12. Safety and Health Information
No person shall be deployed in a construction site
unless he has undergone a safety and health
awareness seminar.
The instruction, training and information materials,
shall be given in a language or dialect understood
by the worker.
Section 13. Construction Safety and Health
Training
Basic construction safety and health training shall be
a forty (40)-hour training course as prescribed by the
BWC.
Section 14. Construction Safety and Health
Reports
All general constructors shall be required to submit a
monthly construction safety and health report to the
BWC or to the DOLE Regional Office concerned.
The report shall include a monthly summary of all
safety and health committee meeting agreements,
summary of all accident investigations/reports and
periodic hazards assessment with the corresponding
remedial measures/action for each hazard.
Section 15. Construction Workers Skills
Certificates
All construction workers in critical occupations shall
undergo mandatory skills testing for certification by
TESDA.
Section 16. Workers’ Welfare Facilities
The employer shall provide the following welfare
facilities in order to ensure humane working
conditions: Adequate supply of safe drinking water,
adequate sanitary and washing facilities, Suitable
living accommodation and Separate sanitary,
washing and sleeping facilities for men and women
workers.
Section 17: Cost of Construction Safety and
Health Program
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
The total cost of the Construction Safety and Health
Program Shall be a mandatory integral part of the
construction project. It shall be treated as a separate
pay item and reflected in the project’s bid tender
documents
Section 19: Violations and Penalties
Violations committed by constructors as determined
by DOLE after due process shall be considered as
prima facie case of a construction malperformance of
grave consequence under RA 4566 as amended and
pertinent IRR.
In cases of imminent danger situations, the
procedures/requirements of the OSHS and DOLE
regulations shall be applied.
5. Salient Feature of RA 11058 & DO 198-18
Republic Act 11058 An Act Strengthening
Compliance with the Occupational Safety and Health
Standards and Providing Penalties in Violations
thereof. Department Order 198-18 the
Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 11058.
Section 1: Declaration of Policy
The State affirms labor as a primary social
and economic force, and that a safe and healthy
workforce is an integral aspect of nation building.
The State shall protect every worker against
injury, sickness or death through safe and healthful
working conditions.
Section 2: Coverage
This Rules shall apply to all establishments,
projects and sites, and all other places where work is
being undertaken in all branches of economic
activity, including:
1) Establishments located inside special
economic zones and other investment
promotion agencies (e.g., Philippine
Economic Zone Authority [PEZA]
2) Clark Development Corporation [CDC]
3) Utilities engaged in air, sea, and land
transportation
4) Industries such as mining, fishing,
construction, agriculture, and maritime.
This Rule also apply to contractors and
subcontractors including those engaged in the
projects of the public sector.
This Rules does not apply to the public sector.
158
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Section 3. Definition of Term (Please refer to the
definition of terms above).
Section 4. Duties of Employers, Workers and
Other Persons.
a. Duties of Employers
▪ Equip a place of employment for workers
free from hazardous conditions that are
causing or are likely to cause death, illness
or physical harm to the workers;
▪ Provide complete job safety instructions and
proper orientation to all workers including,
but not limited to, those relating to
familiarization with their work environment;
▪ Ensure that, so far as is reasonably
practicable, the chemical, physical and
biological substances and agents, and
ergonomic and psychosocial stresses under
their control are without risk to health when
the appropriate measures of protection are
taken;
▪ Use only approved specific industry set of
standards of devices and equipment for the
workplace, as applicable;
▪ Comply with OSH standards including
training, medical examination, and when
necessary, provisions on protective and
safety devices such as PPE and machine
guards.
▪ Make arrangements for workers and their
representatives to have the time and
resource to participate actively in the
processes of organizing, planning and
implementation, monitoring, evaluation and
action for improvement of the OSH
management system;
▪ Provide, when necessary, for measures
identifying trainings and drills, evacuation
plans, etc., to deal with emergencies, fires
and accidents including first-aid
arrangements;
▪ Comply with all reportorial requirements of
the OSH standards; and
▪ Register establishment to DOLE as provided
under the OSH standards.
b. Duties of Workers
▪ Participate in capacity building activities on
safety and health and other OSH related
topics and programs;
▪ Proper use of all safeguards and safety
devices furnished for workers' protection and
that of others;
▪ Comply with instructions to prevent
accidents or imminent danger situations in
the workplace;
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
▪ Observe prescribed steps to be taken in
cases of emergency including participation in
the conduct of national or local disaster drills;
and
▪ Report to their immediate supervisor or any
other responsible safety and health
personnel any work hazard that may be
discovered in the workplace.
c. Duties of Other Persons
Any other person, including the builder or
contactor who visits, builds, renovates or installs
devices or conducts business in any establishments
or workplace, shall comply with the provisions of this
Rules and all other regulations issued by the
Secretary of Labor and Employment.
Section 5. Workers' Right to Know.
All workers shall be appropriately informed
by the employer about all types of hazards in the
workplace, and be provided access to training,
education, and orientation on chemical safety,
electrical safety, mechanical safety, ergonomics, and
other hazards and risks.
Section 6. Workers' Right to Refuse Unsafe
Work
The worker has the right of refusal to work
without threat or reprisal from the employer if, as
determined by DOLE, an imminent danger situation
exists.
Section 7. Workers' Right to Report Accidents
Workers and their representatives shall have
the right to report accidents, dangerous occurrences,
and hazards to the employer, to DOLE and to other
concerned competent government agencies. They
shall be free from any form of retaliation for reporting
of any accident.
Reporting of accidents to DOLE may be
made through any means of communication,
including the DOLE hotline, whichever is most
convenient to the worker. The same may be reported
to the nearest DOLE Regional, Field, Provincial or
Satellite Office having jurisdiction over the place of
the incident.
Section 8. Workers' Right to Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)
Every employer, contractor or subcontractor,
if any, shall provide his/her workers, free of charge,
The cost of PPE shall be part of the safety
and health program.
159
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Section 9. Safety Signage and Devices For establishments with less than ten (10)
workers and low risk establishments with ten (10) to
Safety signage and devices shall be posted fifty (50) workers. — A SOI shall establish an OSH
in prominent positions at strategic locations in a committee composed of the following:
language understandable to all, and in accordance
with the OSH standards on color of signs for safety Chairman Company Owner or Manager
instructions and warnings, Globally Harmonized Secretary Safety Officer of the
System (GHS) pictograms, construction safety, Workplace
classification and labelling of chemicals, radiation, Member At least One (1) worker,
safety instructions and warning signs, set by DOLE. preferably a union member if
organized
All signage shall also be of appropriate For medium to high risk establishments with
quality to ensure their legibility. ten (10) to fifty (50) workers and low to high risk
establishments with fifty-one (51) workers and
Section 10. Safety in the Use of Equipment.
above. The OSH committee of the covered
Appropriate training and certification by the workplace shall be composed of the following:
Technical Education and Skills Development
Authority (TESDA), Professional Regulation
Commission (PRC) or other concerned government
Ex-officio Employer or his/her
agency shall be a requirement for operators before
chairperson representative
use of equipment, if applicable.
Secretary Safety officer of the workplace
Ex-officio Certified First Aider, OH Nurse,
Trainings provided by international
members OH dentist and OH Physician if
organizations or suppliers if not locally available,
applicable
shall be recognized by the DOLE. Members Safety Officer representing the
contractor or subcontractor, as
Section 11. Occupational Safety and Health the case may be, and
Information. representative/s of workers who
shall come from union, if workers
a) Workplace hazards and the risk posed on
are organized or elected workers
the safety and health of the workers such as
through a simple vote of majority,
chemical safety data sheets if they are unorganized
b) Control mechanisms in place that reduces or
minimizes the risk of exposure to hazards
and other preventive strategies (e.g., training For two (2) or more establishments housed
on specific hazards, medical monitoring under one building or complex including malls. When
tests, immunization and control of lifestyle- two or more establishments are housed under one
related diseases) building or complex, the health and safety committee
c) Appropriate measures, including the organized in each workplace shall form themselves
probable location of workers, for the into a Joint Coordinating Committee to plan and
prevention, control and protection against implement programs and activities concerning all the
those hazards establishments. The Joint Coordinating Committee
d) Emergency and disaster management shall be composed of the following:
protocols including proper evacuation and
shut-down procedures.
Chairperson Building owner or his/her
Section 12. Occupational Safety and Health representative such as building
(OSH) Program administrator
Secretary Safety Officer of the building or
Covered workplaces shall develop and complex appointed by the
implement a suitable OSH program in a format chairperson
prescribed by DOLE which shall be posted in Members At least two (2) Safety Officer
prominent places. from any of the establishment
housed under one building or
Section 13. Occupational Safety and Health complex
Committee
At least two (2) workers
representative, one of which
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 160
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

must be from a union if Additional forty-eight (48)

hours of
organized, from any advanced/specialized
establishment housed under one occupational safety training
building or complex course relevant to the
industry and

Other requirements as
 The building administrator shall ensure that prescribed by the OSH
the Joint OSH committee shall submit its standards
Safety Mandatory forty (40)-hour Actual
organizational plans and minutes to the Officer 4 basic OSH training course experienced as
DOLE Regional office, copy furnished the (SO4) applicable to industry SO3 for at least
Bureau of Working Conditions. four (4) years
Additional forty-eight (48)
hours of
Section 14. Safety Officer. advanced/specialized
occupational safety training
Safety Officers shall be employed or designated course relevant to the
industry
with the following duties and responsibilities:
An aggregate of three
hundred twenty (320) hours
1) Oversee the overall management of OSH related training or
of the OSH program in coordination experience (additional
with the OSH committee training may be converted
2) Frequently monitor and inspect any to years of experience
where eighty (80) hours of
health or safety aspect of the training may equal to one
operation being undertaken with (1) year of experience and
the participation of supervisors and vice versa and
workers
Other requirements as
3) Assist government inspectors in the prescribed by the OSH
conduct of safety and health Standards
inspection at any time whenever
work is being performed or during
the conduct of an accident
investigation by providing Minimum classification and number of safety
necessary information and OSH officer for all covered workplaces shall be as
reports as required by the OSH follows:
standards
4) Issue Work Stoppage Order (WSO) Number Low Risk Medium Risk High Risk
of
when necessary based on the Workers
requirements and procedures 1-9 One (1) One (1) SO1 One (1) SO2
provided by the OSH standards. SO1
10-50 One (1) One (1) SO2 One (1) SO3
SO1
51-99 One (1) One (1) SO2
Safety officer/s of all workplace must possess the 100-199 SO2 One (1) SO2 and One (1)
necessary training and experience requirement and One (1) SO3
according to its category as contained herein. The SO3
200-250 Two (2) One (1) SO2 Two (2) SO3
respective qualifications of safety officers are as SO2 or and One (1)
follows: One (1) SO3
SO3
Category Prescribed Training on Minimum OSH 251-500 Two (2) Two (2) SO3 One (1) SO2
OSH Experience SO2 or and Two (2)
Safety Mandatory eight (8)-hour - One (1) SO3
Officer 1 OSH Orientation course SO3
(SO1) and 501-750 Two (2)
SO2 or
Two (2)-hours trainers One (1)
training SO3
Safety Mandatory forty (40)-hour - 751-1000 Two (2)
Officer 2 basic OSH training course SO3
(SO2) applicable to industry Every - - Additional One
Safety Mandatory forty (40)-hour At least two (2) additional (1) SO3 or
Officer 3 basic OSH training course years of 250 or SO4
(SO3) applicable to industry experience in fraction
OSH thereof

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 161
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Every Additional Additional - 10-50 - - 1 - -

additional One (1) One (1) SO3
500 or SO3 or SO4 51-99 1 - 2 1 -
fraction
100- Additio - Additio 2 -
thereof 199 nal 1 nal 1
for for
200- every 2 - every -
Section 15. Occupational Health Personnel and 250 100 50
Facilities. worker worker
251- s of a - or a -
500 fraction fraction
Covered workplaces shall have qualified thereof thereof
occupational health personnel such as certified first- 501- Additio - Additio -
750 nal 1 nal 1
aiders, nurses, dentists, and physicians duly for for
complemented with the required medical supplies, 751- every - every -
1000 200 100
equipment and facilities. worker worker
1001- or a 1 or a 1
2000 fraction fraction
The number of health personnel, which may thereof thereof
be classified as full time (FT) or part-time (PT),
equipment and facilities, and the amount of supplies
shall be proportionate to the total number of workers
The employer may not establish a hospital or
and the risk or hazard involved in the workplace, the
dental clinic in the workplace where there is a
ideal ratio of which shall be as follows:
hospital or dental clinic which is located not more
Numb Low Risk Medium to High Risk
than five (5) kilometers away from the workplace,
er of accessible in not more than twenty-five (25) minutes
Worke
rs First OH OH OH First OH OH OH travel time, and the employer has facilities readily
Aider Nurse Dentist Physici Aide Nurse Dentist Physi
an r cian available for transporting workers to the hospital or
dental clinic in cases of emergency.
1-9 1 - - - 1 - - -
10-50 - - - - - -
51-99 - - - 2PT - - For this purpose, the employer shall enter
100- 2 2PT - - 2 1FT 1PT 1PT
199
into a written contract with the hospital for the use of
200- 3-5 1FT 1PT 1PT 3-5 1FT 1PT 1PT such hospital for the treatment of workers in cases of
500
501- 6- 1FT 1PT 2PT 6- 1FT 1FT 2PT emergency.
2000 20 20 or
1FT
>2000 >20 1FT 1FT 1FT & >20 1FT 1FT 1FT
pers 2PT persh or
hift ift 2PT Section 16. Safety and Health Training
Every 1 - - - 1 - - - All safety and health personnel shall undergo
100
worker the mandatory orientation or training on OSH as
s or a
fraction prescribed by DOLE. Said training shall be
thereof evidenced by the issuance of a certification by DOLE
Every - 1FT - - - 1FT - - or a DOLE-Accredited Training Organization.
250
worker
Dispatch curriculum for training covered under this
s or a Section shall be prescribed by DOLE.
fraction
thereof
The following are the minimum prescribed
Every - - 1FT 1FT - - 1FT 1FT
500 or or training or orientation for all safety and health
worker
s or a
4PT 4PT personnel:
fraction
thereof Safety Mandatory eight (8)-hour OSH orientation
officer 1 course applicable to its industry such as:
Every employer covered by this Rules shall (SO1)
provide his/her workers medical services and General Industry — Basic OSH Orientation
Course
facilities and shall not be an excuse by employer from
maintaining in his/her workplace a first aid treatment Construction Industry-Construction OSH
room or clinic for workers which shall be as follows: Orientation Course

Numb Low Risk High Risk Maritime Industry — Maritime OSH

er of Orientation Course or
Worke
rs First Clinic Hospit First Clinic Hospit
Aid (number al Aid (number al Other industry specific course as may be
Treatme of beds) (numb Treatme of beds) (numb prescribed
nt room er of nt room er of
beds) beds)
AND
1-9 1 - - 1 - -
Two (2)- hour trainers' Training.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 162
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Safety Mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training course
officer 2 applicable to its industry such as:
(SO2)
General Industry — Basic OSH Training
Course
Construction Industry — Construction OSH
Training Course
Maritime Industry — Maritime OSH Training
Course or
Other industry specific mandatory training as
may be prescribed.
Safety Mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training
officer 3 course applicable to its industry such as:
(SO3)
•General Industry — Basic OSH Training
Course
•Construction Industry — Construction OSH
Training Course
•Maritime Industry — Maritime OSH Training
Course or
•Other industry specific mandatory training as
may be prescribed
Additional forty-eight (48) hours of
advanced/specialized occupational safety
training course relevant to the industry (e.g.,
industrial hygiene, safety audit, accident
investigation, OSH programming, chemical
safety, etc.);
AND
Other requirements as prescribed by the OSH
standards.
Safety Mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training
officer 4 course applicable to its industry such as:
(SO4)
General Industry — Basic OSH Training
Course
Construction Industry — Construction OSH
Training Course
Maritime Industry — Maritime OSH Training
Course or
Other industry specific mandatory training as
may be prescribed
Additional eighty (80) hours of
advanced/specialized occupational safety
training course relevant to the industry, (e.g.,
industrial hygiene, safety audit, accident
investigation, OSH programming, chemical
safety, etc.);
An aggregate of three hundred twenty (320)
hours of OSH related training or experience
(additional training may be converted to years
of experience where eighty [80] hours of
training may equal to one [l] year of
experience and vice versa.);
AND
Other requirements as prescribed by the OSH
standards.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
 First-Aider Standard first aid training
 OH Nurse-At least forty (40)-hour Basic OSH
training course for
 OH Dentist-At least forty (40)-hour Basic OSH
training course
 OH Physician-At least fifty-six (56)-hour Basic OSH
training course for OH Physicians
All workers shall undergo the mandatory
workers' OSH seminar as prescribed by DOLE which
shall be jointly participated by workers and
employers. Standardized training module for safety
and health personnel shall be implemented and
updated regularly as necessary.
The mandatory workers' OSH seminar may
be conducted by the safety officer of the
establishment or any certified OSH practitioner or
consultant. The workers' OSH seminar and other
trainings/orientations as required by the employer
and by any law shall be at no cost on the worker and
considered as compensable working time.
Section 17. Occupational Safety and Health
Reports
All employers, contractors or
subcontractors, if any, shall submit to DOLE all
safety and health reports, and notifications such as
but not limited to annual medical report (AMR),
OSH committee report, employer's work
accident/injury report (WAIR), and annual work
accident/injury exposure data report (AEDR).
Section 18. Workers' Competency Certification
The PRC shall determine the minimum and
necessary competency on safety and health for
OSH personnel and use the same as equivalency in
their application for Continuing Professional
Development (CPD) units. In order to
professionalize, upgrade and update the level of
competence of workers, TESDA or PRC, as the
case may be, shall establish national competency
standards and prepare guidelines on competency
assessment and certification for critical occupations
to include requirements on safety and health.
In this regard, all critical occupations shall
undergo the mandatory competency assessment
and certification by TESDA.
An occupation shall be considered critical when:
a) The performance of a job affects people's
lives and safety;
b) The job involves the handling of complex
tools, equipment and supplies;
c) The job requires a relatively long period of
education and training; and
d) The performance of the job may
compromise the safety, health and
163
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

environmental concerns within the and workers to recognize their efforts towards
immediate vicinity of the establishments. ensuring compliance with OSH and general labor
standards such as OSH training packages, additional
protective equipment, technical guidance,
Section 19. Workers' Welfare Facilities recognition awards and other similar incentives.
All establishments, projects, sites and all
other places where work is being undertaken shall Section 29. Prohibited Acts and its
have the following free welfare facilities in order to Corresponding Penalties
ensure humane working conditions. Any willful failure or refusal of an employer,
contractor or subcontractor to comply with the
following OSH standards below or with a compliance
Section 20. All Other Occupational Safety and order issued by the Secretary of Labor and
Health Standards Employment or his/her authorized representative
shall be penalized of the administrative fines as
All employers, contractors or subcontractors, follows:
if any, shall comply with other occupational safety
and health standards as provided for in the 1978
DOLE Occupational Safety and Health Standards, as
amended. Registration of P20,000.00
establishment to DOLE
Section 21. Cost of Safety and Health Program Provision of job safety P20,000.00
instruction or
The total cost of implementing a duly orientation prior to work
approved OSH program shall be an integral part of Provision of workers P25,000.00
the operations cost. It shall be separate pay item in training (first aid,
construction and in all contracting or subcontracting mandatory workers
arrangements. training, mandatory OSH
Section 22. Employer's Responsibility and Training for safety
Liability officers and health
personnel)
The employer, project owner, contractor, or Provision of safety P30,000.00
subcontractor, if any, and any person who manages, signages and devices
controls or supervises the work being undertaken Provision of medical P30,000.00
shall be jointly and solidarity liable for compliance supplies, equipment and
with occupational safety and health standards facilities
including the penalties imposed for violation thereof Submission of P30,000.00
as provided for in this Rules. reportorial requirements
as prescribed by OSH
Section 24. Payment of Workers During Work standards
Stoppage Due to Imminent Danger
Provision of safety P40,000.00
If stoppage of work due to imminent danger officer and or/OH
occurs as a result of the employer's violation or fault, personnel
the employer shall pay the affected workers their Provision of certified P40,000.00
corresponding wages during the period of such personnel or
stoppage of work or suspension of operations. professionals required
by the OSH standards
Section 27. Employee's Compensation Claim Establishment of a P40,000.00
safety and health
A worker may file claims for compensation committee
benefit arising out of work-related disability or death.
Formulation and P40,000.00
Such claims shall be processed independently of the
implementation of a
finding of fault, gross negligence or bad faith of the
comprehensive safety &
employer in a proceeding instituted for the purpose.
health program
The employer shall provide the necessary assistance
Provision of information P40,000.00
to employees applying for claims.
on hazards and risk (
Section 28. Incentives to Employers and Workers absence of chemical
safety data sheet, no
There shall be established package of written SOP in materials
incentives under such rules and regulations as may handling, lifting, etc., no
be promulgated by the DOLE to qualified employers permitting system for
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 164
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
confined spaces/hot
works, no lock-out/tag-
out system etc.
Provision of sanitary P40,000.00
and welfare facilities
Used of approved or P50,000.00
certified devices and
equipment for the task
Provision of PPE or P50,000.00
charging of provided
PPE to workers
Compliance to DOLE P50,000.00
issued WSO
Compliance to other P40,000.00
OSH Standards
An employer, contractor or subcontractor who is
found to have repeatedly violated the same
prohibited act shall be penalized of the
corresponding fine plus an additional fine equivalent
to fifty percent (50%) thereof for every instance of
repeat violation.
If any of the following acts is present and
there is non-compliance, the penalty of one hundred
thousand pesos (P 100,000.00) administrative fine
shall be imposed separate and in addition to the daily
administrative fine imposed above:
a) Repeated obstruction, delay or refusal to provide
the Secretary of Labor and Employment or any of its
authorized representatives access to the covered
workplace, or refusal to provide or allow access to
relevant records and documents or obstruct the
conduct of investigation of any fact necessary in
determining compliance with OSH standards;
b) Misrepresentation in relation to adherence to OSH
standards, knowing such statement, report or record
submitted to DOLE to be false in any material aspect;
or
c) Making retaliatory measures such as termination
of employment, refusal to pay, reducing wages and
benefits or in any manner discriminates against any
worker who has given information relative to the
inspection being conducted.
When the violation exposes the worker to
death, serious injury or serious illness, the imposable
penalty shall be one hundred thousand pesos
(P100,000.00).
 Should there be two (2) or more be non-
compliances, all penalties shall be imposed;
provided that the total daily penalty shall not
exceed one hundred thousand pesos (P
100,000.00).
 The penalties shall be computed on a per
day basis until full compliance reckoned from
the date of the notice of violation or service
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
of the compliance order to the employer
without prejudice to the filing of a criminal or
civil case in the regular courts, as the case
may be. Fines herein imposed shall be
without prejudice to the fines imposable by
other appropriate government agencies.
6. Labor Advisory 04-2019 (Guide for
Compliance of Establishment to DO 198-18)
Covered establishment are hereby advised of the
following:
6.1 Classification of Establishment
Establishment shall be responsible in determining its
own level of classification (low risk, medium risk, high
risk) based on Hazards Identification and Risk
Assessment and Control (HIRAC) conducted by the
company.
6.2 Appointment of Safety Officer
The safety officer shall be certified by the company’s
Human Resources (HR) unit/section based on the
qualification’s requirements such as completion of
the prescribed training and minimum years of OSH
experience.
6.3 Mandatory Workers OSH Seminar
Establishment are encouraged to immediately
conduct mandatory Workers OSH Seminar for all
workers/employees at no cost to the workers and
attendance to such seminar shall be considered as
compensable working time.
6.4 OSH Program
The company may option to use the OSH Program
template prepared by DOLE in compliance with
section 12 which shall be submitted to the DOLE
Regional, Provincial, Field or Satellite Office having
jurisdiction over the establishment.
6.5 OSH Report-Employer shall submit to DOLE
the following reports:
1) Employers Work Accident/Injury Report
(WAIR) for work related cases resulting to
disabling injuries/conditions.
2) Annual Work Accident/Injury Exposure Data
Report (AEDR) to be submitted (with or
without accident cases) on or before January
30 following the covered year.
3) Annual Medical Report (AMR) to be
submitted on or before March 31 following
the covered year.
4) OSH Committee Report (i.e Minutes of
Meeting at least on a quarterly basis)
165
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
7. Department Order 183-17 Revised Rules on the
Administration and Enforcement of Labor Laws
Pursuant to Article 128 of the Labor Code.
7.1 Coverage and Applicability
This revised rules shall govern all matters arising
from the visitorial and enforcement power of the
secretary of labor and employment under article 128
in relation to article 303 of the labor code, as
renumbered.
7.2 Definition of Terms
Authority to Inspect refers to the written authority
issued by the Secretary of Labor and Employment or
his/her duly authorized representative, to labor
inspector to conduct Routine Inspection, Complaint
Inspection, or Occupational Safety & Health
Standards Investigation.
Complaint Inspection refers to the act of validating
compliance with labor laws and social legislation by
the secretary of labor and employment or his/her duly
authorized representative in any of the instances
mention in section 1 rule 6 of this revised rules.
Inspection Checklist refers to a form, hard copy or
electronic, containing indicators in determining
compliance of establishment, workplace, or worksite
with labor laws and social legislation.
Labor Inspector refers to the personnel of the DOLE
authorized to conduct routine inspection, complaint
inspection, OSHS investigation, advocacies and
advisory services, hold conciliation and mandatory
conferences, and perform such other related
functions which may be necessary in the
enforcement of the labor code, as renumbered, and
other related laws.
Labor Standards refers to the minimum
requirements prescribed by existing laws, rules and
regulations and other issuances relating to wages,
hours of work, allowances and other monetary and
welfare benefits including those set by OSHS.
Notice of Results refers to the accomplished form
issued by the labor inspector indicating the results of
routine inspection, compliant inspection, OSHS
investigation.
OSH Investigation refers to the process of
determining the existence of imminent danger,
dangerous occurrences and accident resulting in
disabling injury or other analogous circumstances
within the workplace based on a report or
information.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Routine Inspection refers to the process of
evaluating compliance with labor laws and social
legislations jointly undertaken by the labor inspector
and the representatives of the employer and the
employees using the prescribed inspection checklist.
Technical Safety Inspection refers to inspection or
verifications of boilers, pressure vessels, internal
combustion engines, elevators, hoisting equipment,
electrical wirings and other mechanical equipment
installation for safety determination.
7.3 Modes of Implementation.
 Routine Inspection
 Complaint Inspection
 OSHS investigations
Conduct of Technical Safety Inspection)
The conduct of TSI by labor inspector who are
mechanical or electrical engineers shall be governed
by the revised TSI Manual.
Routine Inspection
This mode of inspection shall cover all private
establishment including their branches, workplaces,
and their contractors or subcontractors.
Priority Establishments and Workplaces.
 Those engage in hazardous work
 Those employing children
 Those engaged in contracting or
subcontracting arrangements
 Those employing ten (10) or more
employees
 Such other establishments or industries as
may be determined by the Secretary of
Labor and Employment as priority for
Routine Inspection
Remediation Period on OSHS
 If the violations poses imminent danger to
the life and limb of the employees,
remediation shall be made within one (1) day
from receipt of the Notice of Results. The
employer shall suspend the work or the
affected employees shall stop working until
the required violation is corrected. During the
period of work suspension, the employer
shall pay the wages of the said employees
as if they have reported for work.
 If the violations pertain to PPE, remediation
thereof shall be effected within 3 days from
receipt of Notice of Results. However, if the
166
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
lack of the required PPE is of such nature
that it can be reasonably expected to cause
death or serious physical harm, the employer
may suspend work or the affected
employees may stop working until the
required PPE is provided. During the period
of work suspension, the employer shall pay
the wages of the said employees as if they
have reported for work.
 If it pertains to violations other than above,
the employer may be allowed a longer period
to remediate the same, provided the
employer submits a corresponding action
plan specifying the timeliness within which
remediate the violations, which period shall
in no case exceeded 90 days from the
issuance of the notice of results.
Formulation & Submission of Action Plan
During the conduct of routine inspection, the labor
inspector shall state in the Notice of Results the
summary of violations, the corresponding
remediations to be made, and the deadline when the
said remediation should be made or completed. The
establishment with OSHS violations shall prepare an
action plan, with the assistance of the labor
inspector, to remediate the violations with a copy
thereof furnished to both management and
employee’s representatives for unorganized
establishment or the sole and exclusive bargaining
agent in organized establishment.
Submission of Status Report
The establishment shall submit to the regional office
a status report on the Action Plan within 5 days after
the schedule of remediation of all violations. Failure
to do so shall cause the issuance of a compliance
order.
Procedure After Failure to Correct Violations
OSH Standards
 Failure or refusal of the employer to
formulate an action plan
 Failure or refusal of the employer to submit
status report within 5-day prescribed period
 Failure or refusal of the employer to fully
implement the action plan within the
scheduled date of remediation
 Failure of the employer to provide the
appropriate PPE and to submit proof of
compliance thereof within 3 days from
receipt of notice of results.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
7.4 Complaint Inspection
Coverage
 When there is SENA referral
 When there is an anonymous complaint
 Where there request in a conciliation-
mediation proceeding at the NCMB to
validate or verify violations of labor
standards
Prescribed Period to Correct Violations
All inspected establishment with violations on labor
standards and/or contracting and subcontracting
rules are required to institute their respective
corrective actions within 10 day period from receipt
of the notice of results or from posting thereof in a
conspicuous place within the premises if there is
refusal on the part of the employer to receive the
notice of results.
7.5 OSHS Investigation
Coverage
 Existence of imminent danger
 Dangerous occurrences
 Accident resulting in disabling injury
 OSHS violations committed in plain view or
in the presence of the labor inspector
Procedure in Imminent Danger or Dangerous
Occurrences
 Within 24 hours from receipt of information
on the existence of imminent danger or
dangerous occurrences, the regional
director shall direct the labor inspector to
conduct an OSHS investigations.
 If the labor inspector is allowed to access to
the establishment;
a. He/she shall conduct OSHS
investigations and determine
compliance with labor laws and social
legislations.
b. Upon determination of existence of
imminent danger or dangerous
occurrences, he/she shall recommend to
the establishment the necessary
corrective actions to immediately abate
the imminent danger or dangerous
occurrences. If abated, he/she shall
submit a narrative report to the regional
director.
167
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
c. If not abated, the labor inspector shall
issue a Notice of results to the
establishment and submit a Safety and Health Center, and the
recommendation, together with a
narrative report to the regional director
for the issuance of Work Stoppage Order
(WSO) within 24 hours from the failure of
the employer to abate the imminent
danger.
d. Thereafter the regional director shall
immediately conduct a validation. If
he/she is satisfied that there exists an
imminent danger, he/she shall issue a
WSO with a copy thereof furnished to the
secretary of labor and employment and
the bureau of working conditions. Within
24 hours from the receipt of the WSO the
labor inspector shall serve the same to
the establishment.
e. Within 24 but not exceeding 72 hours the
from service of the WSO the regional
director shall conduct mandatory
conference to determine whether
imminent danger still exist.
f. During mandatory conference the
establishment shall be allowed to submit
evidence to prove that imminent danger
no longer exists. If evidence is
submitted, the regional director shall
direct the labor inspector to verify the
claim of the establishment.
g. If upon verification the imminent danger
no longer exists, the labor inspector shall
recommend the lifting of the WSO. The
regional director shall issue an order
lifting the WSO based on the documents
of compliance and validation,
verifications or narrative report
submitted by the labor inspector.
Procedure for Investigating Disabling Injury
 There shall be a prima facie presumption of
imminent danger or dangerous occurrence
from the receipt of verified information on the
existence of disabling injury. Within twenty-
four (24) hours from such receipt, the
Regional Director shall issue a WSO and
shall direct the Labor Inspector to conduct an
OSHS Investigation.
 However, if the nature of the imminent
danger or dangerous occurrence is of such
gravity that it would require technical
assistance to abate the same, the Regional
Director shall recommend to the Secretary of
Labor and Employment the creation of a
composite team comprised of
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
representatives from the Regional Office,
Bureau of Working Conditions, Occupational
Employees Compensation Commission who
will be dispatched immediately to the
establishment or workplace under
investigation.
Procedures for Occupational Safety and Health
Standards Violations Committed in Plain View or
in the Presence of the Labor Inspector.
In instances where occupational safety and health
standards violation is committed in plain view or in
the presence of the Labor Inspector, the latter shall
require the employer to correct the violation based on
Section 3(e.2.1 and e.2.2), Rule V, on Routine
Inspection, of this Revised Rules.
Discovered Imminent Danger.
In case an imminent danger is discovered during the
conduct of Routine or Complaint Inspection, the
provisions of Section 2 (b.2. and b.3.) hereof shall be
observed.
Reporting of Accident.
All work accidents and occupational illnesses in
workplaces shall be reported on or before the
twentieth (21) day of every month using the
prescribed OSH Standards form by the employer,
safety officer or any member of the Safety and Health
Committee to the Regional Office. Except in cases of
work accidents resulting in disabling injury or death,
a report shall be made within twenty-four (24) hours
from occurrence thereof by the employer, safety
officer, or any member of the Safety and Health
Committee.
7.6 Work Stoppage Order (WSO)
The Secretary of Labor and Employment or his/her
duly authorized representative may direct to stop,
wholly or partly, the work or operation of any unit or
department of an establishment when non-
compliance with occupational safety and health
standards poses imminent danger to the health and
safety of the employees in the workplace.
7.6.1 Form and Effect of Work Stoppage Order.
The WSO shall state the following:
 The facts surrounding the incident covered
by the OSHS Investigation, including a
report of the safety and/or health personnel;
 Initial findings on the proximate cause of
the imminent danger, dangerous
occurrence, or disabling injury;
168
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
 The workplace or part thereof covered by
the WSO;
 The names, number, and positions of
employees that shall be affected by the
issuance of WSO; or
 The recommendations for the abatement of
the cause of the imminent danger.
7.6.2 Order Lifting the Work Stoppage Order.
The Regional Director shall issue an Order lifting the
WSO upon receipt of proof and certification from the
safety officer of the employer or DOLE-accredited
safety practitioner or consultant that the cause of the
imminent danger has been abated.
7.7 Refusal of Access to Records and/or
Premises
Refusal of access to records and/or premises shall
result in the filing of a criminal action against the
responsible person and/or employer/owner of the
establishment during the conduct of Routine
Inspection, Complaint Inspection, or OSHS
Investigation.
7.8 Mandatory Conference
7.8.1 Conduct of Mandatory Conference.
In Routine Inspect a mandatory conference shall be
conducted within ten (10) days after the lapse of the
ten-day correction period for violations of general
labor standards and contracting or subcontracting
rules. Failure to correct OSH violations within the
remediation period shall cause the immediate
issuance of Compliance Order.
In Complaint Inspection and OSH Investigation, a
mandatory conference shall be conducted within ten
(10) days after the lapse of the ten-day correction
period for violations of general labor standards,
occupational safety and health standards, and
contracting or subcontracting rules.
The Hearing Officer shall conduct marathon
conferences. The parties shall be allowed only two
(2) postponements based on meritorious grounds.
Where the parties fail or refuse to appear during the
mandatory conference/s despite due notice and
without justifiable reason, the same shall be
considered a waiver on their part to controvert the
findings of the Labor Inspector. Consequently, a
Compliance Order shall be issued based on the
evidence on record.
In no case shall the mandatory conferences exceed
thirty (30) days reckoned from the date of the first
conference.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
7.9 Compliance Order
Within ten (10) days after the termination of the
mandatory conference, the Hearing Officer shall
submit his/her recommendation for the disposition of
the labor standards case. Accordingly, the Regional
Director shall issue the corresponding Compliance
Order within twenty (20) days from receipt of the
aforesaid recommendation.
 Directive to the employer to submit proof of
compliance within ten (10) days from receipt
of the Compliance Order.
7.10 Transitory and Final Provisions
Penalty clause. Any person who commits any of the
unlawful acts described in the Labor Code, as
renumbered or any provision of this Revised Rules,
shall be punished with a fine of not less than One
Thousand Pesos (Php1,000.00) nor more than Ten
Thousand Pesos (Php10,000.00) or imprisonment of
not more than three (3) months nor more than three
(3) years or both such fine and imprisonment at the
discretion of the court.15
Any person who refuses or fails to pay any of the
prescribed increases or adjustments in the wage
rates shall be punished by a fine of not less than
Twenty-Five Thousand Pesos (Php25,000.00) nor
more than One Hundred Thousand Pesos
(Php100,000.00) in accordance with Republic Act
No. 8188.
 If the violation is committed by a corporation,
trust or firm, partnership, association, or any
other entity, the fine shall be imposed upon
the entity’s responsible officers, including,
but not limited to, the president, vice-
president, chief executive officer, general
manager, managing director, or partner.
 In case the employee’s injury, illness or
death was due to the failure of the employer
to comply with any labor law, or to install,
maintain or provide safety and health control
measures, or take other precautions for the
prevention of injury, illness or death, said
employer shall pay the State Insurance Fund
a penalty of twenty-five percent (25%) of the
lump sum equivalent of the income benefit
payable by the Social Security System to the
employee after due process.
8. Occupational Safety & Health Standards
The Occupational Safety and Health Standards was
formulated in 1978 in compliance with the
constitutional mandate to safeguard the worker’s
social and economic well-being as well as his
physical safety and health.
169
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

8a Summary of Occupational Safety & Health Rule 1960 Occupational Health

Standards and Related Issuances Services
OSH STANDARDS & Description
Rule 1970 Fees
OTHER DOLE-BWC OSHC
ISSUANCES
Rule 1980 Authority of Local
Rule 1020 Registration of
Government
Establishment
Rule 1990 Final Provision
Rule 1030 amended by Training of Personnel in
Department Order No. 13 Guidelines Governing OSH in
DO16-01 OSH
the Construction Industry
Rule 1040 Health & Safety Committee
Department Order No. 16- Rule 1030 Training and
Rule 1050 Notification and Keeping of
Accreditation of Personnel on
01 Occupational Safety and
Records of Accidents/and
Health
Department Order No. 44- Commemoration of April 28 as
or Occupational Illnesses
World Day for Safety and
03 Health at Work
Rule 1060 Premises of Establishment
Department Order No. 53- Guidelines for the
Rule 1070 Occupational Health &
03 Implementation of Drug- Free
Workplace Policies and
Environmental Control
Programs for the Private
Sector
Rule 1080 Personal Protective
Department Order No. 73- Guidelines for the
05 Implementation of Policy and
Equipment and Devices
Program on Tuberculosis (TB)
Prevention and Control in the
Rule 1090 Hazardous Materials Workplace
Department Order No. 74- Rule 1162.02 of Rule 1160 on
Rule 1100 Gas and Electric Welding 05 Boiler of the Occupational
Safety and Health Standards
and Cutting Operations
Department Circular No. 1 Policy Guidelines Governing
- Series of 2008 the Occupational Safety and
Rule 1140 Explosive Health of Workers in the Call
Center Industry
Rule 1150 Materials Handling & Department Circular No. 1 Guidelines on Occupational
- Series of 2009 Safety and Health in the
Storage Shipbuilding, Ship Repair and
Shipbreaking Industry
Rule 1160 Boiler Department Order No. Guidelines for the
102-10 Implementation of HIV and
Rule 1170 Unfired Pressure Vessels AIDS Prevention and Control
in the Workplace Program
Rule 1180 Internal Combustion Engine Department Advisory No. Guidelines for the
05 - Series of 2010 Implementation of a
Rule 1200 Machine Guarding Workplace Policy and
Program on Hepatitis B
Rule 1210 Electrical Safety Department Order No. 128 Amending Rule 1414 on
– 13 Scaffoldings of the 1989
Rule 1220 Elevators & Related Occupational Health and
Safety Standards, As
Equipment Amended
Department Order No. 132 Guidelines on Maritime
Rule 1230 Identification of Pipping - Series of 2013 Occupational Safety and
Health
System Department Order No. 134 Guidelines on Occupational
- Series of 2014 Safety and Health (OSH) in
Rule 1240 Power Pipping Lines the Pyrotechnic Industry
Department Order No. 136 Guidelines for the
Rule 1410 as amended by Construction Safety - Series of 2014 Implementation of Globally
Harmonized System (GHS) in
DO13-98 Chemical Safety Program in
the Workplace
Rule 1420 Logging Department Advisory No. Occupational Safety and
01 - Series of 2014 Health Protection Tips for
Rule 1940 Fire Protection and Control Kasambahays and Employers
(OSH Tips)
Rule 1950 Pesticides and Fertilizers

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 170
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Department Advisory No. Safety and Health Measures  Every employer as defined in Rule 1002
03- Series of 2016 to Prevent and Control Heat
Stress in the Workplace shall register his business with the Regional
Department Order No. 154 Safety and Health Standards Labor Office or authorized representative
- Series of 2016 on the Use and Management having jurisdiction thereof to form part of a
of Asbestos in the Workplace
Department Advisory No. Working Conditions in the
databank of all covered establishments.
04 - Series of 2016 Movie and Television Industry  The establishment regardless of size of
Department Order No. 160 Guidelines on the economic activity, whether small, medium or
- Series of 2016 Accreditation of Consulting
401 large scale in one single location, shall be
Organizations to Provide one registrable unit.
Work Environment  Existing establishments shall be registered
Measurement (WEM)
Services within sixty (60) days after the effectivity of
Department Order No. 178 Safety and Health Measures this Standards.
- Series of 2017 for Workers who by the  New establishments shall register within
Nature of their Work have to
Stand at Work thirty (30) days before operation.
Department Order No. 182 Guidelines Governing the  Registration shall be made in form DOLE-
- Series of 2017 Employment and Working
Conditions of Health
BWC-IP-3 in three copies and to be
Personnel in the Private submitted to the Regional Labor Office or
Healthcare Industry authorized representatives.
Department Order No. 184 Safety and Health Measures
- Series of 2017 for Workers who, by the
 Registration shall be free of charge and valid
Nature of their Work, have to for the lifetime of the establishment except
Spend Long Hours Sitting when any of the following conditions exists,
Department Order 198-18 Implementing Rules and
Regulations of RA 11058
in which case, re-registration as if it were a
Labor Advisory 4-19 Guide for Compliance of new establishment is required:
Establishment to DO 198-18
a. change in business name,
April 30,2020 DTI and DOLE INTERIM
GUIDELINES ON b. change in location,
WORKPLACE PREVENTION
AND CONTROL OF COVID-
c. change in ownership, or
19
d. re-opening after previous closing.
8.1 Rule 1000: GENERAL PROVISION  Registration shall include a layout plan of the
1001: Purpose and Scope place of work floor by floor, in a scale of
1:100 meters white or blueprint showing all
The objective of this issuance is to protect every the physical features of the workplace
workingman against the dangers of injury, sickness including storage, exits, aisles, machinery,
or death through safe and healthful working clinic, emergency devices and location.
conditions.  The registration form may be reprinted or
reproduced, and the back page may be used
1003: Administration and Enforcement
for other information.
The Department of Labor and Employment shall
Rule 1040: HEALTH AND SAFETY COMMITTEE
administer and enforce the provisions of this
Standards. 1043.01: Health and Safety Committee
1006: Confidentiality of Trade Secrets The Health and Safety Committee is the planning
and policymaking group in all matters pertaining to
All information reported to or otherwise obtained by
safety and health. The principal duties of the Health
the enforcement officer in connection with any
and Safety Committee are:
inspection or proceedings under this Standards,
which contains or might reveal a trade secret, shall (a) Plans and develops accident prevention
be considered confidential except that such programs for the establishment.
information may be revealed in any proceeding
where it is required or necessary. (b) Directs the accident prevention efforts of the
establishment in accordance with the safety
programs safety performance and government
regulations in order to prevent accidents from
Rule 1020: REGISTRATION
occurring in the workplace.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 171
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
(c) Conduct safety meetings at least once a month.
(d) Review reports of inspection, accident
investigations and implementation of program.
(e) Submit reports to the manager on its meetings
and activities.
(f) Provides necessary assistance to government
inspecting authorities in the proper conduct of their
activities such as the enforcement of the provisions
of this Standards.
(g) Initiates and supervises safety training for
employees.
(h) Develops and maintains a disaster contingency
plan and organizes such emergency service units as
may be necessary to handle disaster situations
pursuant to the emergency preparedness manual for
establishments of the Office of Civil Defense
1047: Duties of the Safety Man
The principal function of the Safety Man is to act as
the employers’ principal assistant and consultant in
the application of programs to remove the hazards
from the workplace and to correct unsafe work
practices. For this purpose, the Safety Man has the
following duties:
(1) Serves as Secretary to the Health and Safety
Committee. As such, he shall:
a. prepare minutes of meetings;
b. report status of recommendations made;
c. notify members of the meetings; and
d. submit to the employer a report of the activities of
the committee, including recommendations made.
(2) Acts in an advisory capacity on all matters
pertaining to health and safety for the guidance of the
employer and the workers.
(3) Conducts investigation of accidents as member
of the Health and Safety Committee and submits his
separate report and analysis of accidents to the
employer.
(4) Coordinates all health and safety training
programs for the employees and employer.
(5) Conducts health and safety inspection as
member of the committee.
(6) Maintains or helps in the maintenance of an
efficient accident record system and coordinates
actions taken by supervisors to eliminate accident
causes.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
(7) Provides assistance to government agencies in
the conduct of safety and health inspection, accident
investigation or any other related programs.
(8) For purposes of effectiveness in a workplace
where full-time safety man is required, he shall report
directly to the employer.
Rule 1050: NOTIFICATION AND KEEPING OF
RECORDS OF ACCIDENTS AND/OR
OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESSES
Medical Treatment Injury shall mean an injury
which does not result in a disabling injury, but which
requires first aid and medical treatment of any kind.
Disabling Injury shall mean a work injury which
results in death, permanent total disability,
permanent partial disability or temporary total
disability.
Death shall mean any fatality resulting from a work
injury regardless of the time intervening between
injury and death.
OSH Rule 1053: Report Requirements
All work accidents or occupational illnesses in places
of employment, resulting in disabling condition or
dangerous occurrence as defined in 1053.2 shall be
reported by the employer to the Regional Labor
Office or duly authorized representative in duplicate
and a copy furnished the employee or his duly
authorized representative using form
DOLE/BWC/HSD-IP-6. The formal report shall be
submitted by the employer on or before the 20th day
of the month following the date of occurrence of the
accident or when the illness, is established and an
investigation report in the prescribed form shall be
submitted by the Regional Office or duly authorized
representative on or before the 30th day of the same
month. In case of temporary total disability where the
injured or ill employee has not reported back to duty
on the closing date of reporting, an estimate of the
probable days of disability shall be made and entered
in the report and corrected after the return of the
injured. In all computations, this estimate shall be
used. After the return of the injured, the corrected
days of absence shall be used
Where the accident or fitness results in death or
permanent total disability, the employer, in addition
to the written report required under sub-paragraph
(1) above, shall initially notify the Regional Labor
Office or duly authorized representative within
twenty-four (24) hours after occurrence using the
fastest available means of communication
172
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Deaths and permanent total disabilities shall be
investigated by the Regional Office or duly
authorized representative within forty-eight (48)
hours after receipt of the initial report of the
employer, prepared in duplicate using the prescribed
form DOLE/ BWC/OHSD-IP-6a
Any dangerous occurrence which may or may not
cause serious bodily harm to workers employed or
seriously damage the premises of employment shall
be investigated and reported by the employer upon
occurrence to the Regional Labor Office or duly
authorized representative having jurisdiction in
duplicate using the prescribed form
DOLE/BWC/HSD-IP-6.
The following are dangerous occurrences,
which shall be investigated and reported:
 Explosion of boilers used for heating or
power.
 Explosion of a receiver or storage container,
with pressure greater than atmospheric, of
any gas or gases (including air) or any liquid
resulting from the compression of such
gases or liquid.
 Bursting of a revolving wheel, grinder stone
or grinding wheel operated by mechanical
power.
 Collapse of a crane, derrick, winch, hoist or
other appliances used in raising or lowering
persons or goods or any part thereof, the
overturning of a crane, except the breakage
of chain or rope sling.
 Explosion or fire causing damage to the
structure of any room or place in which
persons are employed or to any machine
contained therein resulting in the complete
suspension of ordinary work in such room or
place, or stoppage of machinery or plant for
not less than twenty-four (24) hours, and
 Electrical short circuit or failure of electrical
machinery, plant or apparatus, attended by
explosion or fire causing structural damage
thereto and involving its stoppage and
misuse for not less than 24 hours.
OSH Rule 1056.02: Determination of Employee-
Hours of Exposure:
 Actual Exposure Hours - Employee hours
of exposure shall be, if possible, taken from
the payroll or time clock records and shall
include only the actual straight time hours
worked and actual overtime hours worked.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
 Estimated Exposure Hours - When actual
employee - hours of exposure are not
available estimated hours may be used.
Such estimated hours should be obtained by
multiplying the total employee days worked
for the period by the average number of
hours worked per day.
If the hours worked per day vary among
departments, a separate estimate should be made
for each department, and these estimates added to
obtain the total hours. Estimates for overtime hours
shall be included.
 Hours not Worked - Employee - hours paid
for but not worked, either actual or
estimated, such as time taken for vacation,
sickness, barangay duty, court duty,
holidays, funerals, etc., shall not be included
in the total hours worked. The final figure
shall represent as nearly as possible hours
actually worked.
 Employee Living in Company-Property -
In calculating hours of exposure for
employees living in company property, only
those hours during which employees were
actually on du Employee with Undefined
Hours of Work - Traveling salesmen,
executives and others whose working hours
are defined, an average eight hours day shall
be assumed in computing exposure hours.
OSH Rule 1960 (Occupational Safety & Health
Services)
This Rule shall apply to all establishments whether
for profit or not, including the Government and any of
its political subdivisions and government-owned or
controlled corporations.
The Bureau of Dental Health Services of the
Department of Health shall be responsible for the
development and enforcement of dental standards.
Occupational Health Services are services
entrusted with essentially preventive functions and
responsible for advising the employers, the workers,
and their representatives, in the
establishment/undertaking of the following:
 The requirements for establishing and
maintaining a safe and healthy working
environment which will facilitate optimal
physical and mental health in relation to
work, and
173
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
 The adaptation of work to the capabilities of
workers in the light of their state of physical
and mental health.
Occupational Health Personnel in an
establishment/undertaking refers to the qualified
first-aider, nurse, dentist, or physician, whose
service/services have been engaged by the
employer in order to provide occupational health
services in the establishment/ undertaking.
First Aid Treatment means adequate, immediate
and necessary medical and/or dental attendance or
remedy given in case of injury or sudden illness
suffered by the workers, irrespective of whether or
not such illness/injury is occupational in nature,
before more extensive medical and/or dental
treatment can be secured. It does not include
following treatment for an injury or illness.
Emergency Treatment Room means any enclosed
area or room equipped with the necessary medical
facilities and supplies and located within the
premises of the establishment where workers maybe
brought for examination and treatment of their
injuries or illnesses in cases of emergency.
Emergency Clinic means an enclosed area, room
or building, located within the premises of the
establishment, and equipped with the necessary
medical facilities and supplies, where workers maybe
brought for examination and treatment of their
injuries or illnesses in cases of emergency, where
more elaborate instruments and equipment’s (such
as examining bed, oxygen tank) are made available
for the workers, and where the services of a more
competent medical staff are provided, who may
handle or treat a few simple cases of injuries or
illnesses needing short-term confinement, or may
refer such cases to hospitals.
1961.03: Occupational Health Services
(a) Identification and assessment of the risks from
health hazards in the workplace;
(b) Surveillance of the factors in the working
environment and working practices which may affect
the worker’s health, including sanitary installations,
canteens, and housing where these facilities are
provided by the employer;
(c) Advice on planning and organization of work,
including the design of the workplace, on the choice,
maintenance, and condition of machinery and other
equipment, and on substances used in work;
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
(d) Participation in the development of programs for
the improvement of working practices as well as
testing and evaluation of health aspects of new
equipment;
(e) Advice on occupational health, safety and
hygiene, and on ergonomics and individual and
collective protective equipment;
(f) Surveillance of worker’s health in relation to work;
(g) Promoting the adaptation of work to the workers;
(h) Collaboration in providing information, training
and education in the fields of occupational health and
hygiene and ergonomics;
(i) Organizing of first aid and emergency treatment;
and
(j) Participation in analysis of occupational accidents
and occupational diseases.
1963: Emergency Health Services
1963.01: Medicines and Facilities
(1) Every employer covered by this Rule shall in his
workplace at least minimum quantity of medicines,
medical supplies and equipment’s and medical
faculties listed in Table 47 (appendix) on medicines.
Supplies and facilities, for the use of the workers
employed in the establishment/ undertaking.
(2) The medicines, medical supplies and facilities
prescribed in Table 47 may be substituted with other
comparable medicines and/or facilities as prescribed
by the occupational health physician of the
workplace.
(3) The medicines, medical supplies and facilities
prescribed in Table 47 shall be kept inside the
treatment room/medical clinic required under Rule
1963.02 and shall be replaced with the same quantity
immediately after use or consumption.
1963.04: Contracts for Occupational Health
Services
(1) Contracts for occupational health practitioner
services entered into by employer shall only be with
occupational health practitioners and/or occupational
health clinics accredited by the bureau, or with an
agency/institution organization duly authorized or
recognized by the bureau.
(2) No occupational health practitioner, whether
acting singly or as a part of a group/ association, shall
enter into a contract for occupational health
174
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
practitioner services with more than ten (10)
establishments.
(3) No part-time occupational health physician/nurse
shall enter into contract for occupational health
services with more than four (4) establishments.
(4) When a full-time occupational health
physician/nurse who is also a qualified occupational
health practitioner, has entered into a contract for
occupational health services with one (1)
establishment, he/she shall not engage
himself/herself, with or without a written contract, for
the same services with any other establishment.
(5) Under no circumstances shall an employer enter
into a retainership contract for health services in
place of the occupational health services provided for
under Rule 1960.
(6) The employer shall furnish the Bureau and the
Regional Labor Office concerned a copy each of the
contract for Occupational Health Services.
1965.02: Duties of the Occupational Health
Physician
The Occupational Health Physician, whether
part-time or full-time, who shall be responsible
for promoting and maintaining the health and
well-being of the workers, shall have the
following duties and functions:
(1) Organize, administer and maintain an
occupational health service program integrating
therein an occupational safety program;
(2) Continually monitor the work environment for
health hazards through periodic inspection of the
workplace;
(3) Prevent diseases or injury in the workplace by
establishing proper medical supervision over
substances used, processes, and work environment;
(4) Conserve the health of the workers through
physical examinations, proper advice for placement
and health education;
(5) Provide medical and surgical care to restore
health and earning capacity of injured workers;
(6) Maintain and analyze records of all medical cases
and to prepare and submit to the employer annual
medical reports, using form DOLE/BWC/OH-47, as
required by this Standards;
(7) Conduct studies on occupational health within his
means and resources;
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
(8) Act as adviser to management and labor on all
health matters;
(9) And report directly to top management in order to
be effective.
1965.03: Duties of the Dentist
The duties of the dentist in the workplace shall be in
accordance with the Standards prescribed by the
Bureau of Dental Health Services, Department of
Health.
1965.04: Duties of the Occupational Health Nurse
The duties and functions of the Occupational
Health Nurse are:
(1) In the absence of a physician, to organize and
administer a health service program integrating
occupational safety, otherwise, these activities of the
nurse shall be in accordance with the physician;
(2) Provide nursing care to injured or ill workers;
(3) Participate in health maintenance examination. If
a physician is not available, to perform work activities
which are within the scope allowed by the nursing
profession, and if more extensive examinations are
needed, to refer the same to a physician;
(4) Participate in the maintenance of occupational
health and safety by giving suggestions in the
improvement of working environment affecting the
health and well-being of the workers; and
(5) Maintain a reporting and records system, and, if a
physician is not available, prepare and submit an
annual medical report, using form
DOLE/BWC/HSD/OH-47, to the employer, as
required by this Standards.
1965.05: Duties of the First-Aider
The duties of the First-Aider are to:
(1) Give immediate temporary treatment in case of
injury or illness, before the services of a physician
becomes available. If the case needs a physician, the
first-aider shall immediately call or refer the injured to
one;
(2) Participate in the maintenance of occupational
safety and health programs, if a member of the
Safety Committee; and
(3) Maintain medical services and facilities.
1965.06: Duties of the Occupational Health
Practitioner
175
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
The duties of the occupational health practitioner
are to:
(1) Advise the employers, the workers and their
representatives in the workplace the necessary
requirements in establishing and maintaining a safe
and healthful working environment which will
facilitate optimal physical and mental health for
workers;
(2) Conduct periodic inspection of the workplace as
required under Rule 1961.04;
(3) Act as adviser to the employer, workers and their
representatives in matters concerning the
organization, administration and maintenance of an
occupational health program; and
(4) Maintain a reporting and records system and
prepare and submit an annual medical report for the
employer, using form DOLE/BWC/HSD/OH-47, as
required by this Standards.
9. Progress of OSH in the Philippines
a) Workmen’s Compensation Act No. 3428
(1927) was passed w/c provided payment of
damages by the employer for illnesses, in
addition to injury or death due to
employment.
b) Commonwealth Act No. 104 was passed
(1936).The first legislation that directly
enjoined management to ensure the
promotion of safety & health in the
workplace. Called the First Industrial
Safety Law.
c) Commonwealth Act No. 696 (1945) was
approved to include safety in the installation
& operation of boilers and pressure vessels.
d) Enactment of RA No. 1054 (Free
Emergency Medical & Dental Treatment
Act)-1954.
10. OSH ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION
Labor Code of the Philippines PD 442 (1974) - Book
IV, Title I Chapter I- Medical & Dental Services.
Chapter II- Occupational Safety.
10.1 Article 162, Chapter II: Safety & Health
Standards:
DOLE is the lead agency of the government in
charge in the administration and enforcement of
laws, policies, and programs on occupational safety
and health.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Enforcement shall be carried out by Labor Inspector
thru its 16 Regional Office and its District Offices.
Local Government may authorize to conduct General
Safety and Technical Safety Inspection upon the
authority of the Secretary of the labor and
Employment.
10.2 Occupational Safety and Health Center
(OSHC) - the OSHC is envisioned as the national
authority for research and training on matters
pertaining to safety and health at work. It provides the
expertise and intervention mechanism to improve
workplace conditions in the Philippines
10.3 Bureau of Working Condition (BWC) -
primarily performing policy and program
development and advisory functions for the
Department in the administration and enforcement of
laws relating to working conditions.
11. Other Laws:
a) Presidential Decree 856-Sanitation Code of
the Philippines.
b) Republic Act 6969-An act to control toxic
substances and hazardous and nuclear
waste.
c) Republic Act 9514-Fire Code of the
Philippines 2008.
d) Presidential Decree 1096-The National
Building Code.
e) Republic Act 10611-Food Safety Act of
2013.
12. Summary and Conclusion
12.1 Safety officer refers to any employee or
officer of the company trained by DOLE or
DOLE-Accredited Training Organization and
tasked by the employer to implement an OSH
program, and ensure that it is in accordance with
the provisions of OSH standards.
12.2 The Occupational Safety and Health
Standards was formulated in 1978 in compliance
with the constitutional mandate to safeguard the
worker’s social and economic well-being as well
as his physical safety and health.
12.3 Republic Act 11058 An Act Strengthening
Compliance with the Occupational Safety and
176
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Health Standards and Providing Penalties in

Violations thereof. Department Order 198-18
the Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA
11058.

12.4 Imminent danger refers to a situation

caused by a condition or practice in any place of
employment that could reasonably be expected
to lead to death or serious physical harm.

12.5 Where the accident or fitness results in death

or permanent total disability, the employer shall
report within 24hours.

12.6 DOLE is the lead agency of the government

in charge in the administration and enforcement
of laws, policies, and programs on occupational
safety and health.

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 177
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Module 23: OSH Programming  Safety and health hazard identification, risk
assessment and control (HIRAC).
 Medical surveillance for early detection and
1. Introduction management of occupational and work-
related diseases, and ' First aid and
Have you ever been injured on the job? Do you know emergency medical services.
what steps to take in the event of sickness, injury, or
death solely due to your workplace environment? 3. Promotion of the following health domains
More importantly, do you know how to protect  Drug-free workplace (RA 9165)
yourself, as well as others, and help promote healthy
working conditions? Every year, more than 50,000  Mental health services in the workplace (RA
workers die from exposure to various hazards in the 11036)
workplace.  Healthy lifestyle
2. Learning Outcomes 4. Prevention and control of the following health
domains
 Describe the Importance of Effective Safety
and Health Programs.  Human Immunodeficiency Virus and
 Discuss the Major Elements of an Effective Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (RA
8504)
Safety and Health Program.
 Tuberculosis (EO 187-03)

3. Definition of terms  Hepatitis B (DOLE DA 05-2010)

3.1 Construction Health and safety program are a 5. Complete company or project details
definite plan of action designed to prevent accidents
and occupational diseases. A health and safety 6. Composition and duties of the OSH committee
7. OSH personnel and facilities
program must include the elements required by the
health and safety legislation as a minimum.
8. Safety and health promotion, training and
3.2 Organization’s occupational health and education, to include the following:
safety policy is a statement of principles and  Orientation of all workers on OSH
general rules that serve as guides for action.
 Conduct of risk assessment, evaluation and
control
4. OSH Programming
D  Continuous training on OSH of OSH
personnel
4.1 Section 12. Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Program. — Covered workplaces shall  Work Permit System such as working at
height, working at confined space, hot works,
develop and implement a suitable OSH program in a
format prescribed by DOLE which shall be posted in and other related activities.
prominent places.
9. Conduct of toolbox or safety meetings and job
safety analysis
(a) For establishments-with less than ten
(10) workers and low risk establishments 10. Accident/incident/illness investigation,
with ten (10) to fifty (50) workers. recording and reporting
(b) For medium to high risk establishments
with ten (10) to fifty (50) workers and low 11. Provision and use of PPE
to high risk establishments with fifty-one
(51) workers and above. 12. Provision of safety signage

13. Dust control and management, and

5. Format of CHSP Program regulations on activities such as building of
temporary structures, and lifting and operation of
1. Company commitment to comply with OSH electrical, mechanical, communications system,
requirements and other equipment.
2. General safety and health programs including 14. Provision of workers' welfare facilities

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 178
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
15. Emergency and disaster preparedness and
response plan to include the organization and
creation of disaster control groups, business
continuity plan, and updating the hazard, risk and
vulnerability assessment, as required.
16. Solid waste management system
17. Control and management of hazards
18. Prohibited acts and penalties for violations
19. Cost of implementing company OSH program
The OSH program shall be communicated and be
made readily available to all persons in the
workplace. It shall be updated periodically whenever
the DOLE, other regulatory or govemment agencies
and institutions promulgate new rules, guidelines and
other issuances related to workers' safety and health.
The establishment shall ensure that the core
elements of OSH program are integrated in the
company OSH program such as management
commitment and employee involvement, workplace
risk assessment, hazard prevention and control,
safety and health training and education, and OSH
program evaluation.
The company shall review and evaluate the OSH
program at least once a year or as necessary, to
ensure that its objectives are met towards an
improved safety and health performance.
6. Core Elements of An Effective Safety and
Health Program
1. Management Leadership: top management
visibly commits to investing in and constantly
developing safety and health programs, makes
safety and health a core company value, and leads
by example.
2. Worker Participation: workers are included and
empowered while building and implementing safety
and health programs, and must fully understand their
safety rights and responsibilities.
3. Hazard Identification and Assessment: there
should be procedures in place to conduct job hazard
analysis (JHA) to identify and evaluate risks before
accidents happen.
4. Hazard Prevention and Control: management
and employees work together to decide and
implement best method for eliminating, controlling, or
preventing identified workplace hazards.
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
5. Education and Training: management and
employees should all be properly and effectively
trained to understand why and how safety and health
programs work, as well as how to implement them
effectively.
6. Program Evaluation and Improvement: control
measures should be monitored and evaluated for
effectiveness to constantly improve safety and health
programs.
7. Communication and coordination for host
employers, contractors, and staffing agencies:
host employers, contractors and staffing agencies
must commit to providing the same level of safety
and health protection to all employees, and
coordinate before work starts to resolve any conflicts
that could negatively affect safety and health.
7. Evaluation of Safety and Health
7.1 Accident frequency and severity rates are
not always the only measures to use for
evaluating the effectiveness of a health and
safety program. Cases of occupational
disease are often under-reported in these
statistics. The emphasis is usually on injury-
producing accidents, not all events. Since
accidents/incidents are rare events, in small
organizations the basis for comparison may
be limited.
7.2 It is desirable to use an audit as a before-the-
fact measure of the effectiveness of an
OH&S program. An audit uses a checklist in
which each element is subdivided into a
series of questions. Each question is given a
weighting factor depending on its
importance. Records, observations,
interviews, and questionnaires are used to
evaluate performance for each sub-element.
7.3 A number of audit systems are available.
7.4 Annual audits appear to be more common
but reviewing critical elements in the
program more frequently may be advisable.
The audit team, which should include
representation from the joint health and
safety committee, must receive appropriate
training in audit procedures.
7.5 The audit identifies weaknesses in the health
and safety program. Little is achieved unless
a procedure is established to ensure prompt
follow-up on deficiencies. This procedure
should include provision for target dates for
179
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

remedial action and checks to confirm performance requirements and job

completion. practices. After all, safety is everyone's
responsibility and part of everyone's job.
 Complexity of training depends on size,
8. Summary and Conclusion complexity of the worksite, and the nature of
hazards.
8.1 Management commitment and employee
involvement

 Management commitment and employee

involvement are complementary.
 Management commitment provides the
motivating force and resources for
organizing and controlling activities within an
organization.
 Employee involvement provides the means
through which workers develop and express
their own commitment to safety and health
protection.

8.2 Worksite Analysis

 Worksite hazard analysis involves a variety

of worksite examinations to identify not only
existing hazards, but also conditions and
operations where changes might occur to
create hazards, anticipating hazards before
they become obvious.
 Effective management actively analyses the
work and the worksite to anticipate and
prevent harmful occurrences.

8.3 Hazard Prevention and Control

 Hazard prevention and control is triggered by

a determination that a hazard or potential
hazard exists.
 Where feasible, prevent hazards through
effective design of the job or job site, which
are referred to as Engineering Controls.
 Where elimination of the hazard is not
feasible, control hazards to prevent unsafe
and unhealthful exposure.
 Elimination or control must be accomplished
in a timely manner

8.4 Safety and Health Training

 Safety and health training must address the

safety and health responsibilities of all
personnel, whether salaried or hourly.
 Safety and health training are most effective
when incorporated into other training about
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3 180
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
References
2019 TLVs and BEI (2019). Threshold limit values for
chemical substances and physical agents and biological
exposure indices. Cincinnati, Ohio: ACGIH.
4 ways to effective communication in safety (n.d.).
Retrieved from https://ehsdailyadvisor.blr.com/2008/11/4-
keys-to-effective-safety-communication/
5S of Housekeeping (n.d.). Retrieved from
http://www.safetyandhealthmagazine.com/articles/9287-
practice-good-housekeeping-in-the-workplace
5S method housekeeping (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.factorysystems.eu/index-en.php?id=5s-en
Accident investigation (2018). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/702e.html
Asian productivity organizations (n.d.). Retrieved from
http://www.apo-tokyo.org/publications/p_glossary/5s-or-
good-housekeeping-3/
Azucena, C. (2013) The labor code of the philippines with
comments and cases (8th ed). Manila, Philippines: REX
bookstore.
Basic Emergency Responses (2019). Retrieved from
https://emergency.appstate.edu/basic-emergency-
responses
Baxter, P., Aw, T., Cockcroft, A., Durrington & P.,
Harrington, J. (2010). Hunters diseases of occupation
(10th ed). London, United Kingdom: Hodder Education.
Bureau of fire protection (n.d). Retrieved from
http://www.bfp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Fire-
Code-of-the-Philippines-2008-IRR.pdf
Bomb threats (n.d.) Retrieved from
https://protect.iu.edu/emergency
planning/procedures/bomb-threats.html
Brookbank, P., Robson, T. (2016). Nebosh international
diploma unit 1C: Workplace and work equipment safety-
part 1 (1st ed.). London, United Kingdom: RRC
International.
Brookbank, P., Robson, T. (2016). Nebosh international
diploma unit 1C: Workplace and work equipment safety-
part 2 (1st ed.). London, United Kingdom: RRC
international.
Canadian center for occupational safety and health (n.d.).
Retrieved from
https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/house.html
Center for chemical process safety (2016). Guidelines for
implementing process safety management. (2nd ed.). New
York, USA: American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
Center for disease prevention and control (n.d.).
Retrieved from
https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/heatstress/
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Center for disease prevention and control (n.d.).
Retrieved from
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/coldstress/default.html
Chemical safety (.n.d.). Retrieved from
http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/images/Files/Reports%20an
d%20Proceedings/6a_Department_Order_no_136_14_G
uidelines_for_the_Implementation_of_GHS.pdf
Conducting osh training (2019). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/723e.html
Confined space safety in construction (2019). Retrieved
from https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/816e.html
Crane and derrick safety 1 (2019). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/821e.html
Crane and derrick safety 2 (2019). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/820e.html
Conducting osh training (2019). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/723e.html
Control of substances hazardous to health (n.d.).
retrieved from https://www.hse.gov.uk/
Dekker, S. (2014). The field guide to understanding
'human error'. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Department order 198 (2018). Retrieved from
http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/images/Files/DO-198-
Implementing-Rules-and-Regulations-of-Republic-Act-
No_-11058-An-Act-Strengthening-Compliance-with-
Occupational-Safety-and-Health-Standards-and-
Providing-Penalties-for-Violations-Thereof.pdf
Department advisory (n.d.). Retrieved from
http://www.beawareph.com/resources/publication/dole-
department-advisory--no-5--series-2010-guidelines-for-
the-implementation-of-a-workplace-policy-and-program-
on-hepatitis-b
Department of labor and employment (n.d.). Retrieved
from
https://www.dole.gov.ph/files/DO%20198%20Implementin
g%20Rules%20and%20Regulations%20of%20Republic%
20Act%20No_%2011058%20''An%20Act%20Strengtheni
ng%20Compliance%20with%20Occupational%20Safety
%20and%20Health%20Standards%20and%20Providing
%20Penalties%20for%20Violations%20Thereof''.pdf
Department of labor and employment (n.d.). Retrieved
from
http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/UserFiles/oshc2010/file/Rec
ognition_of_Environmental_Hazards.pdf
Department order 136 (2014). Retrieved from
(http://oshc.dole.gov.ph/images/Files/Reports%20and%2
0Proceedings/6a_Department_Order_no_136_14_Guideli
nes_for_the_Implementation_of_GHS.pdf
Department order 183 (2017). Retrieved from
https://blr.dole.gov.ph/news/department-order-no-183-
series-of-2017-revised-rules-on-the-administration-and-
181
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
enforcement-of-labor-laws-pursuant-to-article-128-of-the-
labor-code-as-renumbered/
Department order 178 (2017). Retrieved from
https://www.dole.gov.ph/news/department-order-178-17-
safety-and-health-measures-for-workers-who-by-the-
nature-of-their-work-have-to-stand-at-work/
Department order 184 (2017). Retrieved from
https://blr.dole.gov.ph/news/department-order-no-184-
series-of-2017-safety-and-health-measures-for-workers-
who-by-the-nature-of-their-work-have-to-spend-long-
hours-sitting/
Department order 53 (n.d.). Retrieved from
http://oshc.dole.gov.ph/updates/events-calendar/11-
local/59-department-order-no-53-03
Department order 102 (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.dole.gov.ph/news/department-order-no-102-
10-guidelines-for-implementation-of-hivaids-prevention-
effective-may-92010/
Department order 73 (n.d.). Retrieved from
http://www.bwc.dole.gov.ph/images/Issuances/Departmen
tOrder/DO_73_05.pdf
Department of labor and employment (n.d.). Retrieved
fromhttps://www.dole.gov.ph/files/DO%20198%20Implem
enting%20Rules%20and%20Regulations%20of%20Repu
blic%20Act%20No_%2011058%20''An%20Act%20Streng
thening%20Compliance%20with%20Occupational%20Saf
ety%20and%20Health%20Standards%20and%20Providi
ng%20Penalties%20for%20Violations%20Thereof''.pdf
Diaz, L. (2009). Inspecting occupational safety &
health in the construction industry. Turin, Italy: ILO.
Ergonomics (2019). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/711e.html
Electrical Safety for Technicians & Supervisors (2017).
Retrieved from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/715e.html
Emergency action plan (2018). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/717e.html
Employees compensation program (n.d.). Retrieved from
http://ecc.gov.ph/
Employment Sitaution (2018). Retrieved from
https://psa.gov.ph/content/employment-situation-january-
2018-final-
Energy control program (2018). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/710e.html
Hierarchy of control (2015). Retrieved from
https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/hierarchy/default.h
tml
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Fall protection in construction (2018). Retrieved
from https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/805e.html
Fire code of the Philippines. (2013). Retrieved from
https://www.google.com/search?q=RA+9515+The+Fire+C
ode+of+the+Philippines+2008&oq=RA+9515+The+Fire+
Code+of+the+Philippines+2008&aqs=chrome..69i57.1752
j0j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8
Fire Prevention Plans (2017). Retrieved from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/718e.html
Fire safety (n.d.). Retrieved from www.nfpa.com.org
Hazard analysis and control (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/704e.html
Hazard communication program, (2018). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/705e.html
Health hazards (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.swpublichealth.ca/your-
environment/environmental-health/health-hazards/what-
health-hazard
Health Hazards in construction (2018). Retrieved
from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/850e.html
Hirst, A. (2010). Basic principles in occupational hygiene.
Consulting Limited, UK.
Housekeeping Safety (2017). Retrieved from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/610e.html
Hughes, P., Ferrett, E (2012). Introduction to health and
safety at work.(3rd ed.). Oxford, United Kingdom: Elsevier
Ltd.
International Labour Organizations (2019). Retrieved from
https://sdg.iisd.org/news/ilo-marks-world-day-with-report-
on-safety-and-health-in-the-future-of-work/
Investigation of occupational accidents and diseases
(2015). A practical guide for labour inspectors. Geveva,
Switzerland: International labour organizations.
IOSH (n.d.). Managing safely workbook: Leicestershire,
United Kingdom: Woodland Carbon.
IOSH train the trainers (2018). Retrieved from
https://trainthetrainer.iosh.com/#/catalogue/item/f2c78b97
-0f00-4ecc-9cd7-d7598ebc0e0c/
Job hazard analysis (2018). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/706e.html
Klaassen, C. (2013). Casarett and douls toxicology: The
basic science of poison (8th ed). United State: McGraw-
Hill Education, LLC.
182
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)
Knowledge resources center (n.d.) Retrieved from
http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/
Knowledge resources center (n.d.) Retrieved from
http://121.127.9.136/ocddrrmkc/pages/knowledge_resour
ces
Labor Advisory 4 (2019). Retrieved from
https://www.dole.gov.ph/news/labor-advisory-04-19-
guide-for-compliance-of-establishments-to-do-198-18/
Label design and management (n.d.). retrieved from
https://www.nicelabel.com
Machine Safeguarding: Basic (2017). Retrieved from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/154e.html
Materials handling (n.d.). Retrieved from
www.mhi.org/fundamentals/material-handling
Materials Handling Safety (2017). Retrieved from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/619m1.html
Most common causes of fire (.n.d.). Retrieved from
https://sites.google.com/site/bfpregion13/fire-safety/most-
common-causes-of-fire
National safety council (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.nsc.org/facultyportal/basics occupational-
safety-health
National safety council (2001). Fundamentals of industrial
hygiene. (5th ed). United State: NSC Press
Nebosh (2018). Award in safety and health at work.
Leicester, United Kingdom: NEBOSH
Nebosh (2018). Hse process safety management.
Leicester, United Kingdom: NEBOSH
Nebosh (2018). Health and safety leadership excellence.
Leicester, United Kingdom: NEBOSH
Osha (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.osha.gov/dsg/annotated-pels/
Osha 30hour construction industry (n.d). Retrieved
from https://www.redvector.com/osha-30/
Occupational safety and health administration (2018).
Osha construction industry regulations. Iowa, United
State of America: Mancomm Inc.
Occupational safety and health administration
(2018). The complete osha guide for fall protection.
Iowa, United State of America: Mancomm Inc.
Occupational Safety & Health Center. (2019).
Occupational safety and health standards as amended.
Manila, Philippines: Department of labor and employment.
Pagasa (n.d.). Retrieved from
http://bagong.pagasa.dost.gov.ph/information/about-
tropical-cyclone
Passey, R., Phelpstead, J., Neasham, Z., Towlson, D.
(2014). Nebosh international general certificate:
RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION
Version: 3
Management of international health and safety. London,
United Kingdom: RRC International.
Passey, R., Phelpstead, J., Neasham, Z., Towlson, D.
(2014). Nebosh international general certificate:
Controlling workplace hazards. London, United Kingdom:
RRC International.
Passey, R., Towlosn, D., Griffiths, R. (2011). Nebosh
international technical certificate in oil and gas operational
safety. London, United Kingdom: RRC International.
Personal protective equipment (2018). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/709e.html
Phelpstead, J. (2016). Nebosh international diploma unit
1b: Hazardous substances/agent-part 1 (1st ed.). London,
United Kingdom: RRC International.
Phelpstead, J. (2016). Nebosh international diploma unit
1b: Hazardous substances/agent-part 2 (1st ed.). London,
United Kingdom: RRC International.
Phelpstead, J. (2015). Iosh managing safely (1st ed.).
London, United Kingdom: RRC international.
Process safety management (2000). Retrieved from
https://www.osha.gov/pls/publications/publication.athruz?
pType=Industry&pID=166
Philippine electrical code (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://ebookpdf.com/philippine-electrical-code-2017
Public safety Canada (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/mrgnc-mngmnt/dsstr-
prvntn-mtgtn/index-en.aspx
Philippine statistic authority (2018). Retrieved from
https://psa.gov.ph/content/employment-situation-january-
2018-final-results
Philippine statistic authority (2018). PSA updates on
construction. Labstat, Vol. 22 No. 3 issued February
2018.
Reason, J. (2008). The human contribution: Unsafe acts,
accidents and heroic recoveries. New York, NY: CRC
Press.
Step notes (2017). Health and safety law. London, United
Kingdom: RRC International.
Safe scaffold and inspection (2018). Retrieved from
https://oshatrain.org/courses/mods/804e.html
Scaffolding Safety (2017). Retrieved from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/604e.html
The handbook for campus safety and security reporting
(2016). Retrieved from
http://www.ed.gov/admins/lead/safety/campus.html
Trench and Excavation Safety (2019). Retrieved
from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/802e.html
183
Construction Occupational Safety & Health (COSH) 40 Hours Training Course for Safety Officer 2 (SO2)

Toolbox (n.d.). Retrieved from

https://www.bccsa.ca/Toolbox-Talks-.html

United Nations (2011). Globally harmonized system

of classification and labelling of chemicals (4 th ed).
Geneva, Switzerland: UN.
Wise global training (2015). Introduction to oil and
gas operational safety (1st ed). Oxon, United
Kingdom: Routledege
Work Zone Traffic Safety (2018). Retrieved from
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/mods/612m2.htm
l
Workplace safety (n.d.) Retrieved from
https://workforcecompliancesafety.ca/resources/10-
reasons-why-workplace-safety-is-important/

RBA-ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANCY & TRAINING SOLUTION

Version: 3 184